re Becta eta Sur ew Aw tis ele h Se Ooi oat ae eee tae Pe apatite pp llabaan ne marigg - z - eater Webster oe snetet hat Mg leaetnts 3 Stine ae Hotere sea tb 7 NG ; tf rs at by! rar pees PARR ON A otra cs cs Soe oshg cis 5 ae retneme thee wie Ap Wat ay fea aettetor Ne prbuteiota fu cnaberecameepehetshat 3 ayn 38g PaO eSNG? Sas bel =e i or ts re ie ae x POY Reem cranes ene tan eee ene a ae ae Re sae anes . Heh washes ata > an ors is Pe F. Mes aval sek VVC ARG Vi, Diy Arh le UMD VE hh) THE BROCE DINGS OF THE MINNA SOCIETY OF NEw SOUTH WALES FOR THE YEAR 1929 VOL. LIV. WITH THIRTY PLATES and 211 Text-figures. SYDNEY: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY THE AUSTRALASIAN MEDICAL PUBLISHING CO., LTD., Seamer Street, Glebe, Sydney, and SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 1929-1930. CONTENTS OF PROCEEDINGS, 1929. PART I (No. 221). (Issued 15th April, 1929.) Pages. Presidential Address, delivered at the Fifty-fourth Annual Meeting, ATian, Wiley; IGE) Tony \yivo late lekeonane, IDISEs 5. ng Ge oo bo ea HS Oabs. Elections isda ta lp ai phate tolls Tes, OO. B.C Balance-sheets for ha. year vended 31st December! 1928 . Bh Mat Lite eee. de.d UU Ts PART II (No. 222). (Issued 15th May, 1929.) Australian Pyrgotidae (With an Appendix by J. R. Malloch). By M. Bezzi. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) (Fourteen Text-figures.) .. 1-31 A New Species of Lygosoma from New South Wales. By J. R. Kinghorn, CNEZS ss (One Rext-feures) ik AA) SNe een eae ke eae 32-33 On Placentation in Reptiles. No. i. By H. Claire Weekes, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow.of the Society in Zoology. (Plates i-ii and fifteen Text-figures. ) a 34 - 60 On the Type Locality of Gertain Flies Gecenined i iacauane in “piptenes Exotiques, Supplement 4.” By G. H. Hardy. .. .. .. .. .. 4. 61 - 64 Australian Coleoptera. Notes and New Species. No. vi. By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. (Five Text-figures.) Seon ane 65 - 79 Notes on the Identity of described Australian Flies of the Gene Cer atu -(Asilidae). By G. H. Hardy. (Two Text-figures.) kane 80-88 Preliminary Note on Monzonitic and Nepheline-bearing Rocks of Mount Dromedary, N.S.W. By Ida A. Brown, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. Paes MAGA CCAR SMMC RE Fin) |S ZEROCEN REY Mi 89 - 90 Fishes from Ongtong Java, Melanesia. By G. P. Whitley. (Plate iii.) .. 91-95 A. Preliminary Account of the Origin of Two New Australian Physiologic Forms of Puccinia graminis tritici. By W. L. Waterhouse. (Plate iv.) 96-106 Notes on Australian Diptera. No. xix. By J. R. Malloch. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) (Hleven Text-figures.) .. .. -.. .. .. 107-117 PART III (No. 223). (Issued 15th July, 1929.) Revision of the Australian Phoracanthini (Fam. Cerambycidae), with Notes, and Descriptions of New Species of this Group and of Allied Genera. By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. (Six Text-figures.) .. . .. 118-136 Notes on the Australian Species of Molophilus (Tipulidae, Dinter ib By Charles P. Alexander. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) (Plate v.) PRR aa Ce anaes DEE SP, (ear A RNS! Ma ita iv. CONTENTS. Papuan Grasses collected by L. J. Brass. By A. 8S. Hitchcock. (Com- municated by Mr. C. T. White.) Is toy Ngan Dam sits V MeMnen a te ROME! ois Note on a Fossil Wood from Central Australia. By A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. (Plate vi.) ; Calcareous Concretions in fel Weper ianine iseries Simeietons Distvice New South Wales. By H. G. Raggatt, B.Sc. (Plates vii-viii and two. Text-figures. ) a Notes on the Ceroplatinae, mien Descriptions of New CMustealian Snecies (Diptera, Mycetophilidae). By F. W. Edwards. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) (Four Text-figures.) eT Sa ei gear A rene Ae A Garnet-bearing Dyke near Moruya, New South Wales. By Ida A. Brown, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plates ix-x.) Beh Salinity uay a oeyeg, uReoe Taree eerie The Society’s Hen tree from the iacieayee Part ii. By the late J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. PART IV (No. 224). (Issued 25th October, 1929.) Note on the Structural and Tectonic Geology of the Hunter Valley between Greta and Muswellbrook, with Special Reference to the Age of the Diastrophism. By H. G. Raggatt, B.Sc. (Plate xi and two Text- figures. ) en ee PAREN Ny Cael oes h ats ReMi sO) ce eRe Lad Orr ui ak LENE Notes on Australian Diners xx. By J. R. Malloch. (Communicated by I. M. Mackerras.) (Thirty-four Text-figures. ) oe ee Mey The Food Plants or Hosts of some Fijian Insects. iii. By William Greenwood, H.D.A. é Fourth Contribution towards a Nee Giscineation of tie eee Asilidae. By G. H. Hardy st a titehe ar 122 Some New Species of Stenetrium from Western! Wstealie: By G. EH. Nicholls, D.Sc. (Communicated by T. OC. Roughley.) (Twenty-five Text-figures. ) : ates Notes on Gall-making Goesides with Deserintions of New ‘Bpecis By Walter W. Froggatt, F.L.S. (Plates xii-xiii.) tn i Revision of Australian Geometridae (Lepidoptera), Sontoinitees a Revision of the Archaic Types of the Family, with Notes and Descriptions of New Species. By Gilbert M. Goldfinch. (Plates xiv-xvi and four Text-figures. ) con eee Ay Pen ete WE eee AR Ua Fite Notes on Australian Diptera. xxi. By J. R. Malloch. (Communicated by I. M. Mackerras.) (Seven Text-figures.) co rebate a Mea Saree vag The Life-history of Doryanthes excelsa. Part ii. The Gametophytes, Seed Production, Chromosome Number and General Conclusion. By I. V. Newman, M.Se. (Plates xvii-xix and twenty-six Text-figures.).. Some Aspects of the Structural Geology of the Carboniferous Rocks in the Hunter River District between Raymond Terrace and Scone. By G. D. Osborne, D.Sc. (Plates xx-xxi and one Text-figure.) Pages. 145-146 147-148 149-161 162-175 176-184 185-272 273-282 283-343 344-352 353-360. 361-374 375-378 379-407 408-410 411-435 436-462 CONTENTS. v. PART V (No. 225). (Issued 16th December, 1929.) Pages. Revision of Australian Oenochromidae (Lepidoptera). i. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S. (Twenty-six Text-figures.) .. .. 4638-504 Notes on Australian Diptera. xxii. By J. R. Malloch. (Communicated by I. M. Mackerras.) (Two Text-figures.) eee yh 2h . 505-516 A List of the Australian Bombyliidae of the Subfamilies me onrosonitiaa, Anthracinae, and Bombyliinae in the German Entomological Museum, Berlin. By Frederick H. S. Roberts, M.Sc. Sia Soe Neo) ec me Gta lee: Descriptions of New Species of Australian Coleoptera. xx. By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S. (Hight Text-figures.) pts Mae DISH AG Variations in certain Orchids. By the Rev. H. M. R. ery B.A. “(Two Text-figures. ) ee ie PA Mag BAe DOS) De A Revision of the Australian Bontetitdae. (Diptera), iii. By Frederick H. S. Roberts, M.Sc. , Be A ey ee Leaa DOSSOOS Australian Mycetophilidae. Ssyneneie i; HG Geers By A. L. Tonnoir. (Communicated by Dr. A. J. Nicholson.) (Plates xxii-xxiii and seven Text-figures. ) He Bee brite: |S Se ae ee ela seve aie Wore SAG Australian Rust Studies. i. By W. L. Waterhouse, B.Sc.Agr. (Plates Xxiv-xxvii.) : 615-680 A further Contribution to our Srenawicdee ae ‘tike ‘Wlora of New South Wales. By W. F. Blakely. (Plates xxviii-xxx.) 681-685 List of Papers by the late J. J. Fletcher . eee OSO—OSld On some Recent New Light on the Origin of Natale: By Robert Broom, M.D., D.Se., F.R.S. (Seven Text-figures.) 688-694 PART VI (No. 226). (Issued 15th February, 1930.) Abstract of Proceedings xliii-liii Donations and Exchanges .. aes We ea cay idea | pe liv-Ixxi GAS teOlss VIET CT Sipe s ue ciexceie sepsitt rarce Nahc Petia anes Sohn Ua eek ee nt Oi hess OD NOX = [XOX VT Index lxxvii-xevi vi. LIST OF NEW GENERA AND SUBGENERA DESCRIBED IN THIS VOLUME Apalpus (Linnaemyiini) Arrhenomyza (Tachinini) Austrosciophila (Sciophila) Austrosynapha (Sciophilinae) Austroterpna (Geometridae) .. Cathaemacta (Oenochromidae) Chaetogastrina (Rutiliini) Duomyza (Duomyia) Ecphyas (Oenochromidae) Euceroplatus (Ceroplatus) Eusurbus (Usiinae) Frontalia (Toxurinii) Hillia (Tachinini) Hogbinia (Pseudupeneus, Mullida Lapyruta (Platyura) Laurypta (Platyura) Lutarpya (Platyura) Macrochloria (Tachinini) Maenomenus (Pyrgotidae) Mallochinus (Ceroplatus) Myonema (Cylleniinae) Neoallocotocera (Sciophilinae) Neoantlemon (Ceroplatinae) Neosardus (Cylleniinae) Neotozura (Toxurinii) Nicholsonia (Pyrgotidae) Nicholsonomyia (Ceroplatinae) Paraleia (Sciophilinae) Paramorganiella (Sciophilinae) Paraterpna (Geometridae) Paratrizygia (Sciophilinae) Pareudicrana (Sciophilinae) Phorocerosoma (Tachinini) Prodalmannia (Pyrgotidae) Protohystricia (Tachinidae) Pseudalysiinia (Sciophilinac) Pyratula (Platyura) Pyrtaula (Platyura) Quadra (Tachinini) talytupa (Platyura) rutylapa (Platyura) Rypatula (Platyura) Tasmanina (Sciophilinae) Taulyrpa (Platyura) Truplaya (Platyura) Tylparua (Platyura) Urytalpa (Platyura) Zebromyia (Tachinini) Page. 318 322 604 607 385 497 313 507 498 174 580 CONTENTS. Vii. LIST OF PLATES. PROCEEDINGS, 1929. i-ii.—Placentation in Denisonia superba, D. suta, Lygosoma entrecasteauzi and L. pretiosum. iii—Pseudupeneus (Hogbinia) filamentosus. iv.—Berberis vulgaris, showing aecidial infection with rust. v.—Male hypopygia of species of Molophilus. vi. Coniferous wood from Cretaceous rocks of Central Australia. vii-viili—Calcareous concretions in Upper Marine Series, Hunter River District, N.S.W. ix-x.—Garnet bearing dyke-rocks from Moruya District, N.S.W. xi.—Geological map of the Hunter River Valley between Greta and Muswellbrook. xii.—Apiomorpha macqueeni. xiii—Species of Opisthoscelis. xiv-xvi.—Australian Geometridae. XVii-xix.—Stages in the development of Doryanthes excelsa. xx.—Geological map of the Carboniferous System between the Raymond Terrace- Clarencetown District and the Scone District, N.S.W. xxi.—Geological map showing the structural relations of the Carboniferous and Permian rocks in the Hunter River Valley, N.S.W. Xxii-xxiii—Wings of Australian Mycetophilidae. xxiv-xxvii.—Australian rust studies. xxviii—COorrea macrocalyz. ; xxix.—Bertya oblonga and Kunzea rupestris. xxx.—Goodenia Chisholmi and Lasiopetalum Joyceae. CORRIGENDA. Page 506, line 25, for rceorded read recorded Page 586, line 4, for Neompheria read Neoempheria Page 590, in first footnote, for Heteropternus read Heteropterna Page 590, line 30, for Ohahunea read Ohakunea Page 591, line 38, for (Neuraltelia Rond.) read (Neuwratelia Rond.) Page 591, line 40, for (Paraneuroltelia Landr.) read (Paraneuratelia Landyr.) Page 593, line 6, for Atelia read Ateleia Page 609, line 4, for Dziedzieckia read Dziedzickia Page 612, line 4 from bottom of page, for Symplasta read Synplasta Page 663, line 5 from bottom of page, for exarta read exarata Page 663, line 10 from bottom of page, for B. arenarius, B. racemosus, read Bromus arenarius, Bromus racemosus, THE VOC Ee TN GS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF New Souta Wates ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. WEDNESDAY, 27TH Marcu, 1929. The Fifty-fourth Annual General Meeting was held at Macleay House, 16 College Street, Sydney, on Wednesday evening, 27th March, 1929. Dr. W. R. Browne, President, in the Chair. The minutes of the preceding Annual General Meeting (28th March, 1928) were read and confirmed. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. During the past year the Society’s record has been one of continued steady progress. The usual quota of monthly general meetings has been held, and there has been no falling-off either in the standard of the papers submitted or in the number of interesting exhibits. The variety of subjects dealt with by different authors indicates that research in many branches of natural science is actively proceeding among our members, and in so far as it provides opportunities for the reading and discussion of papers and facilities for their publication, our Society must be considered to be performing a useful function in the community. At the Annual Meeting a year ago mention was made of the proposal to erect a Science House at the corner of Gloucester and Essex Streets. Since then the State Parliament has passed an Act to enable a grant of land to be made to the Royal Society, Linnean Society and Institution of Engineers in fee simple as tenants-in-common, but unexpected difficulties have prevented much further progress being made with the scheme. To fill the vacancy caused by the death of Professor Launcelot Harrison, the Senate of the University of Sydney appointed Professor W. J. Dakin to the Challis Chair of Zoology. Professor Dakin is no stranger to Australia, since he filled the Chair of Biology in the University of Western Australia from the date of its foundation in 1913 until 1920. Thereafter he occupied the Derby Chair A ii. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. of Zoology in the University of Liverpool, where he established a distinguished reputation as a zoologist. We welcome him to New South Wales, and hope that he will find in our State a fruitful and congenial field for his future labours. In July last a scientific expedition, organized by a Committee of the Britisn Association for the Advancement of Science to study the growth of coral and other problems associated with the Great Barrier Reef, arrived in Australia under the leadership of Dr. C. M. Yonge. The expedition has established itself on Low Island, 40 miles from Cairns, where its work is proceeding steadily and satis- factorily. The activities of the expedition cover a wide range, including a detailed study of the many aspects of the growth and development of corals, algae, and other reef organisms, the regular taking of series of hydrographic and plankton observations, investigations of the chemical and physical conditions of the sea inside the Barrier, and geographical studies of the Barrier Reef region. The results of this expedition will undoubtedly add very greatly to our knowledge of the conditions under which the Great Barrier Reef flourishes. An event of note in scientific circles was the arrival in Sydney in February of the Dana Expedition. This voyage of the Dana has been planned for the further study of the natural history of the eel, a subject on which the leader, Dr. Johannes Schmidt, has for years been the highest authority. In carrying out this study the Dana Expedition makes the widest observations on the chemistry and physics of the oceans, collects extensively of the fauna and flora, and in fact carries out a very extensive and complete oceanographic survey of the regions traversed. The ship left Copenhagen in June, 1928, and after circumnavigating the world should return to Copenhagen some time in 1930. The collections and information obtained by the expedition should be of the greatest scientific value when they have been handled by experts in the several branches. Dr. Schmidt’s party will be accompanied, either for part or all of the voyage, by Dr. P. Jesperson, Dr. Th. Mortensen, Prof. Ove Paulsen and Dr. J. N. Neilson. The oceanographic survey being conducted by the Dana is perhaps the most important and extensive since that carried out by the Challenger Expedition a little more than fifty years ago. The announcement that the Federal Government has decided to organize and equip a scientific expedition to that part of Antarctica lying immediately to the south of Australia will be welcomed by all interested in the scientific problems of the Antarctic. That the expedition is to be under the leadership of Sir Douglas Mawson, who already has a wide experience of Antarctic exploration, should engender a feeling of confidence in the ultimate success of the venture. As the result of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition of 1911-14, under the leadership of Sir Douglas Mawson, we already have considerable knowledge of the region to be visited, and the proposed expedition should be able to fill in many of the gaps and make valuable additions to what is already known of this inhospitable but increasingly important region. It is proposed to carry out exploration and mapping of portions of the coastline, as well as meteorological observations, and investigations of the fauna of the region—especially whales and seals. We look forward to another interesting chapter in the annals of Antarctic exploration. The Australian Association of Simplified Practice has formed a Committee to draw up a schedule of Standard Typography for scientific and educational publications. While there is much to be said in favour of some expression of individuality in publication, there are many directions in which this Committee PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. ili. can be of material help to the many honorary editors of the publications of scientific societies and institutions. At the April meeting we had the pleasure of welcoming Professor T. D. A. Cockerell of Colorado University, who gave us a short address on ‘“‘Wild Bees”, a subject on which he is a recognized world authority. Since the death of Dr. R. Greig Smith in August, 1927, the Society has been without a Bacteriologist. During 1928 the Council advertised the position through- out Australia and New Zealand, as well as in England, and in response received three applications. The supply of research bacteriologists is very limited, and the probability had been realized that there would be very few applicants for the vacant position. The Council, after due consideration, appointed Mr. H. L. Jensen to be Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. Mr. Jensen is a Danish subject, and a graduate of the Royal Agricultural and Veterinary College, Copenhagen. In 1923 he was appointed Assistant in Research at the State Laboratory of Plant Culture at Lyngby, Denmark, working under the late Dr. H. R. Christensen and Professor K. A. Bondorff until October, 1927, when he was awarded an Inter- national Education Board Fellowship to carry on post-graduate research on Soil Bacteriology at Rothamsted Experimental Station. His research includes work on the protozoan fauna of the soil and its functions, on bacteriological methods of studying soil-fertility, on the influence of the carbon-nitrogen ratio of organic materials on the mineralization of nitrogen, and on the fungi of Danish soils. At Rothamsted he has been studying the microbiology of farmyard-manure decom- position in soils, with special reference to the decomposition of lignocellulose and of dead microbial protoplasm in relation to humus formation. The general subjects of the research which he proposes, as Macleay Bacteriologist, to conduct are: (i) The. influence of irrigation on the microflora of the soil; (ii) the existence of culturally and serologically different groups of nodule bacteria of leguminous plants; and (iii) the oxidation of iron pyrites by sulphur bacteria. Mr. Jensen comes to us highly recommended by his teachers and by Sir John Russell, Director of Rothamsted Experimental Station, and we look forward to an active resumption of bacteriological work on his arrival, about the beginning of September next. The concluding part of Volume liii of the Society’s ProcrEEDINGS has been issued. The complete Volume (662 plus Ixxxvi pages, 40 plates and 173 Text-figures) contains thirty-eight papers from twenty-two authors, ten of the papers being contributed by past and present Linnean Macleay Fellows. At this time last year there was a large accumulation of papers held over from 1927, but the decision of the Council to increase the number of Parts of the Procrepinas issued in a year allowed this accumulation to be overcome, and it will probably be some years before we shall again find it necessary to hold papers over from one year to the next on account of lack of space in the Volume. In addition to the Procerepines for the year there has been issued an index to the first fifty volumes of the Procerepines. The index contains (i) an alpha- betical list of contributors to the ProcrEpines, with the titles of papers and reference to year and page; (ii) a subject index compiled from the titles of the papers; (iii) an alphabetical list of exhibitors of specimens, etc., at the meetings of the Society; and (iv) an index to the obituary notices which have appeared in the Procerpincs. I think you will agree with me that our Secretary is to be congratulated on an exceedingly fine piece of work. The index has already iv. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. proved its usefulness, and should become increasingly valuable as an easy and rapid means of tracing papers in the volumes of PROCEEDINGS. Exchange relations with scientific societies and institutions continue satis- factorily. The receipts for the year total 1,777, as compared with 2,540, 1,821 and 1,409 for previous sessions. During the year the following societies and institu- tions have been added to the exchange list, which now numbers 214: Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh; Geological Society of Peru; Botanical Society of Bulgaria; Geological Survey of Kwangtung and Kwangsi; Bulgarian Society of Natural Sciences; Department of Agriculture, Industry and Commerce, Buiten- zorg; ‘“Lotos’; The Science Society of China, Nanking; and the Institute of Geology, Shanghai. The death, on 21st February, 1928, of Professor L. Harrison, who had been nominated by the Council as President for 1928-29, and also as a member of Council, rendered necessary the election of President and a member of Council at a Special Meeting, which was held immediately after the last Annual General Meeting. The result was the election of Assistant-Professor W. R. Browne, D.Sc., as President and of Dr. I. M. Mackerras as a member of the Council. The vacancy on the Council caused by the death of Mr. R. H. Cambage was filled by the election of Professor T. G. B. Osborn, D.Sc. On account of his appointment to the staff of the Department of Economic Entomology of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, Dr. G. A. Waterhouse tendered his resignation as Hon. Treasurer. The Council regretfully accepted this resignation, but Dr. Waterhouse has been able to retain office as a member of Council, and we may express the hope that it will be some time before his duties in his new position make it necessary for him to relinquish his active association with the management of the Society’s affairs. The Hon. Treasurer’s mantle has fallen on the broad and capable shoulders of Mr. E. Cheel, whose knowledge and wide experience as a man of affairs should do much to maintain the Society’s finances in their present very satisfactory condition. To the meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, to be held in South Africa next July, the Society’s Secretary, Dr. A. B. Walkom, has received the honour of an official invitation, accompanied by an offer of a substantial contribution towards expenses. Even a short visit to South Africa would afford some opportunity for a comparative study of the palaeobotany of a continent which, geologically, has much in common with our own, and the Council has gladly agreed to grant Dr. Walkom the necessary leave of absence to enable him to accept the invitation. I have much pleasure in offering the Society’s heartiest congratulations to: Mr. E. C. Andrews, on his election as President for 1929 of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy; Sir Douglas Mawson, on his selection as leader of the proposed Commonwealth expedition to the Antarctic; Professor Griffith Taylor, on his appointment to a Chair of Geography at the University of Chicago; Dr. G. A. Waterhouse, Dr. I. M. Mackerras and Mr. T. G. Campbell, on their appointments to the staff of the Division of Economic Entomology at Canberra; Messrs. C. Barnard and I. V. Newman, on their attainment of the degree of Master of Science of the University of Sydney; Mr. W. R. B. Oliver, on his appointment as Director of the Dominion Museum, Wellington, N.Z.; and Mr. H. M. Hale, on his appointment as Curator of the South Australian Museum. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Vi During the past few years the Society has lost by death a number of members who, in addition to rendering valuable services to the Society, have achieved world- wide reputations for their scientific work. In order that there may be some permanent record of appreciation of such members the Council has decided to institute a series of memorials to distinguished members of the Society who have died since Ist January, 1925, each memorial to take the form of a biography, with portrait, bibliography and other suitable matter, and to be printed in the PROCEEDINGS aS well as separately for private distribution. It was decided that memorials be prepared of the following distinguished members: Mr. R. H. Cambage, Mr. J. J. Fletcher, Professor W. A. Haswell, Mr. C. Hedley and Mr. J. H. Maiden. The memorial of Professor Haswell appeared in the ProcEEpinGs for 1928, and the appreciation of Mr. Fletcher, published in the Procrkrpinecs for 1927, will form part of the memorial to him. The others are in course of preparation. During the past year eight persons were elected to ordinary membership of the Society, three members resigned and five died, the number of ordinary members remaining at 168. The losses by death were B. Bertram, R. H. Cambage, J. Hopson, Jr., C. T. Musson and W. Welch. Bert BerrramM, who died at Albury in July, 1928, had been for only a few months a member of the Society. He had contributed one paper to the PROCEEDINGS, dealing with the measures taken in controlling the mosquito in the Municipality of Lane Cove, Sydney. He took a very active interest in methods of preventing the spread of mosquitoes and had done much valuable work in this direction. RicHarp Hinp CamBace, who died suddenly at his home, “Wyaglan”, Park Road, Burwood, on 28th November, 1928, was born at Milton, N.S.W., on 7th November, 1859. He was trained as a surveyor, and joined the Public Service in 1882, serving for three years as a draughtsman in the Department of Lands. In 1885 he was appointed Mining Surveyor in the Department of Mines, and in 1902 became Chief Mining Surveyor, which position he held until his appointment as Under-Secretary for Mines on ist January, 1916. He retired from the Public Service on 7th November, 1924. From 1903 to 1918 he was a member of the Licensed Surveyors Examination Board, and from 1909 to 1915 Lecturer on Survey- ing at the Sydney Technical College. He was an energetic worker in scientific societies and held many high offices, among them being: 1907-1909, President of the Institute of Surveyors; 1913, President of the Wild Life Preservation Society; 1912 and 1923, President of the Royal Society of New South Wales; 1924, President of the Linnean Society of New South Wales; 1926-28, President of the Australian National Research Council; 1928, President of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science and President of the New South Wales Branch of the Australian Forest League. He was Honorary Secretary of the Australian Naticnal Research Council from its inception in 1919 till 1926, and of the Roya! Society of New South Wales from 1914 till 1928 (with the exception of the years 1923 and 1924). He was also for some years a Trustee of the Australian Museum. As Honorary Secretary of the Australian National Research Council he had the onerous duty of organizing the Second Pan-Pacific Science Congress held in Melbourne and Sydney in 1923. His voluntary work for the scientific societies of New South Wales was invaluable, and his place will be very hard indeed to fill. But his participation in the administration of scientific affairs represented only a portion of his contribution towards the advancement of Science in Australia, for vi. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. he was a recognized authority on more than one branch of botanical science. His knowledge of the native flora extended to almost every part of the Australian continent, and it is probably safe to say that few, if any, botanists of the present generation could boast such an intimate acquaintance with the flora of so large an area. His knowledge was especially outstanding as regards the genera Acacia and Eucalyptus and the endemic plant-assemblages peculiar to this island-continent. He contributed to our PROCEEDINGS eighteen papers dealing with local developments of the flora in districts which he visited chiefly in the discharge of his official duties as Mining Surveyor. For many years he systematically planted seeds of species of Acacia and noted his observations on the growth of the seedlings. He aimed at completing the description of ten seedlings each year, and up till the time of his death had published in the Juurnal of the Royal Society of New South Wales thirteen papers containing descriptions of 130 species. The work on a number of seedlings which he had under observation is being carried to completion at the Botany School of the University under the care of Professor Osborn. He took a keen interest in the question of the preferences exhibited by species of plants for certain types of soil, and missed no opportunity of making observations relating thereto. He had not published much on this subject, but referred in general terms to it in his Presi- dential Address to us in March, 1925. He had also given much thought to the problem of the origin of the Australian flora, and outlined some of his conclusions in his Presidential Address to the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science at Hobart in January, 1928. To the work of the Royal Australian Historical Society he made useful contributions by tracing out the journeys of early explorers. The journals left by the explorers did not always indicate the exact path they followed, but Mr. Cambage with his knowledge of bushcraft, perfected by his wide experience as a surveyor, took a delight in trying to follow, step by step, the journeys of some of the explorers, and on account of his training he succeeded where many others must have failed. A member of our Society from 1899, he was elected to the Council in 1906, and was President in 1924, Besides contributing papers to the ProcerpinGs he took a prominent part in the meetings of the Society. He also contributed twenty- nine papers to the Journal of the Royal Society of New South Wales. He was a Fellow of the Linnean Society of London, and was created C.B.E. in 1925. His death came very suddenly, taking place only a few days after he had attended a meeting of our Council. He will be sadly missed by all his colleagues and friends, for he possessed to a rare degree the qualities of tact, moderation, charitable judgment and geniality, which made him beloved by all who knew him. The Council has resolved to have a memorial of him prepared for inclusion in the Memorial Series, where it will appear at a later date. JoHN Hopson, Junior, was born on 30th December, 1867, and lived all his» life at Eccleston, where he died on 17th June, 1928. His school education was limited, being confined to that obtainable at small country schools and crammed in between the calls of life on a farm. His love of nature and close powers of observation, however, gave him that wider and fuller education which brings so much satisfaction to the dweller in the country. He was interested chiefly in insects and birds, though he also had a wide knowledge of the plants of his district. He was very closely associated with the development of Barrington PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Vii. Tops, and had attended all the scientific excursions to that district since 1915. During these excursions he rendered the greatest assistance to visiting scientists, and at all times was his help particularly valuable and welcome to biologists. His collecting was chiefly entomological, and many new forms were submitted by him to some of our members, especially the late Dr. EH. W. Ferguson and Mr. H. J. Carter. He took an interest in all the affairs of the district where he lived, and was President of the local Farmers’ and Settlers’ Association, which later became the local branch of the Agricultural Bureau. For more than forty years he was a leader in the Eccleston Congregational Church, where at the time of his death he was a lay preacher. He had been a member of this Society since 1918, and we occasionally had the pleasure of meeting him when his visits to Sydney coincided with a meeting of the Society. CHARLES TUCKER Musson, who died at Gordon on 9th December, 1928, was born on 14th December, 1856. He was the eldest son of Robert Mackley Musson, of Park Valley, Nottingham, and was educated at the Nottingham Grammar School. At an early age he showed a taste for nature-study and began by collecting, mounting and classifying land and fresh-water shells and collecting and painting fungi. Before he came to Australia in 1887 he had made two very fine collections of shells, one of which was presented to the Nottingham Museum. He attended lectures on botany at Nottingham University, and spent most of his holidays roaming Sherwood Forest and the Dukeries collecting plants. For several years prior to his departure for Australia he lectured on Botany at Nottingham. With his mother he came to Australia in 1887 and for a time assisted his brother-in-law, Mr. G. H. Pigott, in business at Narrabri, where he soon became very interested in native trees and grasses. Soon afterwards he was appointed Science Master at the Hawkesbury Agricultural College on its foundation in 1891, and served there continuously until he retired in December, 1919. During this long period his sympathy and enthusiasm, as well as his skill as a teacher, stimulated the interest of the large number of students who passed through his classes, and also of the many teachers who attended summer schools at the College. He joined this Society in 1888, soon after his arrival in Australia, and continued his membership till his death. His earlier contributions to the PROCEEDINGS comprised three papers (two of them in collaboration with the late Charles Hedley) on Mollusca (1890, 1891) and some notes on the dispersal of species of plants; later he was associated with the late J. J. Fletcher in some work on shoot-bearing tumours in Eucalypts and Angophoras, and with W. M. Carne on adventitious roots in Melaleuca linariifolia. WILLIAM WetLcH, who died at Cremorne on 5th April, 1928, was born at Portsmouth in 1850. Before migrating to New Zealand in 1884, he was for some years attached to the Admiralty. As a result of his interest in general scientific matters he was instrumental in founding the Museum at Palmerston North, N.Z., and also the Philosophical Society at Manawatu. He was interested in geographical and anthropological matters, particularly Maori customs, and several times visited Australia to attend meetings of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science. He came to Sydney in 1906. He joined this Society in 1916, and although he made no written contribution to the ProckEpINGS he was for a number of years regularly present at the monthly meetings until indifferent health prevented his attendance. He took an active interest in the Royal Australian Historical Society, of which he was Honorary Treasurer for twelve years, ill Vili. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. health forcing his resignation in 1927. He was also for a time Honorary Secretary of the branch of the British Science Guild in Sydney. The year’s work of the Society’s research staff may be summarized thus: Miss Ida A. Brown, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology, has spent a considerable portion of the past year in the field, in the Tilba-Mt. Dromedary district and also west and south of Moruya. She completed her geological mapping in the Mt. Dromedary area, and made preliminary examinations of the fossiliferous sediments in the neighbourhoods of Cobargo, Quaama, Bermagui, Eden and the Clyde Mountain. She also gave some attention to the Tertiary and more recent formations along the coast, including the first known evidences of marine Tertiary sedimentation in eastern New South Wales. As a result of this work she is preparing a second paper on the geology of the South Coast, the first, dealing with the Palaeozoic geology, having been published in Part 3 of the ProcrErpines for 1928. This second paper will give an account of the Tertiary sediments and basalts, later tectonic movements and the development of the present physiography. Another paper in preparation deals with the geology of the Tilba-Mt. Dromedary district, essentially a study of an intrusive series of plutonic and hypabyssal rocks of a monzonitic character, ranging from ultrabasic to acid types, and inelud- ing some rare types not hitherto known to occur in Australia. A preliminary note on this series of rare types has been prepared and will appear in Part 2 of the ProcEEDINGS for 1929. Two other papers, one on the occurrence of a garnet- bearing dyke near Moruya and the other (in collaboration with Mr. W. S. Dun) on an occurrence of varieties of Spirifer disjuncta, are almost complete. During the coming year Miss Brown proposes to continue her investigations on the geology of the South Coast, paying special attention to the problems of the geological age, conditions of sedimentation, mutual relationships and subse- quent tectonic history of the sedimentary rocks, and the relationships, petro- genesis and correlation of the associated igneous rocks, chiefly south of Mt. Dromedary. Miss H. Claire Weekes, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology, has continued her studies on placentation in reptiles, with the object of giving systematic accounts of placentation in aS many viviparous snakes and lizards as she is able to collect, and finally of giving a general account of placentation among the Reptilia. She has completed the examination of the phenomenon in the two snakes Denisonia superba and D. suta and one lizard, which was thought to be Lygosoma pretiosum but has proved to be a new species. These results are embodied in a paper “Placentation in Reptiles, No. i’, which will appear in Part 2 of the ProcregrpinGs for 1929. In order to obtain additional material Miss Weekes collected over a large part of north-eastern New South Wales, with dis- appointing results. She then visited Tasmania and collected specimens of four additional species of viviparous lizards belonging to the genus in which she is interested. These will provide material for the continuation of her studies during the coming year. Four applications for Linnean Macleay Fellowships, 1929-30, were received in response to the Council’s invitation of 26th September, 1928. I have pleasure in reminding you that the Council re-appointed Miss Ida Alison Brown and Miss Hazel Claire Weekes to Fellowships in Geology and Zoology respectively for one year from 1st March, 1929, and in wishing them a successful year’s research. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Lk AN OUTLINE OF THE History oF IGNEOUS ACTION IN New SourH WALES TILL THE CLOSE OF THE PALAKOZOIC HRA. (Plate A.) Introduction and Acknowledgments. In this second part of my address I propose to lay before you some account, necessarily very imperfect and incomplete, of igneous activity in this State from the earliest times down to the close of the Palaeozoic Era, recounting the various eruptive episodes, both intrusive and extrusive, of which we have knowledge. Such an account must inevitably be based largely on the results of other men’s labours, and for the purposes of this address I have made free use of published reports and papers by many workers, especially by the officers of the Geological Survey. But apart from the written word I have leaned heavily upon my colleagues in the Geology Department of the University and my good friends of the Geological Survey, and for their help, given without grudge and without stint, I wish to render grateful thanks. Through the kindness of the Acting- Curator of the Mining Museum I have had access to the slide-collections of the Geological Survey, a rich and precious treasure-house of good things petrological, both new and old, and of this valued privilege I am deeply appreciative. Of late years attempts have been made with considerable success to link up the eruptive episodes in the earth’s history with the various tectonic events in what is known as the geological cycle. According to Joly (1925) and other authorities this cycle may be regarded as consisting of four phases. If we consider it as commencing with'a continental surface which has reached the peneplain stage, the first phase is characterized by a series of transgressions of the sea over the land-surface, alternating with retreats; this passes into the geosynclinal phase during which prolonged crustal sagging is accompanied by heavy sedimentation. Near the end of this phase there is a tendency towards re- emergence of the land, but this is overshadowed and deposition is stopped by the folding of the sediments. To this folding there succeeds a period of vertical uplift and continent-formation, with resultant prolonged denudation of the land-surface. Among British geologists Dr. Harker of Cambridge (1909, 1917) has been perhaps the most constant and consistent advocate of the doctrine that the various kinds of crustal movement are intimately bound up with special types of igneous activity, and his conclusions have been in general confirmed and extended by the work of other investigators. It may now, for example, be regarded as an established fact that the intrusion of bathyliths, usually of a granitic character, is a frequent accompaniment of orogenetic movements, that the vertical movements succeeding the folding phase of the geological cycle are often followed by the extravasation of great sheets of basaltic lava, and to a less degree of alkaline rocks, upon the continental surface, and that submarine volcanic activity, often resulting in rocks of spilitic affinities, is very common during the progress of geosynclinal sedimentation (Tyrrell, 1926). In tracing the history of igneous action in this State it is my intention, not merely to recount the various events so far as we know them, but also to try and correlate them with the various tectonic episodes recorded in the strata. The geographical boundaries that I set myself are of course man-made and unnatural, but that is in the nature of things almost inevitable; the stratigraphical limits B x. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. have been imposed by the necessity of keeping this address within reasonable bounds of both time and space. If it appears that special emphasis is being laid on the intrusive as contrasted with the extrusive phases of eruption, I would remind you that the sequence of the purely voleanic outbursts has recently been dealt with by Mr. C. A. Sussmilch (1923), so that it is unnecessary for me to traverse in detail the ground covered by him, except where more recent work has amplified our knowledge. On the other hand, except for brief though valuable summaries by Mr. EH. C. Andrews (1914) and Mr. Sussmilch (1914), we have no chronological account of the many plutonic igneous intrusions of the State, and it does seem that their great and many-sided importance is sufficient justification for an attempt to bring together the scattered information about them and write a connected story. The all-important task of determining the geological age of igneous rocks is, for the purely voleanic products, often comparatively simple, since they are in the main associated with sedimentary strata of determinable stratigraphical position, but in the case of the plutonic rocks, which appear at the surface only as the result of deep denudation of the original sedimentary cover, the fixing of the geological age of an intrusion with any degree of accuracy may be extremely difficult, and even impossible. Three principal means to this end lie open to us. In the first place an extended field-survey may reveal outcrops of the same mass elsewhere in such association with sediments as permits of fairly exact age-determination; secondly, the intrusion may occur in a region which, from other evidence, is known to have suffered folding only at one particular epoch, and to that epoch the intrusion may be confidently assigned; and lastly, correlation with other intrusions of determinable age may be possible through internal evidence, such as chemical, mineralogical or even textural peculiarities, or through the nature of the associated ore-deposits, which are really themselves the expressions of special magmatic characteristics. By these means, used separately or in conjunction, the age of an intrusion may often be fixed within quite narrow limits. Pre-Cambrian. The earliest sedimentation of which we have any record in New South Wales is that which is represented at the present day by the Willyama metamorphic series of the Barrier Ranges, now regarded as being of Archaean age (Andrews, 1922). Among the highly-folded strata exposed at the surface there have been found no indications whatever of contemporaneous vulcanicity, nothing corres- ponding, for instance, to the Keewatin lavas of North America, or the Older Green- stones of Kalgoorlie, W.A. Evidence of igneous activity preceding the folding and metamorphism of the series is, however, present in the form of ophitic dolerites, probably originally belonging to the quartz-dolerite suite, forming sills or dykes, remnants of which are preserved in the form of thermally-altered inclusions in granitic gneiss (Browne, 1927). The folding and intense metamorphism of the Willyama Series was followed or accompanied by a period of igneous injection, during which dynamic pressure was still active. The results are seen in lens-like, sill-like and perhaps phacolithic sheets of no great width, composed of primary granite-gneiss, pegmatite and gabbro. Amongst the earliest of the intrusions is a peculiar fine-grained acid zranite, with pegmatitic phases, in which cordierite assumes the role of primary ferro-magnesian constituent. The incorporation in this rock of sillimanite from the invaded paragneisses has given rise to some curious hybrids. The biotite-granite-gneisses PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. il are in part porphyritic, and show the effects of differentiation in the presence of more basic phases of the nature of biotite-quartz-diorites, as well as of contempor- aneous acid or aplitic modifications of which cordierite is an occasional component. Garnet appears in some phases of the gneiss, possibly in part derived from the invaded paragneisses but possibly also to some extent magmatic (infraplutonic) in origin, and a rather decomposed allanite is a minor but very constant constituent. More extreme differentiation, perhaps of a complementary type, is indicated by dykes of hornblende-hypersthene-gabbro through the granite-gneiss, and these, with cross-dykes of pegmatite and little bosses of massive fine-grained granite, afford evidence that intrusion continued after the compressional had given place to tensional stresses. Comparable in extent and importance with the granite-gneisses is the great series of sill-like sheets of hornblende-gabbro and norite, passing in places into hornblendite, and altered through local shearing to hornblende-schists, while innumerable great sills of pegmatite, mostly in the country to the west of Broken Hill, may represent complementary acid differentiates from the original magma that underlay the region. Probably, too, the masses of serpentine, which shows traces of brown hornblende and bastite, may represent an ultrabasic phase of the gabbro magma. For the most part the gabbro-intrusions would appear to be later than the granite-gneisses, but certain basic intrusions now considerably metamorphosed may have been earlier, and the presence in the granite-gneisses of certain curious rocks containing much quartz as well as much hornblende and epidote, suggests the partial digestion by the granite magma of pre-existing basic rocks. : A series of fine-granular rocks, with very high silica percentages and containing, in addition to much quartz, basic plagioclase, biotite and occasional garnet, have been the subject of much discussion. They are generally referred to as “quartzites,’ but on their field-occurrence and relations, as well as on the occasional presence of primary gneissic banding and other internal evidence, it is probably more correct to assign to them an igneous origin. That the intrusion of the granite-gneisses post-dated the metamorphism of the invaded sediments is clear from the frequent inclusion in the igneous rocks of lenticles of sillimanite, and the interleaving of gneiss and schist along the margins of the intrusions. Indeed, so intimate is the blending that boundaries have in places proved difficult to define, and doubt has even been cast on the igneous nature of certain gneisses, on account of their apparent passage outwards into schists and paragneisses. It is perhaps noteworthy that, though very evidently connected with the diastrophism that closed the period of deposition of the Willyama Series, the masses of magma that were injected took the form, not of bathyliths, but rather of concordant intrusions, such as one expects to find in regions of tension. Whereas, however, the normal sill and laccolith, at the time of their formation, usually have their shortest dimension vertical or nearly so, in these orogenic sills and lenses the magma has been forced more or less vertically upwards, and the shortest axis of the mass has therefore always been horizontal, except where deformation of the strata during crystallization of the magma has caused deflection. A further igneous episode is represented by the Mundi-Mundi granite, a massive, rather acid type with pegmatite, which forms a series of sills or intrusive sheets with an alignment showing a general parallelism to the grain of the country; xa PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. these granites outcrop well over to the west of the main gneiss-intrusions. Accord- ing to Mawson (1926), very similar granites outcrop about sixty miles to the west at Boolcoomatta in South Australia, and some of the rocks of this locality are strongly titaniferous, thus possibly linking the Mundi-Mundi rocks with those of Benson’s (1909) South Australian ‘Houghton magma” of pre-Cambrian times. Very probably associated in time with the granites are a series of dolerite-dykes cutting across the grain of the Willyama schists and extending as far as Broken Hill. These are now for the most part altered to epidiorites, and include both olivine- bearing and olivine-free types. A somewhat similar series is in evidence at Boolcoomatta. The Mundi-Mundi intrusions are certainly much younger than the granite- gneisses, and it is highly probable that théy belong to an orogenic epoch quite distinct from, and later than, that which put a period to the Willyama sedimentation, though still pre-Cambrian. The Broken Hill lode, and the other rock-types specially associated with it, such as the green-felspar-pegmatite, the mangan-hedenbergite pyroxenite, the so- called garnet-sandstone and the quartz-garnet-magnetite-apatite rocks, are regarded by Mr. Andrews as very specialized differentiates from the older or Willyama magma. The area covered by Archaean and Early Proterozoic (?) rocks in this State is relatively small, being confined to the region of the Barrier Ranges. On all sides the rocks dip away under recent alluvium, except to the north where they are overlain unconformably by the Late Proterozoic tillites, limestones and other sediments. Among these no igneous rocks of any kind have been observed. Ordovician. : Of Cambrian sedimentation no recognizable record has been found in this State. It is true that there are in several places schistose rocks which show a gradual and conformable passage into graptolite-bearing slates of Ordovician age. No fossils have been discovered in the schists, but, inasmuch as no angular uncon- formity separates the Ordovician and Cambrian systems in most parts of the world, the necessity for caution in the classifying of these schistose rocks has been repeatedly urged (Andrews, 1914, 1915a). However, for present purposes, this caution may be disregarded, since the definitely schistose series do not comprise, so far as is known, any volcanic material, and the granitic rocks intrusive through the folded schists are not likely to be older than late Ordovician. Although Upper Ordovician formations have been known in this State for more than thirty years, no detailed studies of their lithology have been undertaken. Sussmilch (1923) has called attention to the virtual absence of volcanic material among the Ordovician rocks and, in fact, though these have a wide distribution through the State, such records of eruption as we possess are confined to a belt of country extending from Parkes and Forbes eastwards through Mandurama, Cadia and Carcoar to Newbridge. From among the Ordovician strata at Parkes and Forbes tuffs and contemporaneous andesitic and basic amygdaloidal lavas have been described (Andrews, 1910). The tuffs consist mostly of quartz and albite, while the lavas include albite-keratophyres and hornblende- and augite- andesites, now completely albitized and otherwise altered. From Forbes have been obtained granophyric soda-aplite and a fine-grained albite-granite, both evidently intrusive, though their exact relationships with the voleanic rocks are not known. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Xlii. At Mandurama and Lyndhurst (Pittman, 1900) radiolarian cherts of Ordo- vician age are interstratified with beds and thin layers of tuff, and associated horn- blende-augite-andesites are completely albitized, with concomitant production of epidote and chlorite. A porphyritic quartz-keratophyre comes from Cadia, where, as at Carcoar, andesitic flows, much altered, have been noted among the Ordovician strata (Jaquet, 1901). The occurrence of altered andesites has also been recorded from Newbridge (Benson, 1907). The only other known example of a probable Ordovician alkaline rock comes from the south-eastern part of the State, on the Snowy River near the Victorian border. It is a quartz-keratophyre tuff, slightly recrystallized, probably as a result of the presence of an intrusive mass of granite. According to Harper (1909a@) the Ordovician series around the Upper Macquarie Valley includes acid tuffs and highly crushed quartz-porphyries which may represent contemporaneous lava-flows; and similar rocks have been obtained from Newbridge. Among strongly-folded slates of probable Upper Ordovician age out- cropping to the north of Cooma there are somewhat schistose gritty rocks which may be sheared acid tuffs, as well as a series of schistose potash-rhyolites or rhyolite tuffs, particularly well developed at Bredbo, twenty-one miles north of Cooma; but the most persistent and uniform igneous group, which has been traced for almost fifty miles, is that of the schistose quartz-porphyries, resembling closely some of the Tasmanian porphyroids, which represent, in part at least, contempor- aneous sSill-intrusions into the Ordovician strata. They are conceivably co- magmatic with the rhyolites and with the granite-gneisses presently to be described, and may be the equivalents of the similar rocks outcropping along north- and-south belts to the west of Bathurst and the west of Orange respectively. The diastrophism which marked the close of the Ordovician period was, with the exception of that which closed the Willyama sedimentation, the most intense that has been experienced in New South Wales, just as it was in Queensland, Victoria and Tasmania. Great thicknesses of sediment had been accumulated, under deep-water marine conditions for the most part, and when a _ violent diastrophic period was put to deposition the rocks were in many places highly crumpled and folded, and converted into slates, phyllites and schists. Strangely enough, so far aS we are aware, there was comparatively little in the way of igneous activity connected with these disturbances, but of course the paucity of outcrops may be due to there having been up to the present insufficient denudation to expose the granitic cores in the belts of greatest metamorphism. However, the little that has been revealed to us is of surpassing interest. At Cooma (Browne, 1914) the transition from graptolitic slates through phyllites into mica-schists may be clearly traced, and these schists in their turn pass into others which have been impregnated and injected by an acid two-mica granite, obviously introduced some time after the commencement of diastrophism, when regional metamorphism had been accomplished, but compression was still affecting the terrain. Two phases of granitic invasion seem to be indicated, the first expressing itself in sporadically-distributed patches and lenses of gneiss with a characteristic mottled appearance; this, by its field-relations, is igneous, but always contains the minerals andalusite, sillimanite and cordierite, a strange assemblage in such a rock, and explicable only on the assumption of much assim- ilation of sedimentary material by the granitic magma. The second gneiss, of which the first may be merely a modification, frequently contains cordierite and xiv. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. sillimanite, and is in some places massive, but elsewhere well-banded. Closely associated with it are dykes of tourmaline-pegmatite and masses of hornblende- gabbro, apparently complementary rocks. Though making a continuous outcrop around Cooma, to the west and north the intrusion appears as a succession of tongues or sills intimately interleaved with the schists, the whole extent of out- crop and impregnation zone being almost six miles from east to west and not less than twenty miles from north to south, the further meridional extension being obscured by later formations. The primary gneissic banding, intimate penetration of the country-rock, with assimilation, granitization and lit-par-lit injection on such a scale as to render the drawing of geological boundaries difficult, the association of consanguineous extremes in pegmatite and gabbro, and lastly, the marked elongation of the zone of injection parallel to the strike of the country and the general effect of concordant injection in the main mass and the satellitic sheets—all these together form a perfect and impressive illustration of the effects of the intrusion of magma under abyssal conditions amid folded sedimentary rocks at a high temperature and still under the influence of compressional forces. It was no doubt occurrences of this kind which mystified our geological forebears, and gave rise to such con- ceptions as that of the metamorphic origin of granite and its formation by the fusion of sediments. There is at Albury another area of schists and phyllites which form the northerly continuation of those described by A. W. Howitt (1887) many years. ago from the Omeo district in Victoria. The Albury schists are injected by acid granites containing sillimanite, with associated tourmaline-pegmatites. The granite is very similar to that of Cooma, though not conspicuously gneissic, and from Howitt’s descriptions it is evident that in the Omeo district the conditions at Cooma are reproduced very closely, including the gradual passage of the schists outwards into Ordovician graptolite-slates. Silurian. Succeeding the intense diastrophism that closed the Ordovician period, it would appear that continental conditions prevailed in this State for a long time during the deposition of the Lower Silurian strata in Victoria. The continental deposits, if any, produced during this epoch appear to have been removed by erosion before subsidence recommenced. It is possible that the dykes of dolerite and albitized andesite which are recorded as intersecting the Ordovician but not the Silurian rocks of the Cargo (Andrews, 1915b) and Forbes-Parkes districts, belong to this continental epoch. Upper Silurian sedimentation was of the continental-shelf type, resulting largely in the laying down of shales and limestones, with sandstones, grits and conglomerates near the coast-lines. In a number of places where shallow-water conditions prevailed there was contemporaneous vulcanicity, expressed in tuffs and lava-flows. The Florida rhyolites of the Cobar-Canbelego area are regarded by Andrews (1915¢a) as a series of submarine flows initiating the Silurian sedimentation there, though the hypothesis of sub-aerial deposition during early Silurian times does not seem untenable. Attention has been drawn to the remarkably high alkali-content of the series, the rocks of which are very siliceous and include both orthoclase- and albite-bearing types. About the Bald Hills, to the north of PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. XV. Canbelego, and apparently also in the Silurian series, are outcrops of spilitic basalt, and the association of these and the quartz-keratophyres in the same series with radiolarian cherts may, as Andrews points out, have some genetic significance. Much further \to the east, in the Forbes-Parkes goldfield, the Silurian sandstones, shales and limestones have among them tuffs and flows or sills of porphyritic augite-andesite almost completely albitized; some of the associated sediments are described as cherty claystones, but no radiolaria have been recorded. At Cargo, about fifty miles to the east, part of the Silurian series consists, in addition to breccias and tuffs, of trachytic and porphyritic keratophyres and quartz-keratophyres, and one specimen collected from the vicinity appears to be a variolitic spilite. At Orange, too, probably among the Silurian rocks, are augite-andesites with spongy albite for phenocrysts and chloritized groundmass. From Wellington district L. J. Jones (1918) has recorded tuffs and andesitic rocks, both volcanic and intrusive, intercalated with Silurian sediments, and these are likewise strongly albitized. Similar types, as well as albite-keratophyres, have been collected in the neighbourhood of Sofala and Trundle, and between Mudgee and Hargraves, and these were most probably extruded during the currency of the Upper Silurian sedimentation. It would thus appear that much of the central part of the State west of the Main Divide was a petrological province with rather alkaline affinities during both Ordovician and Silurian periods. Apart from these volcanic products of spilitic affinities which outcrop over a considerable area in the central parts of the State, there are extensive develop- ments of acid tuffs of more normal petrological character in many places, which attain particular prominence along a belt stretching from Yass southward through the Federal Capital Territory (Mahony and Taylor, 1913) and along the valley of the Upper Murrumbidgee as far as Cooma. Some of these tuffs are fine, even-grained, bedded rocks, but other types are formed of crystals or. grains of quartz, felspar and biotite or hornblende in a finer-grained matrix, and these may be fossiliferous and are occasionally found to be quite thickly studded with large angular fragments of volcanic and other rocks. These tuffaceous rocks enshroud not a little mystery. In their brecciform and bedded phases their clastic nature is obvious, but those which are free from inclusions may resemble quartz-porphyries so closely as to deceive even the very elect. And even the brecciform types are found in the field behaving like thick sill-intrusions, being concordant in the main, but sending out tongues which transgress the bedding-planes of the associated sediments, sometimes tapering quickly, enclosing blocks of hardened country rock, and appearing to produce contact-metamorphism at their margins. The position is further com- plicated by the occasional occurrence of proper intrusive quartz-porphyries in close association with the tuffs. In thin section these rocks appear markedly fragmental, though some of them may exhibit characters approaching those of massive porphyritic rocks. It seems not improbable that it is the existence of these anomalous types that has produced such positive and yet divergent views in regard to certain of the acid rocks of the Yass district (Shearsby, 1911; Mann, 1921; Sussmilch, XVi. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 1923). Among these there are some which are undoubtedly quartz-porphyries or rhyolites, as observed in thin section, and others just as certainly clastic, and, as one cannot postulate cataclasis subsequently to consolidation, it would appear that the rocks in question, which do show intrusive phenomena in places, include “intrusive tuffs’” as well as ordinary acid intrusives. At Jenolan, too, there is a rock, the so-called “green porphyrite” of Sussmilch and Stone (1915), which behaves in markedly. intrusive fashion towards the associated Silurian strata, but in some portions contains abundant inclusions and may even enclose fossils, and in thin sections is seen to be a fragmental rock. Pittman (1900) has recorded apparently intrusive fragmental rocks from the Ordovician strata of Lyndhurst goldfield, and Benson (1915) has described thin bands of tuff showing transgressive relations to Devonian radiolarian cherts otf Tamworth. Both investigators find an explanation of their occurrence in a mechanical cause, which, however, will hardly afford a satisfactory solution of all the problems presented by these Silurian rocks. : The Silurian period was brought to an end by an epoch of diastrophism which, however, was less violent than that with which the Ordovician had closed. During its currency there was a certain amount of magmatic injection, but it must be admitted that our knowledge of plutonic intrusions ‘of definitely closing Silurian age is but scanty. In Victoria, in the North Gippsland region, Howitt (1887) found quartz-diorites and granites intrusive into Silurian slates and Ordovician schists, and overlain by rocks of Lower Devonian age, so that the epoch of intrusion was fairly accurately indicated. These bathylithic masses have peripheral gneissic banding, which Howitt, with characteristic acuteness, recognized as a primary structure. What is without doubt the time-equivalent of these in New South Wales we find in an elongated intrusion which has been traced continuously from the town of Cooma northwards to the junction of Paddy’s River and the Cotter, in the Federal Capital Territory, a distance exceeding sixty miles, while its greatest width must be about fifteen miles. It appears that the axes of Silurian and Ordovician folding were almost coincident in this region, and for the greater part of its length the igneous mass cuts through Ordovician schists and gneisses, so that only at the northern end, where it was examined by Mahony and Taylor (1913), are its relations with the Silurian strata obvious. r This intrusion provides what appears to be, for this country, a unique example of the close relationship that may exist between earth-stresses and magmatic differentiation. The main rock-type is of the nature of a quartz-mica-diorite, with biotite, hornblende, some well crystallized primary epidote, and an occasional crystal of allanite; it is somewhat gneissic in its main portions, becoming a regular primary gneiss along its eastern margin and wherever there are lenticular or tongue-like apophyses. Along this eastern edge there has been traced for a distance of more than forty miles an inconstant but often very prominent fringe of pink or white acid granite-gneiss, very evidently co-magmatic with the quartz- diorite, in fact bearing the same relation to it that Barrow (1893) found to hold between the pegmatite-fringes and the primary gneisses of the South- Eastern Highlands of Scotland. Towards the northern end of the mass, where no acid phase appears, the rock acquires potash-felspar and becomes a normal granite, affected to a greater or less extent by a cataclastic foliation. Dykes of PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. XVii. pegmatite and amphibolite, though present, are rare. The explanation that suggests itself is that the acid phase of the intrusion is the result of stress, directed from the west, acting on a magma not yet completely crystallized, the acid liquid residuum of magma being thereby squeezed outward and forward. The stress became much less severe towards the north, and was renewed after the complete consolidation of the rock. This Upper Murrumbidgee intrusion is confidently assigned to closing Silurian times, as its general petrological characters and relations differentiate it from the massive granites of later intrusive epochs. The resemblance to the late- Silurian quartz-diorites of Northern Gippsland has already been pointed out. Closely associated with this intrusion on its eastern side is a series of lenticular and sill-like intrusions of a very handsome granite-porphyry, with which are connected aplitic and pegmatitic phases and auriferous quartz-reefs. The gradation from granite-porphyry into granite near the northern extremity of the main intrusion is very striking. Out further to the east at Michelago are two elongated and somewhat lens-like granite intrusions, the more easterly of them forming the highest portions of the Tindery Range. The other shows quite marked gneissic foliation in places, and one or both of the intrusions may be comagmatic with the Upper Murrum- bidgee mass. Further north, on the eastern shores of Lake George, is a series of schistose and slaty rocks, very probably forming an Crdovician inlier, and these are invaded by a strongly foliated granite-gneiss and by amphibolitic rocks which may both be late Silurian, though massive granites of later age also appear in the vicinity. At Wheeo, about sixty miles north of Canberra, is a partly recrystallized gneissic granite, so strikingly similar to some phases of the Upper Murrumbidgee rock as to suggest its tentative correlation therewith. Another granitic intrusion which may possibly date back to this late Silurian epoch of diastrophism is the great bathylith forming the major part of the Kosciusko plateau, but the time-relations of this are not accurately known. On the eastern side it is intrusive towards Upper Ordovician slates, and on top of the plateau it partially encloses a very large mass of phyllitic and slaty rocks which are comparable lithologically with Ordovician rocks elsewhere in the State, but at no point has a contact with younger sediments been observed. The granite itself, which is usually of a fairly acid type, with biotite and a little muscovite, is in places massive, but for the most part is characterized by a superimposed gneissic foliation which may become strongly pronounced; this feature is well seen on Mt. Kosciusko itself, which is composed of an aplitic phase of the granite, containing muscovite and a little garnet. The granite is intersected, particularly near Pretty Point and along the Thredbo-Snowy divide, by dykes of hornblende-quartz-porphyrite and of a very beautiful hornblende- lamprophyre (spessartite) passing in places into a fine-grained diorite. Elsewhere patches of pyroxenite are found which have been apparently engulfed in and partially penetrated by the granite-magma. A possible continuation of this bathylith is the extensive intrusion of granite and gneiss described by J. H. Carne (1895) from the Toolong and Bogong districts, some twenty to thirty miles north of Mt. Kosciusko. The granite bears a certain resemblance in some of its phases to that of Kosciusko, and a very similar hornblende-lamprophyre comes from the locality. ; Cc XViii. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. It may be remarked here that it is in connexion with the Silurian diastrophism that we find the latest of the orogenic bathyliths in New South Wales, character- ized by a generally concordant or lens-like disposition and by the prevalence in them of conspicuous gneissic banding and foliation, either primary or super- imposed, indicating injection of the magma before the cessation of compressive movement. For the most part the bathyliths of succeeding intrusive epochs are of transgressive type, and without directive structures, and would be classed as “plateau” or “subsequent” bathyliths, though plainly related to orogenic epochs. Whether this difference between the pre-Silurian and post-Silurian intrusions is a function of the intensity of the orogeny or whether it is related indirectly to the thickness of sediments affected by folding we are hardly in a position to state. Devonian. We pass now to a consideration of the igneous activity of the Devonian Period. Rocks representative of the Lower, Middle and Upper Devonian Series are believed to outcrop in this State, and they have been the subject of a good deal of both special and incidental investigation. Our detailed knowledge of Devonian sedimentation along the western margin of New England we owe to the researches of Prof. W. N. Benson (1913), conducted in part during his tenure of a Macleay Fellowship. One of the most important and striking petrological results of Benson’s work was to demonstrate the existence of a varied and extensive series of volcanic and intrusive rocks belonging to the spilitic suite, chiefly in the lower and middle portions of the Devonian sequence, and closely associated with radiolarian cherts. Spilitic rocks in their characteristic assocations were thus recognized for the first time in New South Wales, and probably in Australia. Benson considered most of the albite in the spilites to be of primary crystallization, but it is interesting to note that for those of the Tamworth area (1915) the possibility of a secondary (deuteric) origin for the albite was recognized. Harper’s (1909b) work about Yass and along the Murrumbidgee revealed the presence of a considerable thickness of acid lavas and tuffs at the base of the Middle Devonian limestones and shales, and these appear to be largely of keratophyric type. Further, similar flows and tuff-beds are intercalated among the Middle Devonian strata, the tuffs particularly being of great thickness. Harper originally (1907) regarded the basal series as submarine in character, but later he considered, and his conclusion is accepted by Sussmilch (1923), that they were probably terrestrial accumulations of Lower Devonian age. For this belief there appears to be no definite warrant, inasmuch as the rocks are resting on the marine Upper Silurian beds, are overlain by Middle Devonian strata, and, according to Harper’s sections, are interbedded with shales. It is interesting to note that the Devonian series described by Andrews (1901a) from Lobb’s Hole, near Kiandra, includes keratophyric tuffs and breccias. The Upper Devonian sea appears to have had a very wide extent indeed in New South Wales. It is usual to consider separately, on palaeontological grounds, the Lambian type of sedimentary series, in which quartzites, shales and con- glomerates play an important part, and the Barraba mudstones of western New England. But though two separate faunal provinces may have existed, and though there is now a geographical separation between them, filled with Carboni- ferous and later rocks, there seems no valid reason for not regarding the Lambian PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. MK and the Barraba series as contemporaneously deposited, the one under very shallow-water conditions, the other farther from the coast. Indeed there is some reason to believe that Upper Devonian strata formerly occupied the areas now containing Carboniferous rocks in the Hunter and Upper Hunter Valleys, and even among the Lambian sediments there are evidences of an approach to something different from purely coastal conditions, in the shape of limestones about Capertee, Rylstone and Mudgee (Carne and Jones, 1919), and radiolarian cherts at Little Hartley. Similar views of the essential geographical continuity of Upper Devonian sedimentation appear to be held by Benson (1922) and Sussmilch (1914), the latter considering that all the Devonian strata of the Great Serpentine Belt may really be contemporaneous with the Lambie beds. Among the Lambian or shallow-water facies of these Upper Devonian strata there are some evidences of contemporaneous vulcanism. About Mt. Lambie, the type-district, the sediments include medium-grained acid albitic crystal-tuffs altered by contact with intrusive granite, and similar rocks occur at Yetholme (Andrews, 1916), where recrystallized quartz-felsites have also been found. The rocks at Hill End classed by Harper (1918) as Devonian (?) include a large proportion of tuffs, and specimens of these are remarkably similar to those from Mt. Lambie and Yetholme, and like them are albitic and recrystallized. It is quite probable that the soda-felspar, with which epidote is associated, is due to dissociation and recrystallization of an original slightly more basic plagioclase. Around the Upper Macquarie Valley Harper (1909a) found among the Upper Devonian series extensive developments of volcanic products, augite-andesites, rhyolites and felsites, with agglomerates and volcanic ash, but no petrological details of these rocks are available. At Yalwal, on the Lower Shoalhaven River, Andrews (1901b0) found a great development of amygdaloidal basic lavas, alternating with flows of spherulitic rhyolite in subordinate amount. These latter are devitrified rocks still showing beautiful fluidal and perlitic structures and containing phenocrysts of albite; the basalts, though chloritized and in some cases converted into epidiorites, pre- sumably by contact-metamorphism, show no traces of albitization, but a coarser- grained and evidently intrusive rock is a chloritized and carbonated albite-dolerite. On the far south coast at Pambula and Eden, Carne (1896) found a rather bewildering medley of fragmental, lavaform and intrusive quartz-felsites or rhyolites. The rhyolite-flows are strongly fluidal and contain nodules up to 14 inches in diameter. The rocks are devitrified and in some cases contact- altered, and, so far as can be made out, some of them, at all events, are potash- rhyolites. Outcrops of amygdaloidal basalt are also found associated with the Upper Devonian strata in the neighbourhood of Eden, but their relations seem to be obscure. Some of them, at all events, are much chloritized and contain ‘albite or oligoclase felspar. It would appear that the Yalwal and HEden-Pambula volcanic rocks are correlable with the spherulitic rhyolites and basalts described by A. W. Howitt from the Iguana Creek beds at Mt. Wellington and Snowy Bluff in North Gippsland, Victoria (1876, 1877, 1878). The Devonian Period was terminated by what Sussmilch (1914) has happily termed the Kanimbla epoch of diastrophism; this, though widespread in its XX, PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. effects, was distinctly lacking in the intensity that had characterized the folding movements preceding it. But if the close of the Ordovician period saw the maximum Palaeozoic diastrophic disturbance it is probably not too much to say that the close of the Devonian witnessed the greatest and the most important and spectacular display of intrusive igneous activity that is revealed in the whole of the geological record in our State. This expressed itself both in plutonic intrusions, chiefly of a granitic nature, and in hypabyssal injections of felsite, quartz-porphyry and quartz-porphyrite. Of the geological age of many of the intrusions there is positive to reason- able proof, but in the case of many more decisive indications are lacking, though strong presumptive evidence exists. In Victoria there has been shown to be an unconformity between the Middle and Upper Devonian series, but in this State no contact has ever been recognized between them, except in the Great Serpentine Belt region, where they are conformable. It is certainly true that the Middle Devonian strata of the Murrumbidgee area near Yass have suffered much folding, but whether this took place at the close of Middle Devonian or at the close of Upper Devonian time it is not at present possible to say; the coincidence of the direction of strike of the Middle Devonian with that of the nearest Upper Devonian rocks would certainly suggest, but it by no means proves, posthumous folding for the former. While, therefore, certain petrological and other similarities would tend to indicate contemporaneity for the intrusions grouped here as late-Devonian, it is necessary to take into account the possibility that some of them should really be referred to a closing Middle Devonian orogeny. The late-Devonian folding affected to a greater or less extent all the sediments of the Lambian or shallow-water facies, away out as far west as Cobar and beyond, and as far east as the western boundary of the Permo-Carboniferous basin. It died out, however, in this direction, and Benson (1913) found the Barraba Series of the Great Serpentine Belt to be overlain by the Carboniferous beds without angular unconformity. The rocks forming the intrusions are in general massive, without primary directive structures, and unaffected by shearing except of a very local character, and the bathyliths themselves appear to be on the whole transgressive, though in a broad sense the elongation of the masses may have been determined by the direction of the Devonian folding. The sill- or sheet-habit is developed to some extent, and marginal apophyses may be concordant, while about Bathurst and Yetholme the intrusions have been thought to possess somewhat of a laccolithic habit (Ross, 1894; Andrews, 1916). As a matter of fact, in the absence of systematic mapping and examination, the actual extent of many of the outcrops is not known, and in many instances it is not even certain whether the outcrops examined at different points are continuous or not. In regard to petrological details there is also much yet to be learnt, the only really thorough investigation so far carried out being that recently completed by one of our Macleay Fellows, Miss Ida A. Brown (1928), on the Moruya intrusion. The evidence to hand, such as it is, would indicate that, whilst there may have been one vast magma-reservoir underlying the region affected by late- Devonian folding, independent differentiation in separate smaller basins must also have occurred, since the rock-series exhibited in the various bathylithic complexes are not by any means the same. Ag indicated below, the distribution PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Xxi. of the associated economic minerals suggests the possibility of some differentiation on a more regional scale. It must be confessed that the compilation of a detailed list of Devonian intrusions bristles with difficulties, in the frequent absence of external or field- evidences of age. There are, however, certain guiding principles which have been utilized, arising from the following considerations: 1. Upper Devonian strata are known to have been laid down and to have been folded over an area extending beyond the River Darling on the west, but not so far east as the Great Serpentine Belt. Late-Devonian intrusions may be expected over this area. 2. It is fairly certain that neither the Carboniferous nor the Permo- Carboniferous geosyncline extended much further west than the present western boundary of the latter, and for a considerable width along this western margin there has been very little, if any, folding. Consequently any intrusions of Carboniferous or Permo-Carboniferous age are likely to have been confined to the area east of that line, so that no intrusions later than Upper Devonian may be expected west of it. 3. The evidence available from the known occurrences shows that both the late-Ordovician and the late-Silurian granites display a prominent development of gneissic structure, primary or superimposed or both, and that the intrusions have the more or less concordant habit of the sill or the orogenic bathylith. The known intrusions of Kanimbla age do not possess these features. 4. In association with the known late-Devonian intrusions, both hypabyssal and plutonic, a characteristic suite of economic minerals is found, including gold and ores of copper, silver, lead, zinc and tin, with compounds of tungsten, molybdenum, bismuth to a smaller degree, and a little antimony and arsenic. With the exception of gold, these are not found associated with the older Palaeozoic intrusions; they are, it is true, very characteristic of the late Palaeozoic granites of New England, but these are very strictly limited geographically. The map forming Plate v in the recently-published ‘‘Mineral Industry of New South Wales” is very suggestive in this connexion. 5. The rock-forming mineral sphene, and perhaps also hypersthene, may have some value for purposes of correlation. Neither of these has been detected as a primary mineral in the older Palaeozoic intrusions, and the first is quite prominent in some of the known Kanimbla plutonic rocks. The generalization is put forward then, but tentatively, that within the area formerly covered by Upper Devonian sediments the plutonic and hypabyssal intrusions, of generally massive habit, may be referred to the Kanimbla orogeny, especially where they have in association some or all of the economic minerals specified above. The validity of some of these principles is doubtless open to question, and further research may prove some of them to be badly founded, but they appear to be the best available in the present state of our knowledge. Perhaps the most familiar of all the intrusions is that from which the Kanimbla epoch derived its name. It has been noted at Mt. Werong (Jones, 1924) and extends thence in a north-easterly direction to Kanimbla and Hartley. The roads from Hartley to Jenolan and Bathurst traverse it for many miles, and it extends over in a westerly direction through Sodwalls, Oberon and Tarana to the Bathurst Plains, while acid phases of it are found along the valley of the XXii. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Upper Macquarie. At Yetholme (Andrews, 1916, 1917) it has produced contact- deposits of molybdenite, and elsewhere gold and wolfram are its associates. A certain amount of work has been done on various parts of the intrusion, but the complete story, when it comes to be written, will be full of fascination. The known differentiation-phases include aplites and pegmatites, porphyritic biotite- granite, hornblende-biotite-granite, quartz-monzonite, granodiorite, quartz-mica- diorite and more basic types. Contact-alteration of shales, fossiliferous quartzites and limestones has produced a rich variety of hornfelses. Diorites and porphyritic granites outcrop between Capertee and Mudgee, and non-porphyritic types are found to the north of Mudgee and at Guigong (where antimony lodes occur), Ulan in the Upper Goulburn Valley, and various other places along the western margin of the Permo-Carboniferous basin as far south as Wombeyan. At Blayney Harper (1920) found sphene-bearing quartz-mica-diorite resemb- ling the Hartley type intrusive into old Palaeozoic sediments, and Morrison (1916) noted molybdenite in an acid granite at Manildra, near Molong. Near Dubbo is the northern extremity of a mass of granite that appears to extend for a long distance to the south; at Yeoval in this belt, tungsten minerals have been found. A normal biotite-granite rich in orthoclase outcrops at Hugowra, extending west- wards towards Forbes and Parkes; Morrison considers that this may be intrusive into Upper Devonian strata, and the petrological characters of the rock tend to support this view, but Andrews (1910) regards the intrusion as pre-Devonian. Possibly there are two intrusions of different ages concerned. The biotite-granite of Cowra contains occasional garnets, evidently derived from some terrain through which the magma made its way, and this, with the belt of massive granite extending through Grenfell and Young, is probably refer- able to the Kanimbla epoch. Small outcrops of granite have been noted near Trundle and Fifield, and granite and quartz-porphyry have been observed at Melrose (Jaquet, 1895) and elsewhere in the Condobolin district. Out to the north-west, at Nymagee and Nyngan, are granites believed to be Devonian. At Wyalong (Watt, 1899) the principal intrusive rock is a quartz-mica-diorite, much crushed in places, which passes by transitional types into a beautiful horn- blende-quartz-norite with fluxional fabric. These rocks have evidently been injected into a terrain consisting in part of ancient dolerites and allied rocks now completely recrystallized, but with traces of former textures, into granular horn- blende-felspar rocks in whose formation contact-metamorphism appears to have played a part. The very interesting intrusion at Ardlethan has been investigated by Harper (1912). There is some biotite-granite, but the principal type is a very acid one, in connexion with which pneumatolytic phenomena are abundant, the resulting minerals being tourmaline, topaz, mica and fluorspar, while the metallic ores include tinstone, and compounds of copper, bismuth, molybdenum, tungsten, lead and zine. It would appear that the acid phase of the granite extends for about forty-five miles in a N.N.W. direction through Yalgogrin to Mulyan, and at least thirty miles to the S.E. of Ardlethan, and it may be more than a coincidence that ores of tin, tungsten and molybdenum, associated with acid granites, are found at intervals along a belt running about S.S.E. through Pulletop and Holbrook to Jingellic on the Murray (Carne, 1894; Harper, 1912). PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. XXxili. Late Ordovician granite has been noted above as outcropping at Albury, but at the Hume Reservoir, about ten miles away, the granite, a massive, biotite- bearing type, is distinctly different in character, and on petrological grounds may be tentatively referred to the Kanimbla epoch. At Adelong, according to Harper (1916), a quartz-felspar-porphyry accom- panies the granite, which is partly a hornblende-biotite type, but with strong development of acid differentiates including greisen, aplite, and tourmalinic rocks. Intrusive into the granite and genetically connected with it by dioritic types is a mass of medium-grained olivine-norite passing into a finer-grained olivine-free marginal phase, the whole intrusion being characterized by beautiful iuxional and protoclastic structures. This Adelong granite may belong to the same mass as that of Tumbarumba to the south, and the porphyritic granite found by Harper (1912) in the country north of Yarrangobilly, with accompanying porphyry which is believed to extend for at least sixty miles to the north. What is probably the eastern margin of the same granitic belt is well seen where it crosses the Murrumbidgee at Burrinjuck. The river here flows between walls of porphyrite and granite (Harper, 19090) intrusive into Middle Devonian sediments, the granite including both normal types and the pink acid variety which was largely used in the construction of the dam. The very interesting and rather intricate series of intrusives outcropping around Kiandra has been mapped by Andrews (1901la), and a study of some of the micro-sections of these strongly suggests the existence of a monzonitic series with distinctly calcic affinities. The “syenitic diorite” of Andrews’s report is a somewhat altered plutonic rock with fluxional fabric, which has possibly too little orthoclase to permit of its being grouped with the monzonites; then there are the interesting hypersthene-bearing quartz-monzonites and monzonite-porphyries, whose pyroxene contains remnants of olivine (Browne and Greig, 1922), mica- diorites grading into more basic types with but little felspar, and finer-grained monzonitic rocks passing into hornblende-lamprophyre. A common feature of practically the whole series is the association of pyroxene, hornblende and biotite, the hornblende being very evidently a primary crystallization but formed partly at the expense of the pyroxene, and the biotite being moulded on the plagioclase. About Kiandra there is also a biotite-hornblende-granite with sphene, closely resembling some of the Bathurst-Hartley types, but whether this is genetically related to the monzonitic series is not clear. Apparently associated with this granite are dykes of quartz-felspar-porphyry. Passing to the south-east we note the Berridale granite, an intrusion which has a considerable extension northward towards Adaminaby and southward through Dalgety; where examined between Berridale and Cooma it is of tonalitic character and is quite massive and distinctly transgressive towards the Upper Ordovician slates (Browne, 1914). Probably satellitic to this intrusion is a small boss of monzonitic quartz-syenite and syenite-porphyry outcropping about six miles south of Cooma, and forming one of the few known occurrences of syenite in the State; from this dykes of felspar-porphyry and bostonitic trachyte radiate, one of which has been traced beyond Cooma. The Late Devonian age of these rocks is inferred from their petrological and structural characters, which contrast sharply with those of the late-Ordovician and late-Silurian intrusions at Cooma. To the same epoch are referred the very similar granodiorite of Gunning and the quartz-diorite of Binalong (Carne, 1894). The hypersthene-bearing granodiorite of Tallong has been mapped and described XXIV. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. by Woolnough (1909); it is closely associated with quartz-porphyrite and with the Marulan granite, to both of which it is evidently related. j South from Goulburn massive acid granites occur near Mount Fairy, and at Boro, south-east of Tarago, where tinstone has been mined (Harper, 1915). The hornblende-biotite-granite of Braidwood and Major’s Creek is of interest for the occurrence in it of free gold visible to the naked eye; quartz-porphyry is an associate (Anderson, 1892). The erosion of the Shoalhaven tributaries at Yalwal has laid bare an interest- ing series of Upper Devonian rocks (Andrews, 19010), which have been injected by acid granite and porphyritic microgranite or aplite. Passing over some small granite inliers with tin and copper ores among the Permo-Carboniferous strata about Wandandian and Conjola, we come to the intrusion at Moruya, on the South Coast (Brown, 1928). This proves to be an igneous complex of typically calecic character, comparable chemically with that of Garabal Hill, Scotland, and composed of petrological types ranging from ultra-acid aplite to very basic hornblende-gabbro. The intrusion appears to have a sheet-like disposition and may link up with that at Araluen, about thirty miles to the north-west. Further south along the coast may be noted as of probable Kanimbla age the quartz-diorite of Cobargo, the granite and quartz-mica-diorite of Brogo and the porphyritic granite and sphene-bearing granodiorite of the Bega district. The ‘plutonic complex of which these are members is of great extent and considerable economic importance; it extends westward almost to Nimmitabel, south-west to the neighbourhood of Bombala and south through Wolumla and Wyndham to the Victorian border east of Nungatta River, with many textural, chemical and mineralogical variations. Gold, as well as ores of tungsten, molybdenum and bismuth, have been found at various points in association with the intrusion (Carne, 1897a). From the point of view of petrogenesis many of these late Devonian rocks are of considerable interest as affording evidence of the operation of N. L. Bowen’s (1922) “reaction-principle’. Attention has been drawn above to the existence of “reaction-series” in the Kiandra rocks, and these have also been found in the Moruya complex. Other illustrations of the principle are to be found in the Wyalong norite, the Adelong diorite, the Tallong granodiorite and the Hartley quartz-diorite. It appears as though there may be much of interest and importance in a study of the geographical distribution of the various economic minerals through the area covered by the Kanimbla intrusions. There seems to be, for instance, a tendency for the concentration of tinstone along the western or south-western margin of the area, but whether this is real or only apparent it is at present not possible to say. Another apparent tendency is for the occurrence of sphene in many of the granites and quartz-diorites of the more easterly belts, such as those of the South Coast and those along the western margin of the Permo- Carboniferous basin. The felsites, quartz-porphyries and quartz-porphyrites which were very abundantly injected during the Kanimbla orogeny are without doubt co-magmatic with the granites, with which indeed some of them are closely associated, though many are quite independent. They have perhaps a tendency to occur as dykes, sills, and sheet-like intrusions, with a trend determined largely by that of the older rocks through which they have been forced. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. XXV. The time-relations of hypabyssal and plutonic intrusions are not always clear. Carne (1896) has noted that the auriferous quartz-felsites of the far South Coast, as at Eden and Pambula, and possibly those of Wagonga and Tathra, farther north, while intrusive into the Upper Devonian sediments, are themselves invaded by the granite, and they actually show evidence of contact- metamorphism, as do also the felsites of Hartley. It would almost appear, indeed, as if the hypabyssal intrusions might be divided into two groups, the felsites, antedating the granitic intrusions, and the porphyries and porphyrites which were sometimes injected later than the granite, but which are frequently of indeterminate age-relationship towards it. Petrologically there is a considerable variety in these rocks. The felsites are frequently devoid of any phenocrysts save felspar and perhaps quartz, but the porphyries and porphyrites may have, in addition, biotite or hornblende or both. Hypersthene has been detected in the so-called “Yass porphyry”, in the porphyrite from Tallong and Marulan, and in a quartz-porphyrite outcropping at the Wollondilly River on the road to Wombeyan (Card, 1907). Some of these rocks are remarkably fresh and free from alteration, but others, especially the porphyrites, are much changed, with the production of much epidote and chlorite. Occasionally the principal felspar is albite and the rocks should be placed with the quartz-keratophyres, but it seems very probable that these rocks are really albitized quartz-porphyrites. Among the hypabyssal intrusions not already referred to are the quartz- felsites noted in the neighbourhood of Tarana (Carne, 1899) and Cargo, and at places like Rylstone, Capertee and elsewhere along the margin of the Western Coalfield (Carne, 1908). The quartz-porphyry and quartz-felsite sills of Jenolan have been described by Sussmilch and Stone (1915) and are tentatively classed as Devonian. The silver-lead deposits of Yerranderie and Mt. Werong (Carne, 1899) are in similar rocks, the former probably part of a belt extending south beyond the Wombeyan Caves. As far west as the Cobar district and Mount Hope quartz-porphyries have been noted (Andrews, 1913), which are very similar to Kanimbla porphyries in other parts of the State. A biotite-quartz-porphyry from Canowindra appears to have suffered slight alteration, possibly from a neighbouring granite-intrusion, and a typical Devonian quartz-porphyry comes from near Tumbarumba (Carne, 1894). At Kangiara, about 15 miles north of Bowning, a very similar rock was found, and this may form part of the belt which includes the Yass sills, already referred to. The Yass porphyry of Harper (1909b) appears to be a great interformational sheet which has made its way along the junction between the Upper Silurian rocks and the overlying Devonian lavas and tuffs in the Yass district. : Around Goulburn and Marulan, and to the north towards Longreach, the quartz-porphyry is associated with the Marulan granite, while, possibly as a southward continuation of the Yass intrusions, a great series of sill-like masses of quartz-porphyries, quartz-porphyrites and felsites forms isolated hills and meridional ridges in the Federal Capital Territory (Mahony and Taylor, 1913), and up the Murrumbidgee Valley, passing a few miles to the east of Cooma. It was probably in connexion with these felsites that the copper, lead and other mineral-deposits of Bushy Hill at Cooma were introduced. XXVi. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. The occurrences mentioned above probably form but a small proportion of the total number of hypabyssal intrusions of Kanimbla age, which indeed appear almost to have rivalled the granites in volume. With the exception of a few inliers of granite at Yalwal and further south the Kanimbla intrusions are cut off to the east sharply by the western boundary of the Permo-Carboniferous basin, running a little west of north. Nevertheless there is evidence that injection took place as far over as the Hunter Valley, for the granodiorites which faulting and erosion have revealed at Pokolbin (David, 1907) and Gosforth (Browne, 1926), and which are now overlain by Kuttung sediments and lavas, are massive sphene-bearing rocks of typical Kanimbla characteristics. These probably represent remnants of the igneous cores of late-Devonian mountains which suffered denudation in Lower Carboniferous times. The Kuttung conglomerates of the Lower Hunter Valley are composed in a large measure of pebbles of aplite, granite and quartz-porphyry, while quartz- porphyry, with a little diorite and hornblende-gabbro, occurs as pebbles in the Permo-Carboniferous strata as high as the Upper Marine Series; these must surely have been derived from the erosion of highlands of late-Devonian granite and porphyry formerly lying to the south and west. It is of interest to note that Rev. W. B. Clarke recognized the resemblances between these pebbles and the exposed Devonian porphyries of the South Coast (1860). Benson (1913) found the Rocky Creek (Kuttung) conglomerates west of the Great Serpentine Belt to consist largely of granites, aplites, quartz-porphyries, quartz-porphyrites and rhyolites, and these are so similar to known Devonian types as to suggest their probable derivation from an Upper Devonian terrain consisting of rhyolites like those of Yalwal, and intrusive granites and hypabyssal rocks. It will be convenient at this point to make some mention of the serpentines outcropping in the area occupied by the Kanimbla intrusions. The principal outcrop is that which, according to the State Geological Map, starts about ten miles north of Yarrangobilly and, striking about N.N.W. in a narrow belt, extends for more than fifty miles to a point about ten miles N.N.E. of Coolac. Harper (1912) observed it at its southern extremity and on a continuation of its strike the same worker (1914) noted serpentine at Cullinga, near Cootamundra. Jaquet (1896) had previously investigated a somewhat similar occurrence at Berthong and Wallendbeen, so that the total length of the line along which serpentine has been found is of the order of ninety miles. Other smaller outcrops occur about Gundagai, to the west of the main line (Carne, 1895). In association with the serpentines at various points fresh and massive ultrabasic rocks have been discovered, diallagite and hornblendite at Berthong, diopside-bearing hornblendite at Cullinga and diallagite and enstatite-peridotite at Gundagai (Card, 1896), the latter, as I am informed by Mr. H. G. Raggatt, B.Se., occurring in fair abundance. The Cullinga serpentine shows good mesh- structure and contains a little diopside, while that of Berthong is devoid of mesh- structure, but is sometimes antigoritic and shows traces of bastite. It would appear that a series of ultrabasic rocks representing both the peridotite and the perknite groups was injected, possibly, as in the Great Serpentine Belt, along a plane of overthrust, and that the serpentine has been derived from rocks of both groups. Some local shearing is in evidence, but as it PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. XXVii. affects both hornblendites and serpentines it was evidently not a necessary factor in the genesis of the latter. Nothing appears to be known as to the geological age of these rocks. They are associated with unfossiliferous slaty rocks, evidently of great age and sur- mised to be Silurian. Harper found granite-porphyry intrusive into the Cullinga serpentines, while Jaquet’s map shows the Berthong rocks surrounded by a somewhat crushed granite which he considers older than the serpentine. In the absence of satisfactory field-evidence any attempt at fixing the age of the rocks is little more than a guess, but in view of the existence of fresh and undeformed ultrabasic rocks associated with the serpentine it would appear that they had not suffered much from diastrophism since their injection, and perhaps, therefore, they might be tentatively assigned to a Devonian intrusive epoch, either late Middle Devonian or Kanimbla. In this connexion the north- west trend of the belt, in general parallelism with the prevailing strike of the Devonian rocks over to the east, may be significant. Serpentines have been reported from Lucknow (Pittman, 1900) apparently intrusive into andesitic rocks which are possibly of Silurian age. Nothing definite is known as to the age of the ultrabasic rocks. e Carboniferous and Perno-Carboniferous.* The wonderful display of volcanic activity which characterized the Carboni- ferous Period has been made familiar to us by the labours of a number of workers, including a former Macleay Fellow, Mr. G. D. Osborne, B.Se., and the details of it are admirably summarized in Mr. Sussmilch’s address.’ Lava-flows and showers of fragmental material occurred during the Burindi marine sedimentation, but the climax of eruptive activity was reached during the succeeding Kuttung epoch. It has proved difficult to find any definite rule resuming the general order of succession of extrusion of the volcanic pro- ducts. There are some signs of an order of increasing acidity repeated in two or three cycles, the earlier flows of hornblende- and pyroxene-andesites being followed by more acid types, toscanites, dellenites, rhyolites and rhyolitic tuffs; but if we consider the vulcanicity as extending into the Permo-Carboniferous Period, we find the succession continued in basalts and acid tuffs, with no reversion to the andesitic type. This would suggest the operation of Iddings’s “law of increasing divergence”’. Probably nowhere in this State is there to be seen a more impressive object- lesson in the part which explosive eruptions may play in a volcanic sequence than in the areas occupied by the Kuttung rocks; an accurate estimate is of course out of the question, but it is safe to say that the total volume of frag-. +The use of this term has been criticised as being out-of-date and misleading. But until a majority of stratigraphers and palaeontologists, native and foreign, are finally agreed among themselves as to which of our Late Palaeozoic rocks are really Carbon- iferous and which truly Permian, it is surely preferable, for the avoiding of confusion, to retain the name Permo-Carboniferous as a system-designation, to include all the strata between the top of the Kuttung series and the base of the Trias. 2The following are the principal references for the Kuttung vulcanism: Benson, 1913 (Great Serpentine Belt) ; Benson, 1920, and Browne, 1920 (Currabubula) ; Browne and Walkom, 1911 (Pokolbin); Jaquet, 1901; Sussmilech and David, 1919 (Seaham, Paterson, ete.); Osborne, 1922, 1925 (Seaham, Paterson, ete.); Browne and White, 1926 (Allandale) ; Browne, 1926 (Gosforth) ; Sussmilch et al., 1928 (Port Stephens). XXViili. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. mental material ejected from the Kuttung volcanoes far exceeds that of the lava, and practically all of it is rhyolitic. Though a good deal of work has already been done in connexion with the Kuttung vulcanicity much still remains to be learnt. We do not yet know, for example, and only detailed field-work can tell us, why it is that in the southern areas the andesitic magma made its way to the surface, whereas in more northern parts, as at Currabubula, sill-intrusions and dykes appear to be the rule, though further to the north-west andesite-flows are interbedded with the Kuttung conglomerates. Another’ matter that has yet to be cleared up is the relationship of the glassy and stony types of andesite. Some lines of evidence tend to show that they are separate and distinct phases, while on other grounds it would appear that devitrification or some such process has been responsible for the conversion of glassy into stony types. Another interesting inquiry is concerned with the reason why the trachytie and pilotaxitic types of intermediate rock are so common at places like Curra- bubula, Pokolbin and Allandale, whereas they are absent elsewhere, except as o@casional fragments in some of the tuffs. Throughout their entire extent of about two hundred miles, the Kuttung igneous rocks exhibit remarkable constancy of mineralogical character. In the andesites, hypersthene, augite and hornblende form the _ ferro-magnesian constituents, while biotite is more characteristic of the acid types. Another remarkable feature of the rocks, wherever they have been studied, is the very prevalent, though selective, deuteric alteration, which has incidentally rendered very difficult the complete elucidation of the petrological relationships of the various rock-types. Only the dominantly glassy lavas have entirely escaped, and there is some evidence that potash as well as soda was introduced by the magmatic solutions by which the rocks were permeated. Albitization is a phenomenon which has been observed mostly in the case of submarine lavas or in intrusions, and its prevalence among these terrestrial rocks is somewhat unexpected. A feature of the alteration of the Kuttung rocks which may have some significance is that practically no zeolites have been formed, and that carbonates are almost entirely absent. Apart from its interest as the first series of indubitably terrestrial volcanic products to be preserved in our geological record, the Kuttung sequence is crammed full of absorbing problems which will serve to engage the interest of our petrolo- gists for many years to come. The Kuttung lavas and tuffs were poured out over a portion of the land- surface that was steadily sinking, and eventually terrestrial gave way to marine conditions in the Lower Hunter Valley, the transgression gradually spreading to north, south and west. But there was apparently no intermission of volcanic activity, and right through the Permo-Carboniferous system from base to top we have quite a considerable record of contemporaneous outpourings. The mag- nitude of this is liable to be underestimated owing to the ejected matter being largely fragmental and mixed up with ordinary mechanical sediment. In the Lower Hunter Valley, as Sir Edgeworth David’s (1907) investigations have shown, there are extensive flows of basalt and olivine-basalt on at least two different horizons in the Lower Marine Series. These were outpoured in shallow water, and though not altogether comparable with the spilites they give evidence PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. FOI. of much magmatic alteration, by which the olivine has been changed to iddingsite, and the basic felspars have been albitized or zeolitized, while there has been much deposition of zeolites, chlorite, calcite and chalcedony. The incidence of the solutions has not been universal, for fresh, unaltered basalts are found with the others. Evidence has been found to the east of Raymond Terrace suggesting strongly that these basaltic eruptions were continued into Greta Coal-Measure times, and at Jerry’s Plains Mr. H. G. Raggatt has discovered, interbedded with the Upper Coal-Measures, amygdaloidal basalts with analcite-lined vesicles. In more northern areas, as about Muswellbrook, Scone and Wingen, the Lower Marine basalts are well in evidence, and at Temi, near Murrurundi, analcite-bearing basic lavas are interDXDedded with strata at least as young as Upper Marine. The relationships of the Werrie basalts of Werris Creek and Currabubula to these Permo-Carboniferous flows is still in doubt. Benson is inclined to regard the former as of Upper Kuttung age, and only detailed field-work will reveal the true state of affairs. Acid magma is represented by tuffs and tuffaceous sediments varied in places by breccias, flows being rare. The fragmental material attains in places considerable thickness, as about Harper’s Hill, and to the south-west of Paterson practically the whole of the Lower Marine Series is volcanic, consisting of felsitic tuff and breccia with a thick basalt-flow near the top. A fine-grained buff-coloured tuff is very characteristic of the Greta Coal-Measures and has been observed over a wide area, from near Raymond Terrace as far as Muswell- brook and Wingen. At Muswellbrook there must be a few hundred feet of felsitic tuff and breccia included in the Greta Coal-Measures. The outlier of Permo-Carboniferous rocks at Temi, near Murrurundi (Carne, 1903) resting on Kuttung glacial beds, contains a good deal of volcanic material. In addition to the analcite-bearing basic lavas which lie both above and below the kerosene-shales there are fine white tuffs immediately overlying the seams, and a considerable thickness of felsite-breccia at a somewhat higher horizon, while an arkosic-looking tuff containing Glossopteris separates the kerosene-shales and the Kuttung conglomerates in places. The age of the freshwater beds has not been definitely fixed; Carne considers they may belong to the Newcastle Series, but a Greta age cannot be ruled out as a possibility. In some parts of the Lower Hunter Valley tuffs persist through the Upper Marine Series, and tuffaceous mudstones occur in the western areas, as at Hartley, and in the south-west, as at Bundanoon and Tallong. In the Newcastle Coal-Measures acid tuffs have been recognized, and the cherts which outcrop on various horizons in the Neweastle area have themselves been regarded as consisting of exceedingly fine volcanic dust. [ The remarkable series of trachyandesites, trachybasalts and associated tuffs which were erupted during Upper Marine and Upper Coal-Measure times and out- crop now along a narrow strip of the South Coast between Wollongong and Nowra, have been closely investigated by Jaquet, Harper, Card and the chemists of the Geological Survey (Harper et al., 1915). Petrologically they are entirely different from anything else in the way of volcanic rocks hitherto discovered in the State or even in the Continent; and they are of further interest in that erosion of the lower stratigraphical units has revealed about Milton laccoliths and sills of monzonite and monzonite-porphyry representing minor intrusions from the same XXX. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. magma-reservoir (Harper et al., 1915; Brown, 1925). In these latitic lavas, and to some extent in the Milton intrusions as well, deuteric processes involving the introduction of soda, potash and carbonic acid have been at work (Browne and White, 1928). We now turn our attention to New England, to some extent a geological terra incognita, a land as yet of many stratigraphical mysteries, and an area in which orogenic forces continued to be active long after other parts of the State had attained comparative stability. Of Kuttung vulcanism as of Kuttung sedimentation in New England we have no sure knowledge. Around Drake Andrews (1908) noted a great develop- ment of rhyolitic flows, breccias and agglomerates, overlain by a newer series of multi-hued lavas, tuffs and breccias which he considered andesitic. With these he would group tentatively (1905, 1907) a series of grey felspar-porphyries at Tenterfield, Wallangarra and Ballandean (Qld.), and a series of acid porphyries or spherulitic rhyolites, with tuff and breccia, such as are found at Mts. Spiriby and Bajimba, Glen Innes, Inverell, Emmaville and elsewhere. The exact age of these rocks appears to be a matter of doubt. They are interbedded with fossiliferous strata at Drake, and Andrews originally assigned them all to the Permo-Carboniferous Lower Marine epoch, but, according to Sussmilch (1923), subsequently relegated the older series to the Kuttung epoch. The nearest known Late Palaeozoic volcanic rocks are the rhyolites, andesites and basalts, with associated tuffs and breccias, of the Silverwood-Lucky Valley area in Queensland, about fifty miles north-west of Drake. Richards and Bryan (1923, 1924) are very emphatic as to these rocks being interbedded with Upper Marine sediments, and in spite of propinquity and some lithological similarity are reluctant to correlate them with the Drake rocks on the score of the difference in stratigraphical position. But according to Andrews’s Drake report many fossils of Upper Marine as well as many of Lower Marine facies were collected in the vicinity of Drake, particularly the coral Tvrachypora which is exclusively Upper Marine in the Hunter Valley, and it appears not impossible that the lavas should really belong to the higher horizon. Microscopic examination of a number of the Drake rocks shows that, apart from the rhyolites, practically all of them are soda-trachytes or keratophyres with a few potash-trachytes, from which in all probability the others have been derived; the tuffs and breccias are composed largely of fragments of trachytic keratophyre. A few pilotaxitic andesites are in the collection, some apparently altered by a neighbouring granite-intrusion, and a few dolerites, in part recrystallized. So far as can be ascertained there are no differences between the rocks of the older and newer series, except for the absence of rhyolites among the latter, and it is reasonable to conclude that they should all be grouped in the same volcanic series. Petrologically the nearest analogues in New South Wales to the Drake rocks are those forming the dykes and sills through the Kuttung series at Currabubula, and these are considered by Benson to be of Upper Kuttung age. In the absence of more conclusive evidence it appears most natural to correlate the Drake rocks with the Silverwood-Lucky Valley Upper Marine flows, but it is by no means improbable that Andrews’s “grey felspar-porphyries” are Kuttung lavas. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. LOOT ‘In the Kuttung-Permo-Carboniferous succession we have preserved to us an unusually complete record of geological events extending over a very long interval of time and resulting in the accumulation of strata exceeding 20,000: feet in maximum thickness. Of tectonic episodes, in addition to minor fluctuations, there are represented major vertical movements producing transgressions and retreats of the sea, as well as a folding movement which affected a considerable portion of the area undergoing sedimentation, while volcanic outbursts, terrestrial or submarine, were almost continuously occurring in one place or another, in- fluenced no doubt by the unstable conditions and the ceaseless oscillations of the uneasy lithosphere. Here, therefore, if anywhere in our geological record, we should have a splendid field for studying the interplay of tectonic and volcanic forces, and for tracing in detail the relationships which connect the erupted rocks with the conditions that begot them. Late-Palaeozoic Orogeny. Before proceeding to consider the late-Palaeozoic plutonic intrusions it will be necessary for us to discuss the question of the orogenic epochs with which they were associated, for considerable uncertainty surrounds the chronology of the series of tectonic episodes which took place between the Kanimbla epoch and the close of the Permo-Carboniferous period. It has been customary to assume an epoch of folding at the close of the Kuttung sedimentation, but on close examination this assumption appears to rest upon an insecure foundation. It is true that dipping Greta Coal-Measures at Ashford, near the Queensland border, lie with a violent unconformity upon what appear to be strata of Carboniferous age (Pittman, 1896; David, 1907), and that Benson has found Carboniferous rocks involved in the overthrust of the Great Serpentine Belt while Permo-Carboniferous strata are unaffected. But it should be pointed out that the Carboniferous rocks at Ashford are marine, and therefore probably of Burindi age, and that along the Great Serpentine Belt the only faulted Carboniferous strata are those of the Burindi series, while the unfaulted Permo-Carboniferous rocks belong to the Upper Marine and Upper Coal-Measure Series. It would appear, then, that all that can be said about the date of this diastrophism is that it lies some time between late-Burindi and Greta times. Now if we turn to the Lower Hunter Valley we find the Lower Marine Permo-Carboniferous rocks resting upon the freshwater Kuttung strata without any angular unconformity that can be detected (Browne, 1926), though there is evidence of overlapping and non-sequence, such as might be caused by sagging and a gradual encroachment of the Permo-Carboniferous sea, and in no case, to the best of my knowledge, has an angular unconformity such as might be due to late Kuttung orogeny been noted where Kuttung and Permo-Carboniferous rocks have been observed in contact. Again, although both to the west of the Great Serpentine Belt and in the Lower Hunter District there is no angular unconformity between the folded Kuttung and Burindi beds, the base of the former or freshwater division is marked by heavy conglomerates, such as we do not find in the lowest Permo- Carboniferous beds; and in the New England area, where the Burindi beds were strongly folded and bevelled off before the Greta Coal-Measure epoch, no traces of Kuttung sedimentation have hitherto been discovered. XXXil. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. All these circumstances would seem to point to a strong crustal deformation in late-Burindi times, as indeed was contended by Sir Edgeworth David in his Presidential Address to this Society in 1893. Another late-Palaeozoic diastrophism of which we have proof in the Lower Hunter Valley is that which was responsible for, the folding of the Kuttung and most of the Permo-Carboniferous strata, and which, as Sir Edgeworth David has demonstrated (1907), had its commencement at the close of the Upper Marine epoch. In the light of what has been said above it is perhaps permissible to put forward the following brief and tentative explanation of the facts. At the close of Burindi times intense folding in New England, due to or accompanied by a thrusting movement from about E.N.E., put a period to the marine sedimentation. The compression was relieved to the west by a series of overthrusts along what is now the Great Serpentine Belt, which saved the strata to the west from being deformed. Along the major thrust-plane ultra- basic magma was injected, but of concomitant abyssal intrusion in the heart of New England we have no record. So far as this State is concerned the orogeny ‘ 2 owas localized in New England, and to the west and south it appeared only in ; ‘movements of vertical uplift which among other things caused the retreat of \~the Burindi sea. The New England of Kuttung times was a plateau-area and underwent denudation, but some time during the Permo-Carboniferous period, possibly in the Lower Marine epoch, the sea began to encroach from the east, ‘and the former plateau became once more part of a large area of depression, sedimentation and volcanic activity. In late Upper Marine times there was a revival of the orogeny; in New England the folding was so intense as to convert the soft shales into something like slates, but to the west, south-west and south it was less pronounced, and in the outlying parts of the geosyncline it manifested itself only as a gentle uplift, sufficient to drain the Upper Marine sea and permit of the deposition of the Upper Coal-Measures. Igneous intrusion, represented by the New England granitic suite, was mostly confined to the more severely folded tracts, but came probably as far south as the Barrington Tops, and its most southerly effects are seen in the goldfields about the Barrington plateau and the deposit of stibnite among Burindi shales at Antimony Hill on the Allyn River. Late-Palaeozoic Intrusions. But little is known of the igneous history of New England prior to Permo- Carboniferous times. Doubtless among the schists and other ancient rocks of which it is in part composed there are igneous intrusions, but, if so, nothing very definite is known about them. The first igneous episode of late Palaeozoic times of which we have knowledge is the intrusion of the great series of ultrabasic rocks now forming the Great Serpentine Belt, the subject of Benson’s classic researches (1913, 1915, 1917). These appear to have been injected mainly along a steeply-dipping overthrust fault- plane and the line of intrusion has been estimated to extend almost 250 miles (Benson, 1926) along the western and southern flanks of the New England plateau. The original rocks were peridotites (harzburgites mostly), with a little pyroxenite, and these have been almost completely altered to serpentine, massive and schistose. Injected through them are gabbroid rocks, eucrite, olivine-gabbro, PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, XXXlil. now more or less altered, and garnet-gabbro, while dolerites of more than one type appear, though these may be of later age. It is probable that the serpentines of Port Macquarie (Carne, 1897b) and perhaps those of Gordonbrook (David, 1891) and Solferino, at the head of the Clarence River, are coeval with those of the Great Serpentine Belt. The granitic complex forming a great and important part of New England has been examined at different points by a number of workers, but the great task of correlating the various units and giving a comprehensive account of the whole intrusive epoch has fallen to EK. C. Andrews (1905, 1907), with the collabora- tion of G. W. Card and J. C. Mingaye in the petrological and chemical part of the work. According to Andrews the first episode was the intrusion of the so-called ‘Hlue granite”, which is actually a magnificent quartz-porphyrite, containing augite, hornblende and biotite among its phenocrysts, set in a fine-grained to micro- -erystalline groundmass; this is regarded as a sill-like or laccolithic mass of great size and with a thickness of at least 800 feet. The second series of intrusions is composed of a quartz-monzonite or granodiorite, with phenocrysts of orthoclase, and megascopic crystals of sphene, a very striking and beautiful rock. This out crops throughout northern New England, and a somewhat similar type is fou at Kootingal and Walcha Road, about 150 miles to the south. The next important series of intrusions consisted of coarse acid granites, w which are associated deposits of ores of tin, molybdenum, bismuth, tungsten a antimony, introduced during what Andrews calls the Euritic Period, a late phas of the acid granites which also gave rise to aplites. Some dykes of quartz- & e porphyry and spherulitic granophyre appear to have followed, and the intrusive af : ad cycle was closed by the eruption of a series of lamprophyres containing biotite, hornblende and augite. The account given by Andrews makes it evident that these New England intrusions form a great composite bathylith or plutonic complex of regional dimensions and of surpassing interest, illustrating many phases of magma- differentiation and demonstrating in convincing fashion the magmatic origin of the associated ore-deposits. There is a group of intrusions of granitic and dioritic type, developed par- ticularly about Hillgrove (Andrews, 1900), which Andrews places tentatively within the Permo-Carboniferous Series described above. The rocks, however, have all been very much sheared, and it would appear more probable that they belong to a much earlier epoch of intrusion. Mr. G. D. Osborne, who has recently travelled over some of these rocks, informs me that they recall some of the highly-sheared older Palaeozoic rocks about Cooma. Granites, quartz-felsites and porphyrites invade the Permo-Carboniferous and older strata at various points on the eastern parts of the New England plateau and along the coast; these do not appear to have been specially investigated. What was possibly the final intrusive event of the Permo-Carboniferous period is the subject of a preliminary note by Miss Ida A. Brown, B.Sc., to be presented this evening. This was the injection, at Mt. Dromedary, on the South Coast, of a monzonitic magma with alkaline differentiates including shonkinite and nepheline-bearing types. The occurrence is noteworthy among other reasons because it is the only alkaline plutonic intrusion of probable pre-Triassic age of D XXXIV. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. which we have any knowledge, and the results of the detailed investigation of the mass should be of the greatest interest. A comparison of the general characteristics of the plutonic intrusions belong- ing to the Kanimbla and late Permo-Carboniferous diastrophic epochs provides some interesting petrological parallels, inasmuch as both series contain dioritic types and porphyritic granites with sphene (a mineral notably absent from the pre-Devonian intrusives), while acid differentiates on a large scale are common in both series, accompanied by exactly similar suites of economic minerals. It may well be that the same magma once underlay the whole region com- prising practically the whole of New South Wales except the far western parts, and that while conditions favourable to its eruption existed in late-Devonian times over most of the State, in the New England portion these were not realized until much later. This same possibility is suggested by Miss Brown (1928) who envisages “the active front of invasion”, advancing en échelon, as it were, from Victoria through New South Wales into south-eastern Queensland. Perhaps the conception might even be extended to cover Tasmania, where there are many granite bathyliths, with related gabbros and ultrabasic rocks, believed to be of Devonian age, whose metallic concomitants are very similar to those characteristic of the late-Devonian and Permo-Carboniferous magmas of New South Wales. Intrusions incertae aetatis. The foregoing account has been somewhat in the nature of a progress report, from which there are many omissions, partly because of the incompleteness of our knowledge of the rocks of the State, but partly also because there are many known intrusions of a minor character whose antecedents can never be ascertained from field-evidence, and whose internal characteristics reveal nothing that is very distinctive. Chief among these are the dykes and plugs of dolerite and quartz- dolerite which intersect the Palaeozoic strata at various places. Some of these are so altered, being now really epidiorites, that they must be very ancient, others are so fresh that they resemble closely the rocks of certain intrusions of known post-Palaeozoic age, and some or all may quite possibly represent feeders either to submarine eruptions or else to terrestrial basalt-flows, now obliterated, which were outpoured during the continental periods succeeding the folding epochs. Into the same category fall the interesting basic and ultrabasic plutonic intrusions which must underlie niuch of the eastern part of the State, and whose existence we infer from the numerous fragments occurring as inclusions in the Tertiary dykes and voleanic necks (Sussmilch, 1905; Harper, 1915; Benson, 1910; Osborne, 1920). Summary and Conclusions. The late-Palaeozoic folding represents the last orogenic disturbance of any magnitude experienced within the borders of the State, and it marks the last epoch, so far as we know, of bathylithic injection; at this point, therefore, our review of igneous activity may fittingly be brought to a close. It may not, however, be out of place to attempt to draw some general con- clusions from the detailed account which has been given. The accompanying table (pp. xxxvi-xxxvii) contains a condensed summary of the eruptive episodes, with a statement of the probable conditions with which they were associated. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. XXXV. In regard to diastrophism this table shows that folding movements closed the Willyama sedimentation, and the Ordovician, Silurian and Devonian periods. The remaining orogenic epochs appear to have occurred within what are usually regarded as geological periods, one at the close of the Burindi (Lower Carbon- iferous) epoch and the other near the end of the Permo-Carboniferous period. These were less widespread in their effects, so far as the present land-areas are concerned, but it is highly probable that their incidence extended, far to the eastward of the present coast-line, into Tasmantis (Sussmilch and David, 1920), that “lost land’ now sunk beneath the waves of the Tasman Sea. The table also shows that, as in other parts of the world, subsidence and geosynclinal sedimentation were accompanied by volcanic eruptions. Rocks of the spilitic suite have been shown to be interbedded with the sediments, some- times radiolarian, of Ordovician, Silurian and Devonian age, and though few true spilites have as yet been recognized, still the repeated association of kerato- phyres and albitized andesites and other similar rocks with the marine sedi- mentation is very striking. As a matter of fact keratophyres and albitized rocks generally have proved to be embarrassingly abundant. Not only are they found in frequent association with deep-water and shallow-water marine deposits, but they are of quite common occurrence among the terrestrial accumulations of the Kuttung Series, and one cannot help at times wondering what is the significance, if any, of albitization, when it is found affecting igneous rocks regardless of situation or affinities, terrestrial and submarine, acid, intermediate and basic, calcic, monzonitic and alkaline. The one common tectonic factor which may have been potent in regard to all the Palaeozoic occurrences is that of vertical movement, generally of sub- sidence, but in the case of the South Coast latitic lavas, probably of slow elevation. There is a general absence of signs of continental vulcanicity before Kuttung times. Harper (1920) has doubtfully attributed certain andesites near Blayney to continental eruptions of early Silurian age, and he looks on the Murrumbidgee (Lower Devonian?) lavas near Yass as being subaérial extravasations, but there appears to be nothing in the way of plateau-basalts, or of alkaline lavas or intrusions, or of massive sills or dykes of quartz-dolerite. The only possible exceptions appear to be a few quartz-dolerite intrusions, of quite unknown geological age, at Goulburn and Bredbo, to the north of Cooma, and it appears that the products of any such continental eruptive activity, if they ever existed, were always removed by erosion before the next period of deposition commenced. With the mountain-building movements abyssal injection was generally asso- ciated, though granite bathyliths of late-Burindi age are yet to seek. The plutonic intrusions in general form differentiated complexes of calcic affinities, as is usual elsewhere. Probably the dominant Palaeozoic rock-type is a granite approaching quartz-monzonite, of medium acidity, and containing biotite, hornblende, and a noteworthy proportion of plagioclase in addition to the orthoclase; among the limited exposures of pre-Cambrian rocks, however, a true biotite-granite is perhaps the most common type. The intrusions of ultrabasic rocks display a strong tendency to linear arrangement, probably symptomatic of the conditions of their injection. It is a singular fact that, in spite of the frequency of large-scale vertical crustal movements throughout the Palaeozoic Era, no major intrusions of alkaline plutonic XXXVI1. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Table showing Relations between Sedimentation and Contemporaneous oe easindl | | ra, Perioc | = cue “WILLYAMA (Archaean).) UPPER ORDOVICIAN. | UPPER SILURIAN. LOWER DEVONIAN (?). i poch. | | | | | Conditions of Sedi- | Probably marine. Marine. | Marine. Continental (?) and mentation. marine. | | | | | | Nature of Contem- | Absent probably. Tufts; flows of al- | Tuffs, keratophyres, | Tuffs and _ kerato- poraneous Vulca- | | bitized andesite ; albitized rhyolites phyres of the nicity. rhyolites of Upper and andesites ; Murrumbidgee ; Murrumbidgee, acid “ intrusive tuff and spilite of and sills of quartz- —_—' tufts”. Great. Serpentine porphyry. | Belt. Nature of Closing | Intense folding with | Intense folding ; | Folding marked, | Not known. Diastrophism. much metamor- metamorphism not but metamorphic : phism. so pronounced as effects not very in Willyama Series, great. and yariable in | degree. Nature of Igneous | Sills, lenses andj} Acid granite-gneiss | Gneissic quartz- | None known. Intrusions. | phacolites of with pegmatite diorite, granite | granite-gneiss, and hornblende- and aplite, with | with pegmatite gabbro. amphibolite and | and gabbro. pegmatite; granite- | N.B.—The massive porphyry of Miche- | | granite of Mundi lago. | Mundi and_ the ‘uralitic dolerites | may be Proterozoic.| | rocks have been discovered, with the possible exception of the Mt. Dromedary mass, which may belong to an epoch near the end of Permo-Carboniferous, a time when vertical forces were operating to produce slow emergence. If this Mt. Dromedary intrusion is really to be linked with the Illawarra flows and the laccoliths of Milton, then indeed it has a significance unique in our geological history. For here we have an alkaline eruption, complete three phases, volcanic, hypabyssal and plutonic, standing Janus-like, looking back upon a long era, now closed, of diastrophic convulsions, and at the same time looking forward to that period of relative tranquillity and freedom from orogeny that has lasted to the present day; heralding, too, on the newly- emerged land-surface, that mighty volume of alkaline and subalkaline magma which in Tertiary times invaded the crust and deluged the State with lava through- out its length and more than half its width. in all During the gathering of the material for this address one could not but be impressed by the magnitude of the gaps in our knowledge of the geology of the State, and no less by the extent of the work already accomplished, in little more than two generations. For an area of the size of New South Wales, whose geological past has been so eventful, the elucidation of all the problems that present themselves is a mighty PRESIDENTIAT, ADDRESS. XXXVil. Vuleanism, Diastrophism and Igneous Intrusion in New South Wales. UPPER DEVONIAN. | PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS MIDDLE DEVONIAN. BURINDI. KUTTUNG. (to end of | Upper Marine). | Marine. | Marine, mainly shal- | Marine. Continental. Marine and_ fresh- | low water, but water. deeper to the east. | itech Keratophyreflowsand | Spherulitic rhyolites | Acid tuffs and an- Andesites, toscanites, | Alkalized basalts, tuffs of Murrum- bidgee; ? spilites, keratophyres, tuffs, etc., of Great Serpentine Belt. Not known. and quartz-kerato- phyres, basalts, | acid tufis and breccias. | desitic lavas. rhyolites much albitized; | keratophyre, alittle basalt. and | rhyolitic tuffs, all | thyolitie tuffs and breccias;trachytes, keratophyres, an- desites and rhyolites | of Drake; latitic lavas of Illawarra. | Moderate to intense | folding, dying out | to east. ? Folding localized in New England, overthrusting along Great Serpentine Belt; elsewhere vertical uplift. None known. Bathyliths of granite, quartz-monzonite, grano-diorite and | quartz-diorite, gabbro and norite. Dykes and_ sills of quartz-felsite, quartz-porphry and | _quartz-porphyrite. | ? Uitrabasic intru- | sions of Coota- | mundra, Berthong, | Gundagai, etc. No folding known ; gradualsubsidence. Intense folding in New England, but dying out to west and south, where movements were of vertical uplift. ? Ultrabasic and basic intrusions of Great Serpentine Belt and serpen- tines of Port Mac- quarie, Gordon- brook, etc. ? Some granites of New England. None known. | New England granitic suite, including quartz-porphyrite, porphyritic and acid granites, ap- lites and lampro- phyres. Monzonite-porphyry of Milton. ? Mt. Dromedary mon- zonite intrusion with basic and alkaline differen- tiates. task, and unfortunately the labourers in this truly great harvest have ever been but few. Nevertheless, when we contemplate the rich store of geological achieve- ment already garnered by our fellow-workers of the present and the past, depres- sion gives place to pride, and we are inspired to go forward and face the future with high hope and a good courage. ANDERSON, W., 1892.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines, N.S.W., p. References. 121. ANDREWS, E. C., 1900.—Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. 8. , 190la.—Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. 10. , 1901b.—Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. ,1905.—Ree. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 8, pt. 9 a » D. 9. AL), , 1907.—Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W,. 8, pt. 3, p. 199. , 1908.— Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. 12. , 1910.— Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. 15. , 1913.—Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. 17. , 1914.—Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., N.S.W. Handbook, p. 615. , 1915a.— Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. , 1915b.— Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. , 1917.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines, N.S.W.. , 1916.— Geol. No. p. 18. 19. 24, 165. , 1922.— Mem, Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geol. No. 8 (with two appendices). Barrow, G., 1893.—Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 49, p. 330. XXXVili. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. BENSON. W. N., 1907.—These PROCEEDINGS, 32, p. 523. 190 9 TGS OU a NOCH Ss VAQUSTIS. los), Dy eLOle a , 1910.—Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 44, p. 495. a , 1913.—These PROCEEDINGS. 38, pp. 491, 569 and 662. , 1915.—These PROCEEDINGS, 40, pp. 121 and 540. , 1917.—These PROCEEDINGS, 42, p. 223. , 1920.—These PROCEEDINGS, 44, p. 285. = , 1922.—Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 10, pt. 2, p. 83. , 1926—Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, 19, 1st Mem., p. 39. BoweEN, N. L., 1922.—Journ. Geol., 30, p. 177. Brown, Ipa A., 1925.—These PROCEEDINGS, 50, p. 448. — , 1928.—These PROCEEDINGS, 538, p. 151. BROWNE, W. R., 1914.—Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 48, p. 172. , 1920.—These PROCEEDINGS, 45, p. 405. , 1926.— Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 60, p. 213. ——_—_—,, 1927.—Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 61, p. 383. —————, and Greric, W. A., 1922.—Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 56, p. 260. ————, and WaALKkKomM, A. B., 1911.—Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 45, p. 379. —————, and WHITE, H. P., 1926.—Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 60, p. 372. 7 , 1928.— Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 62, p. 303. Carp, G. W., 1896.—Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 5, pt. 1, p. 11. , 1907.—Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 8, pt. 3, p. 261. CARNE, J. E., 1894.—Ain. Rept. Dept. Mines, N.S.W., pp. 113 and 114. ———, 1895.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines, N.S.W., pp. 123 and 129. ———,, 1896.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines, N.S.W., p. 111. ————,, 1897a.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines, N.S.W., pp. 155-164. , 1897b.—Rece. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 5, p. 53. , 1899.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., p. 184. , 1903.—Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geol. No. 3. ————.,, 1908.—Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geol. No. 6, p. 63. ,and Jongs, L. J.—1919.—Geol. Surv. N.S.W. Min. Res. No. 25. CLARKE, W. B., 1860.—-The Southern Goldfields of N.S.W., p. 196. Davip, T. W. E., 1891.—Ann. Rept. Dept.’ Mines, N.S.W., p. 218. ———, 1907.—Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geol. No. 4. Harker, A., 1909.—The Natural History of the Igneous Rocks, p. 88. — , 1917.—Pres. Address, Quar. Journ. Geol. Soc., 73, p. Ixvii. HARPER, L. F., 1907.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines, N.S.W., p. 171. ——§—,, 1909a.—Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W.. 8, pt. 4, p. 321. ————,, 1909b.— Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 9, pt. 1, p. 1. ~ , 1912.— Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., pp. 179, 180 and 190. — ,1914.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., p. 2038. ,1915.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., p. 188. , 1916.—Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. 21. , 1918.—Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. 27. ,1920.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., p. 102. ——— , CARD, G. W., and MINGAyYE, J. C., 1915.—Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geol. No. 7. Howitt, A. W., 1876.—Geol. Surv. Vic., Prog. Rept. 3, p. 224. , 1877.—Geol. Surv. Vic., Prog. Rept. 4, p. 75. — , 1878.—Geol. Surv. Vic., Prog. Rept. 5, pp. 49-52. —- -, 1887.—Auwst. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Sydney, 1, p. 206. JAQUET, J. B., 1895.—Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., p. 174. —, 1896.—Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 5, pt. 1, p. 18. ——, 1901.—Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., No 2. Jouy, J., 1925.—The Surface History of the Earth. JONES, L. J., 1918.—Anmn. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., p. 163. ———_—_,, 1924.—_-Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., p. 90. ManHony, D. J., and Tayuor, T. G., 1913.—Rept. on a Geolog. Reconnaissance of Fed. Territory. MANN, C. W., 1921.—Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 45, p. 180. MAWSON, D., 1926.—Auwust. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Perth, Pres. Add. to Sec. C, p. 230. MORRISON, M., 1916.—Amn. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., p. 211. OSBORNE, G. D., 1920.—Jowrn. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 54, p. 113. , 1922.—These PROCEEDINGS, 47, p. 161. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Sk OSBORNE, G. D., 1925.—These PROCEEDINGS, 50, p. 112. PITTMAN, EI. F., 1896.—Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 5, p. 26. , 1900.—Ree. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 7, pt. 1, pp. 1 and 9. RiIcHARDS, H. C., and Bryan, W. H., 1923.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld., 36, p. 44. - ,— , 1924.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’land, 37, p. 44. Ross, W. J. CLunigs. 1894.—Quar. Journ. Geol. Soc., 50, p. 105. SuEarssBy, A. J., 1911.—Auwst. Ass. Adv. Sci., Sydney, p. 106. SussMILcCH, C. A., 1905.—Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 39, p. 67. , 1914.—Geology of New South Wales, Second Edition. , 1923.—Presidential Address, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 57, p. 1. ———, CLARK, W., and Greic, W. A., 1928.—Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W.. 62, p. 16S. SS and DAviIps WM We Er. L919 ——Jownn: Roy) Soc NESW... dd, Dy 24. ———, and STONE, W., 1915.—Jouwrn. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 49, p. 332. TYRRELL, G. W., 1926.—The Principles of Petrology, Chap. vii. , 1926.—Geol. Mag., 638, p. 284. Wart, J. A., 1899.—Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Min. Res. No. 5. WooLNouGH, W. G., 1909.—These PROCEEDINGS, 34, p. 782. EXPLANATION OF PLATE A. Map of New South Wales showing the positions of the principal metallic ore-deposits and their relations to some of the areas of deposition, folding and igneous intrusion. [Note.—This map is a copy, with additions, of that forming Plate v in “‘The Mineral Industry of New South Wales’ (Dept. of Mines, 1928), and is reproduced by kind permission of the Under-Secretary for Mines. ] Mr. EK. Cheel, Honorary Treasurer, presented the balance sheets for the year 1928, duly signed by the Auditor, Mr. F. H. Rayment, Chartered Accountant (Aust.); and he moved that they be received and adopted, which was carried unanimously. No nominations of other Candidates having been received, the Chairman declared the following elections for the ensuing Session to be duly made:— President: H. S. H. Wardlaw, D.Sc. Members of Council: BE. C. Andrews, B.A., E. Cheel, T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M., A. F. Basset Hull, Prof. T. G. B. Osborn, D.Sc., H. S. H. Wardlaw, D.Sc. Auditor: F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A. A cordial vote of thanks to the retiring President was carried by acclamation. px “6261 ‘Atenuer YIOQT ‘AoupAS ‘TOANsevady, “WOH ‘THHHO NIMGH "6361. ‘Acenaiqay Ig, “AesupAg “Cisny) JUBUNODDY pesleqeyO ‘LNGWAVY H ‘poonpoid sorlanseg —jool10) pUNOy pue poulMeExXG Ceci Ojensey ye aE TE 8 T 80¢ G TE 662 Ti On 60:7: 0 8 8 O Of Té 0 OF LST 8 TIL 26¢ p s 3 “* (padiajsuesl suloout snj{dins) 9/y SdtysMoToy Seebar meg gary cert a en areata atm (Sore YNo0G MIN JO JUSUIUIOAON, AQ poaseyoind SSUIP99001Igd JO sSoIdod (OT SsUIpN[oUL) soles Si a eR Goes eR BEER Sete Er reo co mE SAR syuey GO 89 ot 0S) so Sok wei sabe Se oe Rewentral Sooyq oUeQUY SUOTJGIIOSGNG oT & IL 80t‘0es Z 0 98‘ 0 TL FPLLT 0 0 000‘TT DE Seas ® 6 6 soUBAPYV UT 0 GI él ese SIvIILY OSE CEL = =. | 2). SZ6R =ssuodriosqns “ elie Green Se 126. Wo1iy sueleg Aq “Pe 8 e235, 0 0 OT On ee eo oe 8 a at 6 &L Gre F ALte Oe CIEE yueg ssuraeg G 9 808 OY WERE) SUIS) 0 0 0099 ases1LO[ UO SuUvOT 0 0 OLF an sa.mmjusqed “M'S'N 0 TL FL9‘OL ~° SteoTyT YITVAMUOWIUIOD :s]USUTISaAUT eee ite a “* pjoyaeiy, 8$,4}9100G. SDL SSS: 25; "826 ‘4aquiaceq ys1E€ papuy seaA “LNNODOV AWOONI NMON OT OT G GT OTL SS PL PST ae ts ss te te ss ss per og aouereq “ 0 006 ee oy dALOS9Y SoloUssUTJUOH :UoT}eIIdoi1ddy “ GL GLI a Be eee suIpulqyoog pue Areiqiy “ LT 661 Ss 0 & eT 35 Soave ee See a eee sareday “ 0 OLLI ryote +s ss 8) sosmadxg yuReg “ e 91 9 rere ee ess 5 Qouepuany Il #1 Z9 Say, ~ Sasa woe | Rte ates ae sasuedxm “ 0 9 98 Se | PWSUIO GUNS JOUGS Sweauiegp ~ ) od Bape ta rencne cea eae Cee ae ‘pny “ 6 88 ; Ge re ete el > “Gsem) Med S 9 0 #6 Rae Ag eae Mee OmE Se ae}s0g “ S&L 6F¢ (ee ee OOM INSU PMeaSO Nettie G 066 Se OL 6L LET Se Pe pe ae ee SuUOTWeISNI[T © 0 § G8L Se tN ees, SUOT}BITTGNG Sulu * G Z90T Ss 2 oe SOSR AT PUB SOLIeLeQ Ol, TIT 801085 LL &Z “" 92761 ‘doqtio00qd ISTE 7B puny [eMOoWes]y loo ey PL PSI so P8261 ‘loquis0eq ISTE 38 0/y VULODUT () (XYR(R ORY EEE NOE eee) OOS =a 0 0 0009 ITEM Sty Aq pea eenbeq wns Jey ANG 0 0 O00'FT OWTQETIT SITY SuLINp LvapPOR] “UA, UG WOIy poaddAtavat JuNOWYy yeRIIdeD Bw Diss Sie a: “SSALLITIGVI'T] Safe AA YINOG May] Jo AjsI00g URoUUTT xli. gecesesce “I9OINSBVILL acon es ‘6Z6L ‘Aaenuve WIT ‘AoupAS "THHHO NIMCH “(qsny) JUBJUNODDYV pa.sszJIeYyO ‘LNGAWAVY H ‘6Z6LT ‘Arenaqaq WI9 ‘AeupsS ‘peonpoad SeljTunveg ‘jOaIL0D puNnoy pue peuluUrexg @ 661s Vv © 66165 Oe acca: 0/¥ [elouey “ 0 O G&L o/V leyidep * 0 0 yueurysn{py | avo] YWeeMuowuoy * @ fh, Gp SoIpIsqng ,SMOT[AA “ T 661°C Se ysolejuy AG - &T 998 rae SMOT[AT ABOPOVI, UBSUUTT JO SolIv[Vg OJ, 65 DES "SZ6L ‘4aquisceq 3SLE pepuy 4eaA "LNNODDV AWOONI 0 &8E‘ors 0 0 &8g‘9ts 0 S&Z PI ‘KouUpAS jo “f0Q Ssuryureg BOLLE) 0 Og9'T " ** “£09 3 Y}UIg ‘W0UION 0 osere ~° pea aay “* 98RS31.10J UO SUBOT 0 O&s : Sounjueded “M'S'N (Cee ST VAAN) Cuetomneg | SiN Cobnels 0 OF0'6 ‘ ; suvoT YIePeMUOWIULOD (000 On oe ee ABIpRy, WM IG Aq poy eonbeq JUNOULY SF DS F ‘SLASSV ‘SHILITIAVIT "Sc6L ‘dequiaceq SLE #2@ LASHS AONV IVE "LNNODOV SdIHSMO113S4 AVATIOVN NVANNIT B “LOINSBITT, “UO ‘6261 ‘Aaenuer YIOT ‘AoUpAS “6261 ‘Atenaiqeay YT ‘AeupAS ‘(Cysny) jUvIUNODDY poteJIVYyD "THHHO NIMC ‘poonpoid serjtaimoes ‘LNGWAVY “H ‘JOoII00 PUNO] puke PeTIWeXG 6Z6T 0} 90UR[Bg * "* o/V Teyidep “ sosuedxg OL pezljeyides swoouy pe epNUIMIV Gl NR ay Coe LOG TE, . 0-0 0-0 ee . . & LT 82 i Bs f Te oes ysodajuy “ 0 0 O008'T 9 9T P6T'T eae ee =e LO6T Woy oouRled A 9 FV 68 DS F 0) Sw "8c6| ‘dequis09q 3SLE pepuy 4e9A “LNNODOV AWOONI GLE S28 Sis: GT SSeS le & LE 8L& aaa 6 GT &Sér ‘" yuegq SSUIAVG JUSTIUAI9A04) GB Mie By SZ6T ‘laquieoeqd ISTE 2 O/W euUtoDUT 1 2 GPP Auedwog suryueq [elo1omM0D :YyseO 0 0 O008‘s 0 0 O008‘ST ae ee suvoT [BVOMUOULULOD 0 0 000‘°2T ABORT WA IIS AG poy}venbeq JUNOUYy De SS ao: {DreaSix 255; qDe GS-85; ‘SLHSSV ‘SHILIIIGVIT ‘826L “Waquisceq 3Le 38 LAAHS AONV IVE “LNNODOV ADOTOINALOVA ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 27th Marcu, 1929. Dr. H. S. H. Wardlaw, President, in the Chair. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (28th November, 1928) amounting to 70 Volumes, 421 Parts or Numbers, 43 Bulletins, 9 Reports and 6 Pamphlets, received from 170 Societies and Institutions and 2 private donors, were laid upon the table. PAPERS READ. 1. Australian Pyrgotidae (with an Appendix by J. R. Malloch). By M. Bezzi. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackcrras.) 2. A New Species of Lygosoma from New South Wales. By J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.Z.S. 3. On Placentation in Reptiles. No. i. By H. Claire Weekes, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. 4. Preliminary Note on Monzonitic and Nepheline-bearing Rocks of Mount Dromedary, N.S.W. By Ida A. Brown, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 24th Apri, 1929. Dr. H. S. H. Wardlaw, President, in the Chair. Mr. William Boardman, Australian Museum, Sydney; Professor W. J. Dakin, The University, Sydney; Messrs. Cedric Deane, Malvern, Victoria; Tom Iredale, Australian Museum, Sydney; H. G. Raggatt, Epping; and G. H. Wright, Ashfield, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society. The President announced that the Council had elected Dr. G. A. Waterhouse, Messrs. A. F. Basset Hull and H. J. Carter and Dr. W. R. Browne to be Vice- Presidents, and Mr. E. Cheel to be Honorary Treasurer for the current Session. The President announced that the Council had provided for the possibility of supplementing, from the General Fund, the payments made to Linnean Macleay Fellows, and has resolved that, under certain conditions, an additional sum not exceeding £100 per annum may be paid from the General Fund to a Fellow in the second and successive years of his tenure. The President referred to the death of Mr. A. A. Hamilton, which took place at his home at Ashfield on 28rd April. Mr. Hamilton had been a member of the Society since 1899, had contributed seven papers to the ProcEEDINGS, and for many years was a very constant exhibitor of interesting specimens at the meetings of the Society. A letter was read from the New South Wales State Committee of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research stating that lists are being prepared of the xliv. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. popular names of local flora in use in the various States and asking for information regarding names of local plants. Members who had any information regarding local names for plants were asked to assist by forwarding the same to Mr. I. G. Mackay, Secretary of the New South Wales State Committee, The University, Sydney. A letter was read from Dr. N. A. Cobb, a former member of the Society, and contributor to the PRrockEDINGS between 1890 and 1898 (chiefly on Nematodes) expressing his interest in and appreciation of the late Professor Harrison’s Presidential Address and asking to be remembered to those of his contemporaries who are still members of the Society. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (27th March, 1929) amounting to 7 Volumes, 109 Parts or Numbers, 5 Bulletins, 2 Reports and 2 Pamphlets, received from 57 Societies and Institutions and 1 private donor, were laid upon the table. PAPERS READ. 1. On the Type Locality of Certain Flies described by Macquart in ‘‘Diptéres Exotiques, Supplement 4.” By G. H. Hardy. 2. Notes on the Identity of described Australian Flies of the Genus Cerdistus (Asilidae). By G. H. Hardy. 3. Notes on Australian Diptera. No. xix. By J. R. Malloch. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) 4. Australian Coleoptera. Notes and New Species. No. vi. By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 5. Fishes from Ongtong Java, Melanesia. By G. P. Whitley. 6. A Preliminary Account of the Origin of Two New Australian Physiologic Forms of Puccinia graminis tritici. By W. L. Waterhouse. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. D. G. Stead referred to efforts that were being made by the Wild Life Preservation Society to bring the Native Bear back to suitable districts around Sydney. Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited a five months old seedling of Acacia stenophylla showing the bipinnate leaves at the tips of the petioles. This wattle grows along the banks of the Murray and other inland rivers and is remarkable for its very long slender flattened leaves drooping like a willow. It throws up suckers from exposed roots on the river banks, and an old tree is often surrounded with a thicket of suckers. In a larger specimen growing at Croydon the first twelve petioles bear bipinnate leaves, but the next two pairs are simple slender leaves like the foliage of the old trees. Mr. Froggatt also exhibited a pair of sawflies (Perga sp.) which were collected in the larval state feeding upon the foliage of a Mallee (Hucalyptus oleosa) on 16th October, 1928. Placed in a tin, they pupated, and at the end of February, 1929, three pairs emerged at intervals of two or three days. Mr. A. 8. Le Souef exhibited a skin of a Tree Kangaroo, Dendrolagus dorianus Ramsay, from Edie Creek Gold Field, New Guinea. This is only the third skin of this species that has been secured. It confirms a very interesting feature, in having the hair of the back reversed from the rump, indicating that the animal must habitually sit in a crouched position. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xlv. ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 29th May, 1929. Dr. H. S. H. Wardlaw, President, in the Chair. Dr. H. R. Angell, Sydney, and Mr. John Mann, Brisbane, Queensland, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society. A letter was read from Mrs. A. A. Hamilton and family, returning thanks for sympathy. The President announced that the Council has agreed to join with the Royal Society of New South Wales and the Institution of Engineers, Australia, in erecting Science House on the site which is being given to the three institutions at the corner of Essex and Gloucester Streets, Sydney. The President offered the congratulations of Members to Dr. A. J. Nicholson and Dr. G. D. Osborne on having been admitted to the degree of Doctor of Science in the University of Sydney. The President also offered Dr. Walkom the best wishes of Members for a very pleasant and profitable trip in attending the meeting of the British Associa- tion in South Africa in July. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (24th April, 1929) amounting to 13 Volumes, 94 Parts or Numbers, 5 Bulletins, 4 Reports and 13 Pamphlets, received from 63 Societies and Institutions and 2 private donors, were laid upon the table. PAPERS READ. 1. Revision of the Australian Phoracanthini (Fam. Cerambycidae), with Notes, and Descriptions of New Species of this Group and of Allied Genera. By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 2. Notes on the Australian Species of Molophilus (Tipulidae, Diptera). By C. P. Alexander. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) 3. Papuan Grasses collected by L. J. Brass. By A. S. Hitchcock. (Com- municated by Mr. C. T.- White.) 4. Note on a Fossil Wood from Central Australia. By A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. A. S. Le Souef exhibited a skin of a Tree Kangaroo (Dendrolagus) from upper Strickland River, Papua, which is probably a new species. This specimen is characterized by short coarse hair which is reversed from the middle of the back. Mr. W. L. Waterhouse exhibited living specimens of Berberis vulgaris infected with Puccinia graminis. The spermagonial and oecidial stages were present. Specimens of self-sown wheat heavily infected with the uredospore and teleutospore stage of the same pathogen were also shown. ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 26th JuNnrE, 1929. Dr. H. S. H. Wardlaw, President, in the Chair. The President announced that Professor W. J. Dakin had been elected a member of Council to fill the vacancy caused by the resignation of Dr. I. M. Mackerras. The President announced that the Walter Burfitt Prize had been awarded to Dr. N. D. Royle by the Royal Society of New South Wales. xl1vi. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. The President referred with pleasure to the proclamation issued by the Government extending the existing protection to certain species of wild flowers for a further period of twelve months. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (29th May, 1929) amounting to 27 Volumes, 150 Parts or Numbers, 11 Bulletins, 11 Reports and 7 Pamphlets, received from 86 Societies and Institutions and 1 private donor, were laid upon the table. TAPERS READ. 1. Calcareous Concretions in the Upper Marine Series, Singleton District, N.S.W. By H. G. Ragegatt, B.Sc. 2. Notes on the Ceroplatinae, with Descriptions of New Australian Species. By F. W. Edwards. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) 3. A Garnet-bearing Dyke near Moruya, N.S.W. By Ida A. Brown, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited specimens of Xanthium chinense Miller (Syn. X. occi- dentale Bertoline), Family Compositae. This plant is a common weed in the coastal districts of this State and Queensland and was also collected at Lautoka in the Fijian Islands in 1918 by the exhibitor. It is commonly known as “Noogoora Burr” in Australia and has been listed by certain Australian botanists in various works under the name Xanthium strumarium. The latter species has much smaller burrs than X. chinense and, so far as can be ascertained, X. strumarium of Linnaeus has not been found in a naturalized condition in this State. Specimens of the common “Sea-side Barley Grass” (Hordeum maritimum With.) were also exhibited. This plant is naturalized in the Orange district and several other districts and has been listed in several weed lists as Hordeum nodosum (H. seculinum). ‘The latter species has not been found, so far as can be ascertained, in any part of Australia as a naturalized species. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited, for Dr. G. P. Darnell Smith, live plants of Sarrcenia Drummondii, which he brought from North Carolina, U.S.A., during his recent yisit. The plants were thriving in the hot-house of the Botanic Gardens, and it was noteworthy that large numbers of small ants were captured and used as food. Mr. W. L. Waterhouse exhibited specimens of Bremia Lactucae L., the causal fungus of the Downy Mildew of lettuce. The material was first collected at Pennant Hills, N.S.W., by Miss Lilian Fraser and has since been found on lettuces offered for sale in Sydney. This is a first record for New South Wales and also, it is believed, for Australia. Dr. G. A. Waterhouse exhibited an almost complete fossil insect from Beacon Hill Quarry, Brookvale, near Sydney. The fossil was found in shale in the Hawkesbury Series about 500 feet above the Chocolate Shale of the Narrabeen Series, and is from the same beds as Mesotitan scullyi Tillyard and a number of at present undescribed insect remains. The specimen in question is about three and a half inches long and shows both forewings, underneath which are the hindwings and nearly the whole of the dorsal surface of the head and thorax. The insect is allied to the Homoptera, and bears a resemblance to the modern Cicada. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. xlvii. Mr. H. G. Raggatt exhibited concretions from the Crinoidal Stage of the Upper Marine Series, Permian System, from a railway cutting about fifteen chains east of Antiene Railway Station. ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 3lst Juny, 1929. Dr. H. S. H. Wardlaw, President, in the Chair. Miss C. M. Joyce Allan, Australian Museum, Sydney, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society. The President referred to the death of Sir Baldwin Spencer, who had been a Corresponding Member of the Society since 1893. A letter of sympathy had been forwarded to Lady Spencer. The President offered the congratulations of members to Miss H. Claire Weekes, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology, on the award to her of a Rockefeller Scholarship. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (26th June, 1929) amounting to 25 Volumes, 178 Parts or Numbers, 24 Bulletins, 8 Reports and 14 Pamphlets, received from 91 Societies and Institutions and 1 private donor, were laid upon the table. PAPERS READ. 1. Notes on Australian Diptera. xx. By J. R. Malloch. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) 2. Some New Species of Stenetrium from Western Australia. By G. E. Nicholls, D.Se. (Communicated by Mr. T. C. Roughley.) 3. Note on the Structural and Tectonic Geology of the Hunter Valley between Greta and Muswellbrook, with Special Reference to the Age of the Diastrophism. By H. G. Raggatt, B.Sc. 4. Fourth Contribution towards a New Classification of the Australian Asilidae. By G. H. Hardy. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Dr. G. A. Waterhouse exhibited several Australian species of moths belonging to the genus Charagia, including Ch. scripta, male and female, from Western Australia, Ch. ramsayi, male and female, and Ch. daphnandrae, male, from Toowoomba, Queensland. ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 28th AuGcustT, 1929. Dr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.E., F.E.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Chairman announced that the Council had accepted Miss H. Claire Weekes’ resignation from her Linnean Macleay Fellowship in Zoology and that Miss Weekes had sailed on 22nd instant for England to take up her work under a Rockefeller Scholarship. The Chairman also announced that Mr. H. L. Jensen, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society in succession to the late Dr. R. Greig Smith, would arrive from England on 19th September. xIviii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (3lst July, 1929) amounting to 14 Volumes, 139 Parts or Numbers, 14 Bulletins, 1 Report and 11 Pamphlets, received from 60 Societies and Institutions, were laid upon the table. PAPERS READ. 1. Notes on Gall-making Coccids and Descriptions of New Species. By W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. 2. The Food Plants or Hosts of some Fijian Insects. iii. By W. Greenwood, H.D.A. 3. The Life-history of Doryanthes excelsa. Part ii. The Gametophytes, Seed Production, Chromosome Number and General Conclusion. By I. V. Newman, M.Sc. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited Brachyscelid galls described in his paper entitled “Notes on Gall-making Coccids and Descriptions of New Species’, read at the meeting. Mr. Froggatt also exhibited damaged foliage of the Tasmanian Blue Gum (Lucalyptus globulus) growing in the avenues at Canberra, which has been infested by the Blue Gum foliage moth (Mnesampla privata Gn.). In the middle of June the curled leaves were full of larvae feeding on the surface of the leaves. Early in August not a single pupa could be found, and all the caterpillars had vanished; nor could a single pupa be found in the curled webbed foliage, on the tree trunks or in the ground under the trees, though pupae were found in the foliage, bred from larvae, kept in a tin at the School of Forestry. French figures this small reddish-brown moth in his ‘Destructive Insects of Victoria’, pt. iii, pl. 54. He does not, however, mention its pupating habits. Mr. W. L. Waterhouse exhibited specimens of oat seedlings infected by Puccinia graminis avenae. In one case the commonest of the Australian physiologic forms was used to infect the plants. The result was complete sus- ceptibility and the production of many crops of uredospores up to the time that the rust killed the leaves. This is the normal happening in seedling infection. In the second case the rust used to bring about the infection was an Irish physiologic form which had been obtained from the barberry infections. The result in this case was again complete susceptibility, but an unusual happening was the very rapid production of teleutospores within a month of inoculation. Several other striking differences are exhibited by this Irish rust. Mr. I. V. Newman exhibited branches from two specimens of Acacia continua growing at Broken Hill. There is a distinct difference in the general appearance of these two branches. One is generally sturdier. The overall size of the bushes is, however, equal. Another difference is a longitudinal marking clearly shown on the stems of the sturdier one, but only very faintly to be seen (if at all) on the more slender one. This is another example of the small differences of form to be found in many species of Acacia, especially in the Baileyana-decurrens- discolor complex of species. For this reason there is much confusion in the taxonomy of the Acacias. The exhibitor has begun an investigation of this problem from the cytological point of view, concentrating first of all on the above complex of species of bi-pinnate Acacias. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. ad ibis, ORDINARY MONTHLY MERTING. 25th SEPTEMBER, 1929. Dr. H. S. H. Wardlaw, President, in the Chair. The President, on behalf of the Society, offered a hearty welcome to Mr. H. L. Jensen, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society, and wished him a very successful career in his new sphere of work. The President offered the congratulations of members to Mr. J. H. Campbell, 1.8.0., on the honour conferred on him by His Majesty the King. The President announced that the Council is prepared to receive applications for four Linnean Macleay Fellowships tenable for one year from 1st March, 1930, from qualified candidates. Applications should be lodged with the Secretary, who would afford all necessary information to intending candidates, not later than Wednesday, 6th November, 1929. The President announced with pleasure that the Minister for Lands had received a deputation from scientific societies and had agreed to appoint a repre- sentative nominated by them to fill one of the vacancies on the National Park Trust. Professor T. G. B. Osborn had been unanimously nominated by the scien- tific societies as their representative. The President also announced that word had been received from Dr. Walkom of his safe arrival at Fremantle after an excellent voyage from South Africa and that he is expected to return to Sydney during the first week in October. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (28th August, 1929) amounting to 5 Volumes, 97 Parts or Numbers, 5 Bulletins, 1 Report and 1 Pamphlet, received from 48 Societies and Institutions, were laid upon the table. PAPERS READ. 1. Notes on Australian Diptera. xxi. By J. R. Malloch. (Communicated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) 2. Revision of Australian Geometridae (Lepidoptera). By G. M. Goldfinch. 3. Some Aspects of the Structural Geology of the Carboniferous Rocks in the Hunter River District between Raymond Terrace and Scone. By G. D. Osborne, D.Sc. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. G. M. Goldfinch exhibited a large collection of species of the Geometridae, dealt with in his paper. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited four forms or subspecies of grasses commonly known as “Kangaroo Grass’ (Themeda spp.): (i) Themeda australis (R. Br.) Stapf, the common form in Port Jackson district and along the coast to Queensland and southwards to Eden; (ii) Themeda grandiflora (Hooker). This is figured in “Flora Tasmania” and was included with the Port Jackson form under Anthistiria ciliata by Bentham. So far as can be ascertained the true Anthistiria ciliata (which is a native of India) has not yet been found in Australia; (iii) Themeda sp., a form exhibited at a meeting of this Society (see PRocEEDINGS, 1912, p. 393) with the sheathing bracts and spikelets more or less covered with tubercle-based bristles; (iv) Themeda sp., a form with the nodes more or less pubescent, and the lower part of stem and leaf-sheaths copiously sprinkled with hairs. These forms 1. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. or subspecies are being cultivated and some interesting races are being produced as a result of cross-pollination. Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited an adult and two larval specimens of an Homopterous insect, Achilus flanmmeus (Family Achilidae) found in the nest of the common termite, Coptotermes lacteus. Nothing was previously known about the life-history of this handsome bright red froghopper, which is evidently an inquiline in the termitaria of our white ants. The exhibitor has never taken this insect in the bush, but on several occasions has found it on windows. The lady of the house where this large active nest was opened stated that in the previous summer she had found a number of these insects on the carpets. Apparently they had emerged from the same nest. Mr. W. L. Waterhouse exhibited specimens of Federation and Webster wheats showing a striking difference in regard to flag smut susceptibility. Webster was imported from U.S.A. on account of its strong resistance to rust. In pot tests, made in 1928 and repeated in 1929, Webster grain heavily covered with flag smut spores has produced perfectly healthy plants, whilst grain of Federation and Waratah treated in exactly the same way has produced plants heavily infected with flag smut. Webster, therefore, promises to give valuable results from crosses with commercial varieties of Australian wheats. Mr. Gilbert P. Whitley submitted notes on the identity of some little known Fishes. He had recently identified several species which had been described many years ago but had not since been recognized. Sparus bandatus was diagnosed as a new species in 1810 in Perry’s “Arcana,” a very rare work. Perry’s figure, however, is so similar to those of Bloch (1791) and of Shaw and Nodder (1806) as to appear as if it had been copied from them. Thus Sparus bandatus Perry = Cheilinus fasciatus (Bloch). On plate 76 of “The Naturalist’s Repository,’ published in 1824, Donovan figured Balistes australis from Van Diemen’s Land. His name has been generally overlooked and Monacanthus rudis Richardson, 1844, is apparently a synonym of it. The species, which is closely allied to Monacanthus setosus Waite, 1899, may now be known as Cantherines australis (Donovan). Castelnau -(Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Vict. ii, 1873, p. 118) described a supposed new Scopelid fish as Neosudis vorax from New Caledonia, and subsequent investigators have protestingly placed it with the Iniomi whilst acknowledging their inability to suggest its relationships with members of that Order. Analysis of Castelnau’s account shows, however, that Neosudis is a Clupeoid fish of the genus Chirocentrus, and, in the speaker’s opinion, Castelnau’s so-called species can only be regarded as a Pacific subspecies of the Wolf Herring, Chirocentrus dorab vorax (Castelnau). ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 30th OcroBer, 1929. Dr. H. S. H. Wardlaw, President, in the Chair. Mr. H. L. Jensen, Woollahra, and Mrs. K. M. Sherrard, M.Sc., Cremorne, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society. The President expressed the Society’s congratulations to Dr. R. Broom, F.R.S., Corresponding Member of the Society, on the award to him of the South African Medal for 1929 by the South African Association for the Advancement of Science and also on the award of the honorary degree of Doctor of Science by the Univer- sity of Capetown on the occasion of its centenary celebrations, October, 1929. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. ae The President offered the congratulations of members to Dr. A. J. Nicholson ou his appointment as Deputy Chief of the Department of Economic Entomology of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. Candidates for Linnean Macleay Fellowships, 1930-31, were reminded that Wednesday, 6th November, was the last day for receiving applications. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (25th September, 1929) amounting to 23 Volumes, 169 Parts or Numbers, 8 Bulletins, 3 Reports and 6 Pamphlets, received from 66 Societies and Institutions and 1 private donor, were laid upon the table. PAPERS READ. 1. Revision of Australian Oenochromidae (Lepidoptera). Part i. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S. 2. Variations in certain Orchids. By Rev. H. M. R. Rupp, B.A. 3. A List of the Australian Bombyliidae of the Subfamilies Exoprosopinae, Anthracinae and Bombyliinae in the German Entomological Museum, Berlin. By Frederick H. S. Roberts, M.Sc. 4. Descriptions of New Species of Australian Coleoptera. Part xx. By A. M. Lea, F.E.S. 5. Notes on Australian Diptera. No. xxii. By J. R. Malloch. (Communi- cated by Dr. I. M. Mackerras.) NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited a drawing, together with portions of a frond taken from a “Tree Fern” collected at Barrington Tops by the late Professor L. Harrison in March, 1925. The late Mr. T. Whitelegge suggested that the fern was an un- described species of Hemitelia. Although several attempts have been made io collect additional material, they have been unsuccessful. As there are upwards of fifty species of the genus known to science, including certain Australian and New Guinea species which are imperfectly known, it is necessary to have complete material before the exact identification can be finalized. Mr. David G. Stead exhibited a photograph of a specimen of the rarely seen “Lesser Killer,’ Pseudorca crassidens, which had been cast up on the ocean beach at Bulli, on the South Coast of New South Wales. This is the cetacean which caused such a sensation in Great Britain during November, 1927, when 120 were cast up in Dornoch Firth a little to the north of the Moray Firth in Scotland. A lapse of eighty years had taken place between the previous British record and this one. The Bulli specimen was fifteen feet in length. The nearest genus to this is Orca, the well-known Killer or Killer Whale, which attains a length of thirty feet. It is on the coast at the present time, where it has been reported to be attacking Humpback whales, Megaptera. Mr. A. S. Le Souef exhibited a skin of a Rock Wallaby (Petrogale penicillata) that had been acclimatized on Kawau Island, New Zealand. Owing to changed environment the specimen showed much brighter markings than specimens from Australia. Dr. A. B. Walkom exhibited a perspective drawing of the proposed Science House, made by the architects, Messrs. Peddle, Thorp and Walker, which had recently been shown in an exhibition in Sydney. He also laid on the table for lii. ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. the perusal of members a communication on volcanoes forwarded by Miss Georgina King. Dr. Walkom gave a short account of the National Botanic Garden at Kirstenbosch, Capetown, a reserve of about 1,100 acres purely for the cultivation of the South African flora, and suggested that the example of South Africa in this respect might well be followed in other parts of the world. It was then unanimously resolved, on the motion of Mr. A. F. Basset Hull, supported by several speakers, “that the State Government be urged to set apart an area of Crown land for the purpose of cultivating, preserving and exhibiting the native flora.” Mr. T. C. Roughley drew attention to a proposal which would result in the drainage of overflow sewage matter into Port Jackson and it was resolved that “The Linnean Society of New South Wales strongly protests against the contem- plated action of the Metropolitan Water, Sewerage and Drainage Board to drain overflow sewage matter into Vaucluse Bay and Parsley Bay. It is considered that not only will the health of the community be endangered by the contamina- tion of two such popular swimming beaches, but also that irreparable damage will be done to the marine life of that part of the Harbour.” ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 27th NovEMBER, 1929. Dr. H. S. H. Wardlaw, President, in the Chair. Miss Bertha M. Martin, B.Sc., Chatswood, and Mr. Melbourne Ward, Potts Point, Sydney, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society. The President -announced that the Council had re-appointed Miss Ida A. Brown, B.Sc., and appointed Mr. Frank A. Craft, B.Sec., to Linnean Macleay Fellowships in Geology and Geography respectively for a period of one year from 1st March, 1930. The President also announced that, in connection with the proposal, made at the last meeting, urging the Government to set apart an area for the purpose of preserving, cultivating and exhibiting the native flora, the Council had appointed the following Committee to take action: Professor T. G. B. Osborn, Messrs. H J. Carter, E. Cheel, A. F. Basset Hull, and A. H. S. Lucas, together with the President and Secretary. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (30th October, 1929) amounting to 220 Volumes, 97 Parts or Numbers, 6 Bulletins, 4 Reports and 2 Pamphlets, received from 56 Societies and Institutions and 1 private donor, were laid upon the table. PAPERS READ. 1. A Revision of the Australian Bombyliidae (Diptera). Part iii. By Frederick H. S. Roberts, M.Sc. 2. On some Recent New Light on the Origin of the Mammals. By Robert Broom, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. 3. A further Contribution to our Knowledge of the Flora of New South Wales. By W. F. Blakely. 4. Australian Rust Studies. i. By W. L. Waterhouse, B.Sc.Agr. 5. Australian Mycetophilidae. Synopsis of the Genera. By A. L. Tonnoir. (Communicated by Dr. A. J. Nicholson.) ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. lili. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. A. Musgrave exhibited paired male and female examples of a wingless grasshopper of the subfamily Pyrgomorphinae, taken by Mr. H. O. Fletcher and himself at Mt. Kosciusko, between altitudes of 5,000 and 7,000 feet, during January, 1929. The sexes were known hitherto under different names, the male being described as Monistria vinosa by Carl in 1916, from a specimen from Mt. Kosciusko, and the female as Monistria grossa by Sjostedt in 1921 and from the same locality. Monistria vinosa Carl being the older name, should therefore be used for the species, M. grossa Sjostedt being an absolute synonym. The male is much smaller in size than the female, and measures 23 mm., the females in the series collected measuring 37 mm., though Sjostedt’s specimen measured 40 mm. Dr. A. B. Walkom exhibited coloured plates of species of South African Proteaceae. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Received during the period 29th November, 1928, to 27th November, 1929. (From the respective Societies, etc., unless otherwise mentioned.) ABERYSTWYTH. Welsh Plant Breeding Station, University College of Wales.—Bulletin, Series H, No. 9 (1928); Leaflet Series, S, No. 1 (1929); “The Welsh Journal of Agri- culture’, v (1929). ACCRA. Geological Survey of the Gold Coast.—Report for the Period April, 1926—March, 1927 (no date). ADELAIDE. Department of Mines: Geological Survey of South Australia.—Annual Report of the Director of Mines and Government Geologist for 1928 (1929); Mining Review for the Half Years ended December 31st, 1928 (No. 49); June 30th, 1929 (No. 50) (1929). Field Naturalists’ Section of the Royal Society of South Australia.—“The South Australian Naturalist”, x, 1-4 (1928-1929). Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia.—Forty-fifth Annual Report of the Board of Governors for 1928-1929 (1929). Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, South Australian Branch.— Proceedings, xxix, Session 1927-28 (1929). Royal Society of South Australia.—Transactions and Proceedings, lii (1928). South Australian Ornithological Association. ‘The South Australian Ornithologist’”, x, 1-4 (1929). University of Adelaide—“‘‘The Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science’, v, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); vi, 1-3 (1929). Woods and Forests Department.—Annual Report for the Year ended June 30th, 1928 (1928); Forestry Handbook (Empire Forestry Conference, 1928) (1928). ALBANY. New York State Library, University of the State of New York.—New York State Museum Bulletin, Nos. 276-278 (1928); New York State Museum Hand- book, 4-9 (1928-1929). ALGER. Institut Pasteur d@ Algérie —Archives, vi, 2-3 (1928). Société d Histoire naturelle de VAfrique du Nord.—Bulletin, xix, 1928, 5-9 (1928); xx, 1929, 1-5 (1929). AMSTERDAM. Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging.—Entomologische Berichten, vii, 162-168 (1928-1929); Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, Ixxi, 3-4 (T.p. & @¢.) (1928); Ixxii, 1-2 and Supplement (1929). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. lv. Royal Academy of Sciences.—‘‘Science in the Netherlands East Indies’ by various authors (prepared for Fourth Pacific Science Congress, 1929) (no date). ANN ARBOR. University of Michigan.—Contributions from the Museum of Geology, T.p. & e. for Vol. ii (1928); Contributions from the Museum of Palaeontology (being the continuation of Contributions from the Museum of Geology), iii, 1-4 (1928); Museum of Zoology: Miscellaneous Publication Nos. 18-19 (1928- 1929); Occasional Papers, Nos. 187-197, T.p. & e. for Nos. 172-197 (Vol. viii), 1926-1928 (1927-1928); Nos. 198-199 (1929); Papers of the Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters, ix-x, 1928 (1929). AUCKLAND. Auckland Institute and Musewm.—Annual Report, 1928-29 (1929); Municipal Record, iii, 3 (1929). BALTIMORE. Johns Hopkins University.—University Circular, N.S. 1927, 10 (1927); N.S. 1928, 1-10 (1928). BANDOENG. Opsporingsdienst Dienst van den Mijnbouw in Nederlandsch-Indié.—Bulletin of the Netherlands East Indian Volcanological Survey, Nos. 13-23 (1928-1929); Vulkanologische en Seismologische Mededeelingen, Nos. 9, 10 (Text and Plates) (1928-1929); Wetenschappelijke Mededeelingen, Nos. 9, 11-12 (1929). BARCELONA. Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes de Barcelona.—Boletin, v, 6 (T.p. & c.) (1929); Memorias, xx, 15-16 (T.p. & c¢.) (1928); xxi, 1-16 (1928-1929) ; Nomina del Personal Academico, 1928-1929 (1928). BASEL. Naturforschende Gesellschaft—Verhandlungen, xxxix, 1927-1928 (1929). BERGEN. Bergens Museum.—Arbok, 1928, 2 (T.p. & ¢.) (1928); T.p. & ¢. for Arbok, 1928, Avhandlinger og Arsberetning (1929); 1929, 1 (1929); Arsberetning, 1927-1928 (1928). BERKELEY. University of California.—Publications, Botany, xi, 11-15; xiv, 11-20; xv (com- plete); xvi, 1-2 (1929); Entomology, iv, 12 (1928); v, 1-3 (1929); Geology, xvii, 9-11 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xviii, 1-13 (1928-1929); Physiology, vii, 5-8 (1929); Public Health, i, 1-6 (1929); Zoology, xxx, 13-17 (1928-1929); xxxi, 17-19 (T.p. & ec.) (1928-1929); xxxii, 1-3 (1928-1929); xxxiii, 1-6 (1929). BERLIN. Botanische Garten und Museum.—Notizblatt, x, 95-97 (1928-1929). Deutsche Entomologische Gesellschaft, E.V—Deutsche Entomologische Zeit- schrift, 1928, 2-5 (1928-1929). lvi. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Deutsche Entomologische Musewm.—Entomologische Mitteilungen, xvii, 6 (T.p. & ce.) (1918) (Series concluded); Supplementa Entomologica, No. 17 (1929) (Series concluded). Notgemeinschaft der Deutsche Wissenschaft.—‘‘Flora”’, Neue Folge, xxiii, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxiv, 1 (1929). Zoologische Museum.—Bericht, 1914, 1915, 1916-1926 (1915, 1916, 1928); Mitteilungen, i-x (complete) (1898-1922); xii, 2 (1926); xiii (complete) (1927); xiv, 1-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928). BERN. Naturforschende Gesellschaft.—Mitteilungen a.d. Jahre 1928 (1929); Verhand lungen, 1927 (1927); 1928 (1928). BIRMINGHAM. Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society—List of Members, 1929, and Annual Report, 1928; Proceedings, xv, 8, Session 1929-30 (T.p. & ¢.) (1929). BLOEMFONTEIN. Nasionale Museum.—Argeologiese Navorsing, i, 1 (1928). BOLOGNA. Laboratorio di Entomologia del R. Instituto Superiore Agrario di Bologna.--- Bollettino, i (1928). BOMBAY. Bombay Natural History Society.—Journal, T.p. & c. for xxxii, pts. 3-4 (1928); KXkIli, 2-3 (1929). Haffkine Institute—Report for the Year 1927 (1928). BONN. Naturhistorische Verein der Preussische Rheinlande und Westfalens.— Sitzungsberichte, 1927 (1928); Verhandlungen, 84, 1927 (1928). Boston. American Academy of Arts and Sciences.—Proceedings, Ixiii, 3-12 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929). Boston Society of Natural History—Memoirs, vi, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); viii, 4 (T.p. & ce.) (1927); Proceedings, xxxix, 2-4 (1929). BRISBANE. Department of Mines: Geological Survey of Queensland.—Publication No. 276 (1929). “Queensland Government Mining Journal” (from the Hditor).—xxix, Dec., 1928 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxx, Jan.-Nov., 1929 (1929). Queensland Naturalists’ Club and Nature-Lovers’ League—“The Queensland Naturalist”, vi, 6 (1928); vii, 1-3 (1929). Queensland Museum.—Memoirs, ix, 3 (T.p. & c.) (1929). Royal Society of Queensland.—Proceedings, xl, 1928 (1929). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. lvii. BROOKLYN. Botanical Society of America.— ‘American Journal of Botany”, xv, 8-10 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xvi, 1-8 (1929). Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences: Brooklyn Museum.—Science Bulletin, iii, 5 (1928). BRUSSELS. Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique. Annuaire, 95e Année (1929); Bulletin de la Classe des Sciences, 1928, 3-12 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); 1929, 1-4 (1929). Musée Royal d@Histoire naturelle de Belgique—Annales, i-xiv (1877-1887) ; Bulletin, i-v (1882-1888); Mémoires, No. 37 (1928). Société entomologique de Belgique——Bulletin and Annales, Ixviii, 9-12 (Index) (IPAS) 8 babe aler( (GIR) Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique——Bulletin, 1x, 1 (1927). Société Royale Zoologique de Belgique——Annales, lviii, 1927 (1928). BUENOS AIRES. Museo Nacional de Historia Natural.—Anales, xxxiv (1926-1928). Sociedad Argentina de Ciencias Naturales——Revista “Physis’”, iv, 18 (1919); v, 20 (1922); ix, 32-33 (1928). Sociedad Cientifica Argentina.—Anales, evi, 1-3, Julio-Septembre, 1928 (1928). BUITENZORG. Departement van Landbouw, Nijverheid en Handel—Bulletin du Jardin Botanique, Série iii, x, 1-2 (1928); “Treubia”, vii, 4 (T.p. & c.), Supple- ments 2-3 (1928-1929); xi, 1 (1929). : Natuurwetenschappelijke Raad voor Nederlandsch-Indie (Netherlands Indies Science Council). —Catalogue of Manuscripts, etc., exhibited in the Technical High School at Bandoeng for the occasion of the Fourth Pacific Science Congress (1929); Publication No. 2 (1929). CALCUTTA. Geological Survey of India—Memoirs, 1, 2 (T.p. & c.); li, 2 (T.p. & c.) (1928) ; lii, 2 (T.p. & ce.) (1929); liii (1928); Memoirs, Palaeontologia Indica, N.S. ix, 2, pt. 3 (1928); x, 3, Fasc. 2 (T.p. & c.) (1929); Records, lxi, 4 (T.p. & c.); Ixii, 1-3 (1929). Indian Museum.—Memoirs, T.p. & c. for v, 1915-1924 (1928); ix, 2 (1929); Records, xxx, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); xxxi, 1 (1929). CAMBRIDGE, England. Cambridge Philosophical Society.—Biological Reviews and Biological Proceed- ings, iii, 4 (T.p. & ec.) (1928); iv, 1-3 (1929). CAMBRIDGE, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College.—Annual Report of the Director for 1927-1928 (1928); Bulletin, Ixviii, 7-8 (T.p. & c.) (1928); lxix, 1-10 (1929). lviii. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. CANBERRA. Commonwealth Bureau of Census and Statistics—Official Year Book No. 21, 1928 (1928). Commonwealth Forestry Bureau.—Third British Empire Forestry Conference, Australia and New Zealand, 1928—Commonwealth Handbook; Forestry Handbook for New South Wales; Papers Presented; Summary Report, Resolutions and Reports of Committees (1928). CAPE Town. Royal Society of South Africa.—Transactions, xvii, 2-4 (T.p. & ¢.); xviii, 1-2 (1929). South African Museum.—Annals, xxiv, 1 (1929); xxv, 2-3 (T.p. & c.) (1928- 1929); xxvi (complete) (1928); xxvii (complete) (1929); xxviii, 1; xxix, 1 (1929); Report for Year ended 31st December, 1928 (1929). CHICAGO. Field Museum of Natural History.—‘‘Field Museum and the Child’ (1928) ; Leaflet, Geology, 10; Zoology, 10, 11 (1929); Publications, Geological Series, iv, 5; Report Series, vii, 2-3 (1928-1929); Zoological Series, xii, 15-18 (1928- 1929); Title page for Vol. xv, pt. 1 (1923) and xv, pt. 2 (1925); xv, 3 (1928); Title page for Vol. xvi (1926). John Crerar Library.—Thirty-fourth Annual Report for the Year 1928 (1929). CHRISTCHURCH. Canterbury Museum.—Records, iii, 3 (1928). Philosophical Institute of Canterbury.—Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, lix, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); Ix, 1-2 (1929). CLUJ. Gradina Botanica.—Bulletin, vii, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); viii, Appendix 2-3; 2-4 (T.p. & ec.) (1928); ix, 1-4 (1929). COIMBRA. Universidade de Coimbra: Instituto Botanico.—Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana, Serie 2, v (1928). Universidade de Coimbra: Museu Zoologico.—Memorias e Estudos, Serie i, Nos. 1, Fase. 1-3, 2-28; Serie ii, Nos. 1-2; Serie iv, 1 (1924-1928); “Catalogo dos Reptis e Amphibios do Continente de Portugal’ by Dr. A. X. Lopes Vieira (1897); “Catalogo Sinotico dos Mamiferos de Portugal’ by Bernardo Ayres (1914); “Catalogo das Conchas Exoticas. Vol. i.” by Bernardo Ayres (1916) ; “Publicacoes Scientificas, 1897-1922” by A. F. de Seabra (1925); ‘“‘Observa- tions sur l’Importance de la Determination du Type Morphologique des Espéces en Zoologie”’ by A. F. de Seabra (Reprinted from Comptes rendus des Séances de la Société de Biologie, Séance du 15 Mars, 1927, p. 1257). CoLp SPRING HARBOR. Department of Genetics: Carnegie Institution of Washington.—Annual Report of the Director, 1927-28 (Extracted from Year Book No. 27, 1927-28) (1928). COLOMBO. Colombo Museum.—Spolia Zeylanica (Ceylon Journal of Science, Section B— Zoology and Geology), T.P. & c. for xiv, 1927-1928 (1928); xv, 1-3 (1929). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. lix. CoLUMBUS. American Chemical Society.—Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, xx, 11-12 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxi, 1-10 (1929); Analytical Edition, i, 1-4 (T.p. & c.) (1929); News Edition, vi, 20-24 (Index) (1928); vii, 1-20 (1929). Ohio Academy of Science-—‘Ohio Journal of Science’, xxviii, 5-6 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxix, 1-4 (1929). Ohio State University: Ohio Biological Survey.—Bulletins, 14-20; T.p. & c. for Bulletins 11-15 (Vol. iii), 1921-1928 (1928-1929); Bulletin, xxxiii, 17 (1929). COPENHAGEN. Det. Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab.—Biologiske Meddelelser, vii, 5-9 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); viii, 2-3 (1929). Zoological Museum of the University—Publications, Nos. 54-59 (1928); The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, iii, 10; vi, 4 (1928). DUBLIN. Royal Dublin Society—Economic Proceedings, ii, 25 (1929); Scientific Pro- ceedings, ii, 25 (1929); Scientific Proceedings, N.S. xix, 9-28 (1928-1929). Royal Irish Academy.—Proceedings, xxxviii, Section B, 5-14 (1928-1929). East LANSING. Michigan State College of Agriculture and Applied Sciences.—Report of the Veterinary Division for the Year ending June 30, 1927 (no date). EDINBURGH. Royal Botanic Garden.—Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, xxx, 1, Session 1927-1928 (1928). Royal Physical Society.—Proceedings, xxi, 4, Session 1927-1928 (1929). Royal Society of Edinburgh.—Proceedings, xlviii, 2-3 (T.p. & ¢.), Session 1927- 1928 (1928); xlix, 1-3, Session 1928-1929 (1929); Transactions, lvi, 1, Session 1928-1929 (1929). FRANKFURT, a. M. Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft.—Abhandlungen, xxxviii, 4, Teil 1 (1928); xli, 1-7 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); Natur und Museum, lIviii, 3-12 (T.p. & c.) (1928); lix, 1-5 (1929). GENEVA. Société de Physique et d'Histoire naturelle—Compte Rendu des Séances, xlv, 3 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xlvi, 1-2 (1929). GENOVA. Societa Entomologica Italiana.—Bollettino, lx, 7 and Supplement to No. 7 (Memorie, vi, 1927, 1); 8 (1928); Ixi, 3-7 (1929). GRANVILLE. Denison University.—Journal of the Scientific Laboratories, xxiii, pp. 127-230, 231-355 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxiv, pp. 1-113 (1929). HALIFAX. Nova Scotian Institute of Science—Proceedings and Transactions, xvii, Session 1927-28 (1928). lx. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. HALLE. Kaiserlich Deutsche Akademie der Naturforsche zu Halle—Leopoldina, iv (1929). HARLEM. Société Hollandaise des Sciences.——Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles, Series IIIB (Sciences naturelles), T.p. & c. for ii (1917); iii (complete) (1916-1917); iv (complete) (1921-1926); v, 1 (1929); Series IlIC (Archives Néerlandaises de Physiologie de l’-homme et des animaux), i-iv (complete) (1916-1920); xiii, 1-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xiv, 1-2 (1929). HELSINGFORS. Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.—Acta Botanica Fennica, iv-v (1928-1929) ; Acta Zoologica Fennica, iv-v (1928); Memoranda, iv, 1927-1928 (1928). Societas Scientiarum Fennica.—Acta, xlix, 5 (1928); Arsbok-Vuosikirja, vi, 1927-1928 (1928); Bidrag, Ixxx, 9 (T.p. & c.) (1928); Tp. & c¢c. for Ixxxi (1928); Ixxxii (complete) (T.p. & c.) (1928); Commentationes Biologicae, iii, 1-3 (1928). HOBART. Department of Mines: Geological Survey.—Geological Survey Bulletin, Nos. 39- 40 (1929). Royal Society of Tasmania.—Papers and Proceedings for the Year 1928 (1929). HoNCLULU. Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum.—Bulletins, 50-65 (1928-1929); Memoirs, x (complete) (1928). Pan-Pacific Union.—Bulletin, N.S. Nos. 90-97; 102-114, 116 (1927-1929); “Journal of the Pan-Pacific Research Institution’, iv, 1-4 (1929). INDIANAPOLIS. Indiana Academy of Science.—Proceedings, xxxvii, 1927 (1928). ITHACA. Cornell University.—31 Separates (1917-1929). JAMAICA PLAIN. Arnold Arboretum.—Journal, ix, 4 (Tip. & ¢c.) (1928); x, 1-3 (1929). JOHANNESBURG. South African Association for the Advancement of Science.—South African Journal of Science, xxv (1928). KIEwW. Société des Natwralistes—Mémoires, xx, 1 (1905); xxi, 1-2 (1909-1910); xxii, 1-2 (1912); xxiii, 1-4 (1913-1914); xxiv, 1-4 (1914-1915); xxvii, 3 (1928). KURASHIKI. Ohara Institute for Agricultural Research.—Berichte, T.p. & c. for iii (1926- 1928); iv, 1 (1929). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 1xi. La JOLLA. Scripps Institution of Oceanography of the University of California.—Bulletin, Technical Series, i, 10, 15-16 (1927-1928); ii, 1-3 (1929). La PLATA. Museo de La Plata.—Anales, Segunda Series, iii (Text and Atlas) (1929); Indice bibliografico (1928); Obras completas y Correspondencia Cientifica de Florentino Ameghino, vii (1917); Revista, xxxi (1928). LEIDEN. Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging.—Tijdschrift, 2de Serie, xx (complete) (1927). Fijks Herbarium.—Mededeelingen, Nos. 38-41 (1919-1921); 54, 544, 548 (1926- 1928); 56 (1928). LENINGRAD. Académie des Sciences de VU.R.S.S.—Annuaire du Musée Zoologique, T.p. & e. for xxviii, 1927 (1928); xxx, 1-2, 1929 (1928-1929); Bulletin, Série vi, xxi, 1927, 18 (T.p. & c.) (1927); Série vii, 1928, 1-7 (1928-1929) ; 1929, 1-3 (1929) ; Mémoires, Série viii, xxviii, 4-15, 17, 19, 20, 23 (1914-1919); xxxii, 3 (1914); xxxiii, 2, 12 (T.p. & c.) (1914-1916); xxxiv, 1 (1915); Faune de la Russie et des Pays Limitrophes, Insecta Lepidoptera, Vol. i, 1-2 (1915, 1929); 10 Maps (1926 and no dates); Musée Botanique: Flora Sibiriae et Orientis Extremi, 25. Cruciferae; 63. Hricaceae (1915); Schedae ad Herbarium Florae Rossicae, viii (Nos. 2401-2800) (1922); Travaux, xii-xiv (1914-1915); xvi- xviii (1916-1920); Musée Zoologique: Faune de la Russie et des Pays Limitrophes: Amphibia (1918); Arachnoidea, i, 1 (1917); Echinodermata, i, 1 (1923); Hydroidea, ii, 2 (1914); Insecta Hemiptera, i, 1-2 (1914, 1919); vi, 2 (1916); Insecta Pseudoneuroptera, i, 1-2 (1915, 1919); Les Mollusques des Mers Russes, i (1916); Poissons, iii, 2 (1914); Reptilia, i-ii (1915-1916) ; Tunicata, Livr. 1 (1916). Comité Géologique.—Bulletin, xlvii, 1928, 1-10 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xlviii, 1929, 1-2 (1929); Matériaux pour la Géologie générale et appliquée, Livr. 88, 109, 128, 132, 133, 185 (1929); Mémoires, Nouvelle Série, Livr. 158 (1928); 169 (1928), 172 (1927), 181 (1929), 189 (Text and Atlas) (1928). Institut de Botanique et @ Amélioration des Plantes.—Bulletin of Applied Botany, of Genetics and Plant-Breeding, xv, 1925, 4 (1925); xix, 1928, 1-5 (Index) (1928-1929); xxi, 1928-29, 1-5 (Index) (1928-1929); “Agricultural Afghan- istan” by N. I. Vavilow and D. D. Bukinich (33rd Supplement to the Bulletin) (1929); “The Regions of the Best Varieties of Spring and Winter Wheats of U.S.S.R.” by V. V. Talanov (1928). Société Entomologique de Russie-—Revue Russe d’Entomologie, xxii, 1928, 1-4 (1928). Société Russe de Minéralogie.—Matériaux pour la Géologie de l’U.R.S.S., xxvi, 2 (1928); Mémoires, 2me Serie, lvii, 1-2 (T.p. & c.) (1928). State Institute of Experimental Agronomy, Bureau of Applied Entomology.— Works on Applied Entomology, xiii, 4; xiv, 1; xv, 1 (1929). LIMA. Sociedad Geologica del Peru.—Boletin, iii, 1927 (1929). 1xii. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. LIVERPOOL. Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine.—Annals of Tropical Medicine and Para- sitology, xxii, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxiii, 1-2 (1929). LONDON. British Museum (Natural History) —Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History). Vol. vii. A Monograph of the Recent Meandroid Astraeidae. By George Matthai (1928); Catalogue of the Rock Collections in the Mineral Department. Part i. Africa. By W. Campbell Smith (1928); Diptera Brachycera and Athericera of the Fiji Islands. By Mario Bezzi (1928); Economic Series, No. 1a (Third Edition) (1928); Index Animalium, Second Section, Parts xv-xvi (1928); Insects of Samoa and other Samoan Terrestrial Arthropoda. Pt. i, Fasc. 1; ii, 2; iii, 3; iv, 2; v, 1; vi, 2; vii, 2-3 (1928); New Zealand Empididae. By J. E. Collin (1928). Entomological Society of London.—Proceedings, iii, 2-3 (T.p. & c.) (1929); iv, 1 (1929); Transactions, lxxvi, 2 (T.p. & c.) (1929); Ixxvii, 1 (1929). Geological Society.—Geological Literature added to the Library during the Years ended December 31st, 1927, and December 31st, 1928 (1928, 1929); Quarterly Journal, Ixxxiv, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); Ixxxv, 1-3 (1929). Linnean Society—Journal, Botany, xlviii, 320-322 (1928-1929); Zoology, xxxvi, 249 (T.p. & c.) (1929); List, 1928-1929 (1928); Proceedings, 140th Session, 1927-1928 (1928). Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries—Journal, xxxv, 8-12 (T.p. & ec.) (1928- 1929); xxxvi, 1-7 (1929). Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.—Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information, 1928 (1928). Royal Microscopical Society.—Journal, Series iii, xlviii, 1928, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xlix, 1929, 1-3 (1929). Royal Society.—Philosophical Transactions, Series B, ccxvii, Nos. B 442-448 — (1929); Proceedings, Series B, ciii, No. B727 (T.p. & c.) (1928); civ, Nos. B 728-737 (1928-1929). Zoological Society.—Proceedings, 1928, 3-4 (T.p. & ec. for pp. 661-1044); 1929, 1 (1929); Transactions, xxii, 6 (T.p. & c.) (1929). Los BANos. University of the Philippines: College of Agriculture—‘‘The Philippine Agri- culturist”’, xvii, 6-10 (1928-1929); xviii, 1-5 (1929). MADRID. Junta para Ampliacion de Estudios.—Fauna Iberica, Peces, i (1928); Trabajos del Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Serie Botanica, No. 24 (1928). Real Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural.—Boletin, xxviii, 7-10 (T.p. & ec.) (1928); xxix, 1-6 (1929); Memorias, xii, 6 (Index) (1929); xiii, 5; xiv, 1 (1928); xvi, 1 (1929). MANCHESTER. Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.—‘Journal of Conchology” XVili, 9-11 (1928-1929). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. xiii. Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society—Memoirs and Proceedings, Ixxii, 1927-28 (1928). Manchester Museum.—Museum Publication 96 (1928). MANILA. Bureau of Science of the Government of the Philippine Islands.—‘‘Philippine Journal of Science’, xxxvii, 1-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxxvili, 1-4 (T.p. & c.) (1929); xxxix, 1-4 (T.p. & c.) (1929); xl, 1-2 (1929); xxvi-th and xxvii-th Annual Reports of the Years ending December 31, 1927, and December 31, 1928 (1929). MELBOURNE. “Australasian Journal of Pharmacy’, N.S. ix, 107-108 (Index) (1928); x, 109- 118 (1929). (From the Publisher.) Council for Scientific and Industrial Research.—Bulletin, T.p. & c. for Nos. 31-40 (Vol. iv) (1927-1929); Nos. 38-43 (1928-1929); Journal, i, 6 (T.p. & c.) (1928); ii, 1-3 (1929); Pamphlets, Nos. 10-13 (1929); Second Annual Report, for Period 1st July, 1927, to 30th June, 1928 (1929). Department of Agriculture of Victoria—Journal, xxvi, 11-12 (T.p. & ec.) (1928); xxvii, 1-9 and Supplement, 10 (1929). Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria—‘“The Victorian Naturalist”, xlv, 8-12 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); xlvi, 1-7 (1929). Development and Migration Commission.—First and Second Annual Reports (1927, 1928). National Herbarium.—Hight reprints: ‘“Melbourne’s National Herbarium; its Value and Uses (Reprinted from The Leader of 5th March, 1929); “Flora of Victoria” by J. W. Audas (Reprinted from The Victorian Year-Book, 1927-28, pp. 3-19); “A Revision of the Genus Pultenaea. Part v.” by H. B. Williamson (From Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xl, 2, 1928); “Ecology of Marys- ville and Lake Mountain” by P. F. Morris and “The Flora of the Black Range” by J. W. Audas (Reprinted from The Victorian Naturalist, June, 1929, and April, 1928); “A Harmful Weed” by P. F. Morris and “A Valuable Swamp Grass” by J. W. Audas (Reprinted from Journ. Dept. Agric. Vict., no date and June, 1925); “General Observations on the Australian Flora” by J. W. Audas (Reprinted from Rept. Aust. Assen. Adv. Sci., xix, Hobart. 1928 (1929) ). National Museum.—‘Australian Aboriginal Art’, issued in connection with the Exhibition of Australian Aboriginal Art, National Museum, Melbourne (July, 1929); “Illustrated Guide to the Collection of Fossils exhibited in the National Museum of Victoria” by F. Chapman (1929). Public Library, Museums and National Gallery of Victoria—Report of the Trustees for 1928 (1929). Royal Australasian Ornithologists’ Union.—“The Emu”, xxviii, 3-4 (T.p. & ¢.); xxix, 1-2 (1929). Royal Society of Victoria.—Proceedings, N.S. xli, 1-2 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929). University of Melbourne.—Calendar, 1929 (1928). MExIco. Instituto Geologico de Mexico.—Anales, iii (1929); Bulletin, Nos. 46, 48 (1927, 1929). Ixiv. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Monaco. L’Institut Océanographique de Monaco.—Bulletin, Nos. 526-530 (T.p. & ec. for Nos. 509-530) (1928); 5381-540 (1929). MONTREAL. Laboratoire de Botanique de VUniversité de Montréal.—Contributions, Nos. 12-13 (1928-1929). Moscow. Biologische Station zu Kossino.—Arbeiten, Lieferung 7-8 (1928). MUNCHEN. Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften.—Abhandlungen, T.p. & c. for xxxi (1928); xxxii, 1-3, Festrede (T.p. & c.) (1928); Suppl.-Band. 10 Abhandlung (1929); Neue Folge, 1929, 1-4 (1929); Sitzungsberichte, 1928, 2-3 (T.p. & c.) (1928); 1929, 1. (1929). NANKING. Science Society of China.—Contributions from the Biological Laboratory, i, 2-5 (1925); ii, 1-5 (1926); iii, 1-5 (1927-1928); iv, 2 (1927); v, 2 (1929); “The Science Society of China: its Ideals, Organization and Present State of Development” (April, 1929); “Transparency and Mottling, a Case of Mendelian Inheritance in the Goldfish, Carassius auratus” by Shisan C. Chen (Reprinted from Genetics, xiii, 434-452, September, 1928). NAPLES. Stazione Zoologica di Napoli.—Pubblicazioni, ix, 1-2 (1928-1929). NEw HAVEN. Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.—Transactions, T.p. & c. for xxix (1928); xxx, pp. 1-158 (1929). NEw YorRKE. American Geographical Society. “Geographical Review”, T.p. & c. for xvili (1928); xix, 1-4 (1929). American Museum of Natural History.—‘“Natural History”, xxviii, 6 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxix, 1-5 (1929). New York Academy of Sciences—Annals, xxx, pp. 129-176, 177-261, 263-296 (1928). ORONO. Maine Agricultural Experiment Station.—Bulletins, 340, 348, 345, 346 (1927- 1928). OSLO. Det Kongelige Frederiks Universitet i Oslo.—‘Studier over Aldersforholde og Veksttyper hos Norske Ferskvannsfisker” by Hartvig Huitfelde-Kaas (1927). Det Norske Videnskaps-Akademi i Oslo.—Arbok, 1927, 1928 (1928, 1929); Avhandlinger, I. Mat.-Naturv. Klasse, 1927, 1928 (1928, 1929); Skrifter, I. Mat.-Natury. Klasse, 1927 (i-ii), 1928 (1928, 1929). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 1xv. OTTAWA. Department of Agriculture.—Bulletin, N.S. No. 107 (1928); Circular, No. 69 (1929); Pamphlet Nos. 95, 96, 100, 101 (1928-1929); Report of the Director for Year ending March 31, 1928 (1928); Report of the Dominion Horticul- turist for Year 1927 (1928); Report of the Superintendent, Experimental Station, Lacombe, Alberta, for Year 1927 (1928). Department of Mines: Geological Survey of Canada.—Bulletin, No. 50 (Annual Report of the National Museum) (1928); Economic Geology Series, No. 5 (1928); Report of the Department of Mines for Fiscal Year ending March 31, 1928 (1929); Summary Report, 1927, Pts. A, B and C (1928). Royal Society of Canada.—Transactions, Third Series, xxii, List of Officers, etc.; Sections, 1-2; Section 3, pt. 2; Section 4, pts. 1-2; Section 5, pt. 2 (1928); xxiii, List of Officers, etc.; Section 3, pt. 1; Section 5, pt. 1 (1929). Pato ALTO. Stanford University.—Contributions from the Dudley Herbarium, i, 2 (1927); Stanford University Publications, University Series, Biological Sciences, v, 2 (1927). .PaRIS. “Journal de Conchyliologie”’, Ixxii, 1-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); Ixxiii, 1-2 (1929). (From the Publisher.) Muséum National d'Histoire naturelle-——Archives, 6me Série, iii (1928). Société Entomologique de France—Annales, xcvii, 3-4 (T.p. & ¢.) (1928); xevili, 1-2 (1929); Bulletin, 1928, 15-21 (T.p. & ce.) (1928); 1929, 1-4 and Supplément, 5-14 (1929). PAVIA. Istituto Botanico della R. Universita di Pavia.—Atti, Ser. iii, iii (1927). PEKING. Geological Survey of China.—Bulletin, Nos. 11-13 (1928-1929). Metropolitan Library.—Second Annual Report for the Year ending June, 1928 (1928). Peking Society of Natural History.—Bulletin, ii, 1927-28, 3; iii, 2-3 (1928-1929). PERM. Institut des Recherches Biologiques a@ VUniversité de Perm.—Bulletin, vi, 5-9 (1928-1929); Travaux, ii, 1-3 (1928-1929). PERTH. Department of Agriculture of Western Australia—Journal, 2nd Series, v, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); vi, 1-3 (1929). Geological Survey of Western Australia.—Annual Progress Report of the Year 1927 (1928). Government Statistician, Western Australia— Quarterly Statistical Abstract, Nos. 251-254 (1928-1929). Royal Society of Western Australia.—Journal, xiv, 1927-1928 (1928). 1xvi. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences.—Proceedings, Ixxx, 1928 (1929); Year Book for the Year ending December 31, 1928 (1929). American Philosophical Society—Proceedings, Ixvii, 2-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); Ixviii, 1 (1929); List (May, 1929). University of Pennsylvania.—Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory, xxvi, 1927-1928 (1928). Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology— ‘The Journal of Experimental Zoology’, li, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); lii, 1-3 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); liii, 1-3 (T.p. & ce.) (1929); liv, 1 (1929); 46 Separates (1924-1928). Zoological Society of Philadelphia.—lvii-th Annual Report of the Board of Directors (1929). Report of the Laboratory and Museum of Comparative Pathology in conjunction with the lvii-th Annual Report of the Society (1929). PIETERMARITZBURG. Natal Museum.—Annals, T.p. & ec. for v; vi, 2 (1929). PITTSBURGH. Carnegie Museum.—Annals, xviii (bound, complete), 1927-1928 (1928). PLYMOUTH. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom.—Journal, N.S. xv, 3 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xvi, 1 (1929). PorRTICI. Laboratorio di Zoologia Generale e Agraria della R. Scuola Superiore d Agricol- tura.—Bollettino, General Index to Vols. i-xx (1928); xxi-xxii (1928-1929). PRAG. Section Entomologique du Muséum National Tchecoslovaque.—Sbornik Entomologickeho Oddeleni Narodniho Musea vy. Praze (Acta Entomologica Musaei Nationalis Pragae Cechoslovakensis), v, Nos. 40-48 (Contents) (1927). PRETORIA. Botanical Survey of South Africa—Memoir, Nos. 12, 13 (1926, 1929). PUSA. Agricultural Research Institute—Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture in India, Botanical Series, T.p. & ec. for xv; xvi, 1-7 (1928-1929); xvii, 1-2 (1928); Entomological Series, x, 7 (T.p. & ce.) (1928-1929); xi (complete) (1929); Review of Agricultural Operations in India, 1927-1928 (1929); Scientific Reports, 1927-1928 (1928). RENNES. Société Géologique et Minéralogique de Bretagne.—Bulletin, i, 3-4 (Index) (1920). RICHMOND. Hawkesbury Agricultural College.—H.A.C. Journal, xxv, 8-9 (Index) (1928); Xxvi. 1-10 (1929). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 1xvii. R10 DE JANEIRO. Escola Superior de Agricultura e Medicina Veterinaria.—Archivos, ix, 1-2 (T.p. & c.) (1928). Instituto Oswaldo Cruz—Memorias, xxi, 1928, 1-2 (T.p. & c.) (1928); Supple- mento das Memorias, Nos. 2-10 (1928-1929). RIVERSIDE. University of California: Graduate School of Tropical Agriculture and Citrus Experiment Station.—Papers, Nos. 148, 151, 158-165, 167-171, 173-178, 181-183, 187 (1926-1928). San DIEGO. San Diego Society of Natural History.—Transactions, v, 13-15 (1928-1929). SAN FRANCISCO. California Academy of Sciences.—Occasional Papers, xv-xvi (1928); Proceed- ings, Fourth Series, xvii, 1-10 (1928); xviii, 1-3 (1929). SAo PAULO. Museu Paulista.—Revista, xvi (1929). SARATOV. Biologische Wolga-Station.—Arbeiten, ix, 4-5 (Contents); x, 3-4 (1928-1929) ; Russische Hydrobiologische Zeitschrift, vii, 10-12 (1928). Naturforschergesellschaft.—Berichte, ii, 2 (1928). SEATTLE. Puget Sound Biological Station.—Publications, vi, pp. 1-194, 195-394 (T.p. & c.) (1928). SENDAI. Tohoku Imperial University—Science Reports, 2nd Series, T.p. & c. for ix; xi, 3 (T.p. & c.); xii, 1; xiii, 1-2 (1926-1929); 4th Series, iii, 4, Fase. 2; iv, 1, Fasc. 1-2; 2 (1928-1929). 2 SHANGHAI. Institute of Geology, National Research Institute of China.—Memoirs, Nos. 1-7 (1928-1929). SHARON. Cushman Laboratory for Foraminiferal Researcn.—Contributions, iv, 4 (1928); v, 1-3 (1929). SOFIA. Société Bulgare des Sciences naturelles—Travaux, No. 14 (1929). Sr. Louls. Missouri Botanical Garden.—Annals, xv, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xvi, 1-2 (1929). STOCKHOLM. Entomologiska Foreningen i Stockholm.—Entomologisk Tidskrift, xlix, 1928, 1-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928). lxviii. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. K. Svenska Vetenskapsakademien.—Archiy for Botanik, xxii, 1 (1928) : Arkiv for Matematik, Astronomi och Fysik, xx, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxi, 1 (1928) ; Arkiv for Zoologi, xx, 1-2 (1928); Arsbok, 1928 (1928). SYDNEY. Australasian Antarctic Expedilion, 1911-14.—Scientific Reports, Series B, ii, 2; lii-iv; Series C, ix, 2 (1929). Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science.—Progress Report, February, 1929 (1929); Report of xix-th Meeting held at Hobart, January, 1928 (1929). Australian Museum.—Annual Report of the Trustees for the Year ended 30th June, 1928 (1929); Australian Museum Magazine, iii, 9-12 (1929); Memoirs, v, 1-2 (1929); Records, xvii, 1-5 (1929). Australian National Research Council.—‘Australian Science Abstracts”, viii, 1-4 (1929). Australian Veterinary Association.—‘Australian Veterinary Journal’, iv, 4 (Tp. & c.) .(1928)53 v, 1-3 (11929). Botanic Gardens—“A Critical Revision of the Genus Hucalyptus”’, vii, 10 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); viii, 1-2 (1929), by the late J. H. Maiden, lately Govt. Botanist and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. Department of Agriculture, N.S.W.—‘‘Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W.”’, xxxix, 12 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xl, 1-11 (1929); Science Bulietin, Nos. 25, 27, 28, 30-32, 34 (1925-1929). : Department of Mines.—Annual Report for Year 1928 (1929). Department of Public Health.—Report of the Director-General of Public Health for the Year 1927 (1928). Education Department.—‘Education Gazette of N.S.W.’, xxii, 12 (T.p. & c.) 928) xxii eT (9 29))P Forestry Commission of New South Wales.—Report for Year ended 31st December, 1928 (1929); “The Australian Forestry Journal’, xi, 4 (1928); xii, 1-3 (1929). Gevernment Statistician.—Quarterly Statistical Bulletin, Nos. 210-213 (Sept., 1928—June, 1929) (1928-1929). Institution of Engineers, Australia.—Journal, i, 1-10 (1929). Naturalists’ Society of New South Wales.—‘“The Australian Naturalist’, vii, 1, 5-8 (T.p. & c.) (1927-1929). Public Library of New South Wales.—Annual Report of the Trustees for the Year ended 30th June, 1928 (1928). Royal Society of New South Wales.—Journal and Proceedings, 1xii, 1928 (1929). Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales.—‘The Australian Zoologist”’, vie Ze (Abus es Gh) (CBA) Ss ail, ab (ale) State Fisheries, Chief Secretary's Department.—Annual Report of the Fisheries of N.S.W. for the Year 1927 (1928). Technological Museum.—Seven reprints from Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. (1928); One reprint from Journ. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. (1927); “Hucalyptus, the Essence of Australia” by A. R. Penfold (from “Bank Notes’, June, 1924); “Some Destructive Agencies in Building Timbers” by M. B. Welch (1928). “The Medical Journal of Australia’, 1928, ii, 22-26 (T.p. & c.) (1928); 1929, i, 1-26 (T.p. & c.) (1929); ii, 1-21 (1929). (From the Editor.) DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 1xix. University of Sydney.—Calendar for the Year 1929 (1929); Journal of the Cancer Research Committee, i, 1-3 (1929); Sydney University Reprints, Series i, i, 8-17 (1927); Series ii, i, 30-32 (1929); Series vi, i, 21-42 (1927); ii, 1-11 (1929); Series viii, i, 4-21 (1926-1927) ; Series ix, i, 16-35 (1926-1927) ; ii, 1-12 (1929); Series xiii, i, 24-35 (1927). Veterinary Research Station, Glenfield—Science Bulletin, No. 33 of the Depart- ment of Agriculture, N.S.W. (Veterinary Research Report No. 4) (1929). TASHKENT. Université de VAsie Centrale—Acta Universitatis Asiae Mediae, Series iiia, 1 (1928); Series ivd, 1 (1928); Series va, 1 (1929); Series vb, 1-4 (1927); Series vi, 1-3 (1928); Series viia, 1-12 (1928); Series vilia, 1-5 (1927-1928) ; Series viiib, 1-3 (1928); Series ix, 1-12 (1928); Series xiia, 1 (1928); Series xiib, 1 (1928); Bulletin, Livr. 17 (1928). ToKyYo. Imperial University of Tokyo.—Journal of the Faculty of Science, Section iii, Botany, T.p. & c. for Vol. i (1925-1928); Section iv, Zoology, i, 5 (T.p. & c.) (1929); ii, 1 (1928). National Research Council of Japan.—Japanese Journal of Botany, iv, 2-3 (1928-1929); Japanese Journal of Geology and Geography, vi, 1-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); Japanese Journal of Zoology, ii, 1-3 (1928-1929); Six reprints from Proceedings Third’ Pan-Pacific Science Congress, Tokyo, 1926, by Dr. Erik Moberg (3), Prof. W. EH. Allen (1), Prof. G. F. McEwen (1), Dr. C. O. Hsterley (1) (of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography ) (no dates). TRING. Zoological Museum.—Novitates Zoologicae, xxxiv, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xxxv, 1-2 (1929). TRONDHJEM. Det Kongelige Norske Videnskabers Selskab.—¥orhandlinger, i, 1926-1928 (1929); Skrifter, 1928 (1929); Museet: Arsberetning, 1927 (1928); Oid- saksamlingens Tilvekst 1927 (1928). TUNIS. Institut Pasteur de Tunis.—Archives, xvii, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); XVili, 1-2 (1929). UPSALA. University of Upsala—Results of the Swedish Zoological Expedition to Egypt and the White Nile, 1901, Part 5 (1928). URBANA. _ American Microscopical Society.—Transactions, xlvii, 4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xlviii, 1-3 (1929). University of Illinois.—Illinois Biological Monographs, xi, 3 (1927). VIENNA. Naturhistorische Museum in Wien.—Annalen, xlii, 1928 (1928). Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien.—Verhandlungen, Ilxxviii, 1928, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929). Ixx. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. WARSAW. Polish Museum of Zoology (formerly Musée Polonais d'Histoire naturelle) .— Annales Zoologici, vi, 4 (T. p. & ec.) (1927), continued as Annales Musei Zoologici Polonici, vii, 1 (1928). Societas Botanica Poloniae—Acta, i, 3 (1923); ii, 1 (1924); iv, 2 and Supple- ment) GEspic& ce) G9 2K 1926) ee2-6 (ps wach) (1928) vas leg 29) WASHINGTON. ; Bureau of American Ethnology.—xli-st-xliv-th Annual Reports, 1919-1924, 1924- 1925, 1925-1926, and 1926-1927 (1928); Bulletins 84, 86, 87, 89, 92 (1928- 1929). Carnegie Institution of Washington.—Publications, Nos. 382, 385, 387, 389, 391, 393, 397 .(1929, 1928, 1928, 1928, 1929, 1928, 1929); Year Book No. 27 (1928). National Academy of Sciences.—Proceedings, xiv, 10-12 (T.p. & c.) (1928); xv, 1-10 (1929). Smithsonian Institution—Annual Report of the Board of Regents for the Year ending June 30, 1927 (1928). U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey: Department of Commerce.—Special Publica- tion No. 151 (1928). U.S. Department of Agriculture—Year Book, 1928 (1929); Bureau of Entom- ology, Circulars, Nos. 45, 51, 71, 75 (1928-1929); Farmers’ Bulletins, Nos. 1566, 1568, 1569, 1582, 1586, 1595, 1596, 1601 (1928-1929); Leaflets, Nos. 27, 31, 37, 53 (1928-1929); Technical Bulletins, Nos. 77, 80, 81, 83, 88-90, 95, 98, 111, 1380 (1928-1929); Three reprints from Journal of Agricultural Research, xocgpnbl, ( (IO713)) 3 soos (CIAO) 2 sooxb<, (3 (ls). U.S. Geological Survey.—xlix-th Annual Report of the Director for Fiscal Year ended June 30, 1928 (1929); Bulletins 775, 794, 797B-F (T.p. & c.), 798, 801- 803, 805A-B (T.p. & c.), 806A-E (T.p. & c.), 807, 810A (1928-1929); Profes- sional Papers, 144 (Text and Plates), 153, 154B-J (T.p. & c.), 157 (1928- 1929); Water Supply Papers, 540, 581, 586, 588, 589, 590, 591, 593-595, 597A, B, D, 686A (1928-1929). U.S. National Museum.—Bulletins, T.p. & c. for 100, Vol. i; 100, Vol. viii; 145, 146 (1928-1929); Proceedings, Ixxiii, 12-24 (Nos. 2733-2745) (T.p. & ec.) (1928-1929) ; Ixxiv, 1-26 (Nos. 2746-2771) (1928-1929); Ixxy, 1-18, 20-26 (Nos. 2772-2789, 2791-2797) (1929); Ixxvi, 1-4 (Nos. 2798-2801) (1929); Report for Year ended June 30, 1928 (1928). WELLINGTON. Department of Scientific and Industrial Research: Geological Survey Branch.— Bulletin, N.S. No. 30 (1928); Geological Memoirs, Memoir No. 1 (1928). Dominion Museum.—Bulletin, No. 13 (1929); ‘““New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology”, x, 3-6 (T.p. & c.) (1928-1929); xi, 1-8 (1929). New Zealand Institute Transactions and Proceedings, lix, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928- 1929); Ix, 1-2 (1929). WELTEVREDEN. Centraal Militair Geneeskundig Laboratorium.—‘Filariasis in Ned.-Indié”. by S. L. Brug (from Genees. Tijd. voor Nederl.-Indie, 68, 5, 1928); “Aanteeken- ingen omtrent Muskieten (iv)” by S. L. Brug (from Genees, Tijd. voor Nederl.-Indié”, 68, 7, 1928). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. xexae Koninklijke Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederl.-Indié.—Natuurkundig Migdschirikt. lxxexavailis co) (Dep. & ce) (928) ies lexi 1-2) (G929))). Woops Hote. Marine Biological Laboratory.—Biological Bulletin, lv, 4-6 (T.p. & ¢c.) (1928); lvi, 1-6 (T.p. & c.) (1929). WORMLEY. The Hill Museum.—Bulletin, ii, 3-4 (T.p. & c.) (1928); iii, 1-2 (1929). PrIvATE Donors (and authors, unless otherwise stated). Hepitry, Mrs., Sydney (donor).—205 volumes from the library of the late Mr. Charles Hedley. Hupson, G. V., Wellington, New Zealand.—‘Some Aspects of Modern Methods in Entomology’ (Wellington, 1929). KincuHorn, J. R., Sydney.—‘‘The Snakes of Australia” (Sydney, 1929). Meyrick, E., B.A., F.R.S., Marlborough, Wilts, England.—‘‘Exotic Microlepidoptera’’, iii, 13-17 (1928-1929). Musson, Mrs., Gordon, Sydney (donor).—From the library of the late Mr. C. T. Musson: British Association for the Advancement of Science, Federal Hand- book on Australia. Australian Meeting, 1914 (Melbourne, 1914); Department of Agriculture, N.S.W., Miscellaneous Publication, No. 16—Host and Habitat Index of the Australian Fungi (Sydney, 1893); “Handbook of Field and General Ornithology—A Manual of the Structure and Classification of Birds, etc.’ by Prof. Elliott Coues (London, 1890); “Handbook of the British Flora; A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles’’ by George Bentham (2 vols.) (London, 1865); Linnean Society of London, General Index to the First Twenty Volumes of the Journal (Botany) and the Botanical Portion of the Proceedings, Nov., 1838, to June, 1886 (London, 1888); “Man and Nature; or, Physical Geography as modified by Human Action’, by George P. Marsh (London, 1864); “Silva: or, A Discourse of Forest-Trees, etc.” by John Evelyn (2 books in one vol.) (London, 1729) ; “The Tourist in Wales” and “The Alps, Switzerland, Savoy and Lombardy” by Rev. C. Williams (bound in one vol.) (no date); “The Vegetable Kingdom; or The Structure, Classification and Uses of Plants, illustrated upon the Natural System” by John Lindley (Third Edition, London, 1853); “Victoria; late Australia Felix, or Port Phillip District of New South Wales, etc.” by W. Westgarth (Edinburgh, 1853). REYCHLER, Lucien, Belgium.—One engraving and two pamphlets—‘Concerning the Foundation of a German Research Institute at Muncheberg”’ and “Indexing Summary as a Guide to the Easy Perusal of my Different Publications. Two Incidents. Documentary Part’ (1929). SteEAD, D. G., Sydney.—‘‘The Rabbit Menace in New South Wales” (Published by the Department of Agriculture, N.S.W.) (Sydney, 1928). VEITCH, R., B.Sc., F.E.S., Brisbane, Queensland (donor).—‘‘Pests and Diseases of Queensland Fruits and Vegetables” by R. Veitch and J. H. Simmonds (Publi- eation of Department of Agriculture and Stock, Division of Entomology and Plant Pathology) (1929). 1921 1910 1910 1926 1901 1927 1905 1890 1903 1899 1924 1901 1920 LIST OF MEMBBERS, 1929. ORDINARY MEMBERS. * Albert, Michel Francois, ‘‘Boomerang’’, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney. Allen, Hdmund, c/o Chief Engineer for Railways. Brisbane, Q. Anderson, Charles, M.A., D.Sc., Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. Anderson, Robert Henry, B.Sec.Agr., Botanic Gardens, Sydney. Andrews, Ernest Clayton, B.A., F.G.S., Geological Survey, Department of Mines, Sydney. Angell, Herbert Raleigh, Ph.D., Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, c/o University of Sydney, Sydney. Armstrong, Jack Walter French, ‘‘Callubri’’, Nyngan, N.S.W. Aurousseau, Marcel, B.Sc. Badham, Charles, M.B., Ch.M., B.Sc., Bureau of Microbiology, 93 Macquarie Street, Sydney. Baker, Richard Thomas, The Crescent, Cheltenham. Barnard, Colin, M.Sc., Commonwealth Research Station, Merbein, Vic. Barnett, Marcus Stanley, c/o Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., O’Connell Street, Sydney. Benson, Professor William Noel, B.A., D.Se., F.G.S., University of Otago, Dunedin, N.Z. Bingham, Mrs. J., B.Sc. (née Hall), Gosford, N.S.W. Blakely, William Faris, Botanic Gardens, Sydney. Boardman, William, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. Bone, Walter Henry, 6 Deans Place, Sydney. Branch, Kenneth James Fergus, B.Se., 99 North Steyne, Manly. Breakwell, Ernest, B.A., B.Se., Department of Education, Box 33A, G.P.O., Sydney. Bredero, William Adrien Lewis, Box 127, Post Office, Orange, N.S.W. Brewster, Miss Agnes A., 481 Alfred Street, North Sydney. Brough, Patrick, M.A., B.Se., B.Se.Agr., ‘‘Kinross’’, Billyard Avenue, Wahroonga. Brown, Horace William, 871 Hay Street, Perth, W.A. Brown, Miss Ida Alison, B.Se., Geology Department, The University, Sydney. Browne, William Rowan, D.Se., Geology Department, The University, Sydney. Burgmann, Rev. Ernest Henry, M.A., St. John’s Theological College, Morpeth, N.S. W. Burkitt, Professor Arthur Neville St. George Handcock, M.B., B.Se., Medical School, The University, Sydney. Burns, Alexander Noble, Sugar Experiment Station, Mackay, N. Queensland. Burrell, Harry, 19 Doncaster Avenue, Kensington. Burrell, Mrs. Harry, 19 Doncaster Avenue, Kensington. Buzacott, James Hardie, Meringa (private bag), via Cairns, North Queensland. Campbell, John Honeyford, 1.8.0., M.B.E., Royal Mint, Ottawa, Canada. Campbell, Thomas Graham, “Burrandong’’, 101° Lauderdale Avenue, Manly. Carne, Walter Mervyn, Senior Plant Pathologist, Division of Economic Botany, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, c/o Department of Agriculture, Perth, W.A. Carson, Duncan, c/o Winchcombe, Carson, Ltd., Bridge Street, Sydney. Carter, Herbert James, B.A., F.E.S., ‘““Garrawillah’’, Kintore Street, Wahroonga. Cheel, Edwin, Botanic Gardens, Sydney. Chisholm, Edwin Claud, M.B., Ch.M., Comboyne, N.S.W. Cleland, Professor John Burton, M.D., Ch.M., The University, Adelaide, S.A. Cooper, Mrs. A. G. S., B.Sc. (née Henry), Ogilvie Street, Denman, N.S.W. * Life Member. ‘ LIST OF MEMBERS. 1xxiii. Cotton, Professor Leo Arthur, M.A., D.Sec., Geology Department, The University, Sydney. Craft, Frank Alfred, ‘Kyla’, 24 Fourth Street, Ashbury. Crago, William Henry, M.D., 185 Macquarie Street, Sydney. Cunningham, Gordon Herriot, Department of Agriculture, Fields Division, Plant Research Station, P.O. Box 240, Palmerston North, N.Z. Dakin, Professor William John, D.Sc., Department of Zoology, The University, Sydney. : David, Sir Tannatt William Edgeworth, K.B.E., C.M.G., D.S.O., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Burdett Street, Hornsby. de Beuzeville, Wilfred Alexander Watt, J.P., Beecroft, N.S.W. Deane, Cedric, A.M.I.E.Aust., “Cloyne’’, 9 State Street, Malvern, Victoria. Dickson, Bertram Thomas, B.A., Ph.D., Division of Economic Botany, Canberra. Dixson, Thomas Storie, M.B., Ch.M., 215 Macquarie Street, Sydney. *Dixson, William, “Merridong’, Gordon Road, Killara. Dodd, Alan Parkhurst, Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Brisbane, Q. Dumigan, Edward Jarrett, Boys’ State School, Toowoomba North, Toowoomba, Queensland. : Durrell, Miss Hileen Leys, B.Se., 345 Bridge Street, Drummoyne. Dwyer, Rt. Rev. Joseph Wilfrid, Bishop of Wagga, Wagga Wagga, N.S.W. Enright, Walter John, B.A., West Maitland, N.S.W. Flynn, Professor Theodore Thomson, D.Se., University of Tasmania, Hobart, Tasmania. Francis, William Douglas, Botanic Gardens, Brisbane, Queensland. Froggatt, John Lewis, B.Se., Department of Agriculture, Rabaul, New Guinea. Froggatt, Walter Wilson, F.L.8., Young Street, Croydon. Furst, Herbert Charles. Garde, Miss Mary Lee, ‘‘Wavertree’’, Kurraba Road, Neutral Bay. Goldfinch, Gilbert M., ‘“‘Lyndhurst’’, Salisbury Road, Rose Bay. Grant, Robert, 24 Edward Street, Woollahra. Gray, Archibald James, “Glendyne’’, Augusta Street, Concord. Greenwood, William Frederick Neville, F.L.S., F.E.S., c/o Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., Lautoka, Fiji. Griffiths, Edward, B.Sc., Department of Agriculture, 136 Lower George Street, Sydney. Gurney, William Butler, B.Sc., F.E.S., Department of Agriculture, George Street North, Sydney. Hacker, Henry, F.H.S., Queensland Museum, Bowen Park, Brisbane, Q. Hale, Herbert Matthew, South Australian Museum, Adelaide, S.A. Hall, Edwin Cuthbert, M.D., Ch.M., George Street, Parramatta. Hall, Leslie Lionel, ‘“Haldor’’, Drumalbyn Road, Bellevue Hill. Halligan, Gerald H., F.G.S., “Uplands”, Station Street, Pymble. Hamilton, Alexander Greenlaw, ‘‘Tanandra’’, Hercules Street, Chatswood. Hamilton, Edgar Alexander, 16 Hercules Street, Chatswood. Hardwick, Frederick George, B.D.S., D.D.Sc., ‘‘Wyoming’’, 175 Macquarie Street, Sydney. Hardy, G. H. Hurlstone, The University, Brisbane, Q. Haviland, The Venerable Archdeacon F. E., St. Stephen’s Rectory, Portland, N.S.W. Henry, Max, D.S.O., M.R.C.V.S., B.V.Se., Coram Cottage, Essex Street, Epping. Hill, Gerald F., Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, Division of Economic Entomology, No. 12, Melbourne Buildings, Canberra, F.C.T. Hull, Arthur Francis Basset, Box 704, G.P.O., Sydney. Hynes, Miss Sarah, B.A., “Isis”, Soudan Street, Randwick. Irby, Llewellyn George, Forestry Department, Hobart, Tasmania. * Life Member. 1927 1910 1927 1921 1922 1921 1920 1918 1924 1910 LIST OF MEMBERS. Jackson, Sidney William, M.R.A.O.U., Belltrees, via Scone, N.S.W. Jacobs, Ernest Godfried, ‘‘Cambria’’, 106 Bland Street, Ashfield. Johnston, Professor Thomas Harvey, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., The University, Adelaide, S.A. Kinghorn, James Roy, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. Lawson, Augustus Albert, 9 Wilmot Street, Sydney. Lea, Arthur M., F.E.S., 241 Young Street, Unley, Adelaide, S.A. Le Plastrier, Miss Constance Emily Mary, ‘‘Carinyah’’, Provincial Road, Lindfield. Le Souef, Albert Sherbourne, C.M.Z.S., Zoological Gardens, Taronga Park, Mosman. Lindergren, Gustaf Mauritz, Secretary, Swedish Chamber of Commerce, 42 Bridge Street, Sydney. Lucas, Arthur Henry Shakespeare, M.A., B.Sc., ‘Girrahween’’, William Street, Roseville. Mackerras, Ian Murray, M.B., Ch.M., B.Sc., Box 109, Canberra, F.C.T. Mackinnon, Ewen, B.Sc., Commonwealth Department of Health, Civic Centre, Canberra, ECan: Mann, John, Commonwealth Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Brisbane, Queensland. Mawson, Sir Douglas, D.Sc., B.E., F.R.S., The University, Adelaide, S.A. McCarthy, Timothy, Department of Agriculture, George Street North, Sydney. McDonnough, Thomas, L. S., ‘Iluka’, Hamilton Street, Randwick. McHugh, Miss Mary Virgilius, St. Vincent’s College, Potts Point, Sydney. McKeown, Keith Collingwood, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. McKie, Rey. Ernest Norman, B.A., The Manse, Guyra, N.S.W. McLuckie, John, M.A., D.Sec., Botany Department,’ The University, Sydney. McNeill, Francis Alexander, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. Mitchell, Miss Dora Enid, B.Sc., ‘‘Wilga’’, Bradley Street, Goulburn. Mungomery, Reginald William, c/o Sugar Experiment Station, Bundaberg, Queens- land. Murray, Patrick Desmond Fitzgerald, D.Sc., Zoology Department, The University, Sydney. Musgrave, Anthony, F.E.S., Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. Newman, Ivor Vickery, M.Sc., ‘“‘Tip Tree’, Kingsland Road, Strathfield. Newman, Leslie John William, F.E.S., ““Walthamstowe’’, 5 Bernard Street, Clare- mont, W.A. Nicholson, Alexander John, D.Sc., F.E.S., Zoology Department, The University, Sydney. : Noble, Robert Jackson, B.Sc.Agr., Ph.D., c/o Mining Museum, George Street North, Sydney. North, David Sutherland, c/o Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd., Broadwater Mill, Richmond River, N.S.W. O’Dwyer, Margaret Helena, B.Sc., Ph.D., Dyson-Perrins Laboratory, South Parks Road, Oxford, England. ; Oke, Charles George, 56 Chaucer Street, St. Kilda, Victoria. Oliver, Walter Reginald Brook, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Dominion Museum, Wellington, N.Z. Osborn, Professor Theodore George Bentley, D.Sc., F.L.S.,, Department of Botany, The University, Sydney. Osborne, George Davenport, D.Sc., Geology Department, The University, Sydney. Perkins, Frederick Athol, B.Se.Agr., Biology Department, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Q. - Phillips, Montagu Austin, F.L.S., F.E.S., 57 St. George’s Square, London, S.W., England. Pincombe, Torrington Hawke, B.A., “Mulyan’, Beta Street, Lane Cove, Sydney. Priestley, Professor Henry, M.D., Ch.M., B.Se., Medical School, The University, Sydney. Pritchard, Denis Adrian, M.B., Ch.M., B.Sc., H.M.A.S. Penguin, G.P.O., Sydney. Pulleine, Robert Henry, M.B., Ch.M., 163 North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A. 1929 1927 1924 1925 1927 1919 1928 1922 1916 1887 1909 1928 1928 1916 1926 1898 1923 1905 1911 1904 1926 1904 1921 1902 1904 1917 1900 1909 1911 1926 1897 1928 1927 1911 1924 1926 1922 1916 1926 1923 1926 1903 1925 1929 1910 1923 LIST OF MEMBERS. xxv. Raggatt, Harold George, B.Sc., Geological Survey, Department of Mines, Sydney. Richardson, Keith Clifford, B.Sc., Zoology Department, The University, Sydney. Roberts, Frederick Hugh Sherston, M.Sc., Prickly Pear Laboratory, Gogango, via Rockhampton, Queensland. Roughley, Theodore Cleveland, Technological Museum, Harris Street, Sydney. Rupp, Rev. Herman Montagu Rucker, B.A., The Rectory, Paterson, N.S.W. Scammell, George Vance, B.Sec., ‘““Melrose’’, 18 Middle Head Road, Mosman. Selby, Miss Doris Adeline, ‘‘Marley’’, John Street, Gordon. Shaw, Alfred Eland, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., F.E.S., 11 Clanalpine Street, Mosman. Shiels, Mrs. N. L., M.Se., F.L.S. (née Collins), Norwood Avenue, Lindfield. Sloane, Thomas G., F.E.S., Moorilla, Young, N.S.W. Smith, G. P. Darnell, D.Sce., F.1.C., F.C.S., Botanic Gardens, Sydney. Smith, Jacob Harold, M.Sc., N.D.A., Court House, Cairns, N. Queensland. Smith, Thomas Hodge, Australian Museun?, College Street, Sydney. Smith, Miss Vera Irwin, B.Se., F.L.S., ‘‘Coree’, Wisdom Road, Greenwich. Stanley, George Arthur Vickers, B.Sc., ‘‘Clelands”, Battery Street, Randwick. Stead, David G., ‘‘Boongarre”’, Pacific Street, Watson’s Bay. Steel, Miss Jessie Keeble, B.Sc., ‘““Helensburgh’’, Marion Street, Killara. Stokes, Edward Sutherland, M.B., Ch.M., Metropolitan Water, Sewerage and Drainage Board, 341 Pitt Street, Sydney. *Sulman, Miss Florence, “Burrangong’’, McMahon’s Point. Sussmilch, C. A., F.G.S., East Sydney Technical School, Darlinghurst, Sydney. Taylor, Professor Thomas Griffith, D.Sc., The University of Chicago, Chicago, Tll., U.S.A. Tillyard, Robin John, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.E.S., C.M.Z.S., Chief Common- wealth Entomologist, Canberra, F.C.T. *Troughton, Ellis Le Geyt, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. Turner, A. Jefferis, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Q. Turner, Rowland E., F.Z.S., F.E.S., “Glen Gordon’, Mostyn Road, Colwyn Bay, North Wales, Great Britain. Veitch, Robert, B.Sec., F.H.S., Department of Agriculture, Brisbane, Queensland. Walker, Commander John James, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., R.N., ‘““Aorangi’’, Lonsdale Road, Summertown, Oxford, England. Walkom, Arthur Bache, D.Sc., Macleay House, 16 College Street, Sydney. Wardlaw, Henry Sloane Halcro, D.Sc., Physiology Department, The University, Sydney. Waterer, Arthur S., ‘Cisco’, 6 Everton Street, Hamilton, Newcastle, N.S.W. *Waterhouse, G. Athol, D.Sc., B.E., F.E.S., 10 Bull’s Chambers, Martin Place, Sydney. Waterhouse, Lionel Lawry, B.E., “Rarotonga’’, 42 Archer Street, Chatswood. Waterhouse, Walter Lawry, D.Sc.Agr., ““Hazelmere’’, Chelmsford Avenue, Roseville. Watt, Professor Robert Dickie, M.A., B.Se., University of Sydney. Wearne, Walter Loutit, ‘“Telarah’’, Collingwood Street, Drummoyne. Weekes, Miss Hazel Claire, B.Sc., “Omar”, Vivian Street, Bellevue Hill. Welch, Marcus Baldwin, B.Sc., A.I.C., Technological Museum, Harris Street, Sydney. White, Cyril Tenison, F.L.S., Botanic Gardens, Brisbane, Q. *Whitley, Gilbert Percy, Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney. Williams, Miss May Marston, M.Sc., “Bingera’”’, 33 Day Street, Drummoyne. Willings, Mrs. H., B.A. (née Wood), Division of Economic Entomology, Box 109, Canberra. Woolnough, Walter George, D.Sc., F.G.S., Park Avenue, Gordon. Wright, Fred, c/o Messrs. Elliott Bros., Ltd., O’Connell Street, Sydney. Wright, George Henry, H.D.A., Public School, Barellan, N.S.W. Wymark, Frederick, 89 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. HoNORARY MEMBERS. Hill, Professor J. P., Institute of Anatomy, University of London, University College, Gower Street, London, W.C.1, England. * Life Member. lxxvi. LIST OF MEMBERS. 1923 Wilson, Professor J. T., LL.D., M.B., Ch.M., F.R.S., Department of Anatomy, the New Museums, Cambridge, England. CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 1888 Bale, W. M., F.R.M.S., 63 Walpole Street, Kew, Melbourne, Victoria. ’ 1902 Broom, Robert, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., 13 Somerset Street, Grahamstown, South Africa. 1902 McAlpine, D., c/o Bank of New South Wales, Leitchville, Victoria. 1902 Meyrick, Ed’vard, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Thornhanger, Marlborough, Wilts, England. INDEX. (1929.) (a) GENERAL INDEX. Address, Presidential, i. Alexander, C. P., Notes on the Australian Species of Molophilus (Tipulidae, Diptera). Pt. i, 137. Allan, C. M. Joyce, elected a member, xlvii. Andrews, E. C., congratulations to, iv. Angell, H. R., elected a member, xlv. Antarctic Expedition, ii. Anthracinae, a List of the Australian Bombyliidae of the Subfamily, in the German Entomological Museum, Berlin, 517. Asilidae, Australian, 353. Australian, Asilidae, 353—Bombyliidae, of the Subfamilies Exoprosopinae, Anthra- ecinae and Bombyliinae in the German Entomological Museum, Berlin, a List of, 517—Bombyliidae, a Revision, pt. iii, 553—Ceratoplatinae, Descriptions of new Species, 162—Coleoptera, Descrip- tions of New Species of, No. xx, 519— Coleoptera, Notes and New Species, Pt. vi, 65—Diptera, 107, 2838, 408, 505— Flies, Notes on the Identity of Described, of the Genus Cerdistus (Asilidae) , 80—Geometridae, 379— Mycetophilidae. Synopsis of the Genera, 584—Oenochromidae, Revision, pt. i, 463—Phoracanthini (Fam. Ceram- bycidae), Revision of the, with Notes, and Descriptions of new Species of this Group and of Allied Genera, 118— Pyrgotidae (Diptera), 1—Rust Studies, No. 1, 615—Species of Molophilus (Tipulidae, Diptera), Notes on, Pt. i, 137—Two new, Physiologic Forms of Puccinia graminis tritici, a Preliminary Account of the Origin of, 96. Balance Sheets, 1928, xI-xlii. Barnard, C., congratulations to, iv. Bertram, B., obituary notice, v. Bezzi, M., Australian Pyrgotidae (Dip- tera), with an Appendix by J. R. Malloch, 1. Blakely, W. F., A further Contribution to our Knowledge of the Flora of New South Wales, 681. Boardman, W., elected a member, xliii. Bombyliidae, Australian, of the _ sub- families Exoprosopinae, Anthracinae and Bombyliinae in the German En- tomological Museum, Berlin, a List of, 517—Australian, a Revision of, Pt. iii, 553. Bombyliinae, a List of the Australian Bombyliidae of the subfamily, in the German Entomological Museum, Berlin, Hla Broom, R., congratulations to, I—On some Recent New Light on the Origin of Mammals, 688. Brown, Ida A., Linnean Macleay Fellow in Geology, A Garnet-bearing Dyke near Moruya, N.S.W., 176—Preliminary Note on Monzonitic and Nepheline-bearing Rocks of Mount Dromedary, N.S.W., 89—reappointed, 1929-30, viii—reap- pointed, 1930-31, lii—msummary of year’s work, viii. Browne, W. R., elected a Vice-President, xliii—elected President, iv—Presidential Address, i. Cambage, R. H., obituary notice, v. Campbell, J. H., congratulations to, xlix. Campbell, T. G., congratulations to, iv. Carboniferous Rocks in the Hunter River District between Raymond Terrace and Scone, 436. Carter, H. J., appointed a member of Com- mittee to take action re area to be set apart for the cultivation, preservation and exhibition of native flora, lii— elected a Vice-President, xliii—Aus- tralian Coleoptera, Notes and New Species, Pt. vi, 65—Revision of the Aus- tralian Phoracanthini (Fam. Ceramby- cidae), with Notes, and Descriptions of new Species of this Group and of Allied Genera, 118. Cerdistus (Asilidae), Notes on _ the Identity of Described Australian Flies of the Genus, 80. Ceroplatinae, Notes on the, with Descrip- tions of New Australian Species (Dip- tera, Mycetophilidae), 162. xxviii. Cheel, E., appointed a member of Com- mittee to take action re area to be set apart for the cultivation, preservation and exhibition of native flora, lii— elected Hon. Treasurer, iv, xliii—see Exhibits. Cobb, Dr. N. A., letter from, and expres- sing his interest in and appreciation of the late Professor L. MHarrison’s Presidential Address, xliv. Coccids, Gall-making, 375. Cockerell, Prof. T. D. A., address on ‘Wild Bees” by, iii. Coleoptera, Australian, Descriptions of New Species of, No. xx, 519—Aus- tralian, Notes and New Species, Pt. vi, 65. Committee appointed to take action re proposal to set apart an area of Crown land for the cultivation, preservation and exhibition of the native flora, lii. Concretions, Calcareous, in the Upper Marine Series, Singleton District, N.S.W., 149. Craft, Frank A., appointed Linnean Macleay Fellow in Geography, 1930-31, lii. Dakin, W. J., elected a member, xliii— elected a member of Council, xlv— welcome to, i. Dana Expedition, ii. Deane, C., elected a member, xliii. Diptera, Australian, 107, 283, 408, 505. Donations and Exchanges, xliii-xlix, li- lii, liv. Doryanthes excelsa, Life-history, Pt. ii, 411. Dyke, a Garnet-bearing, near Moruya, N.S.W., 176. Edwards, F. W., Notes on the Cero- platinae, with Descriptions of New Australian Species (Diptera, Myceto- philidae), 162. Elections, iv, xxxix. Exhibits :— Cheel, E., a drawing, together with portions of a frond taken from a “Tree Fern” collected at Barrington Tops by the late Prof. L. Harrison, li—Four forms or _ subspecies of grasses commonly known as ‘Kan- garoo Grass” (Themeda sp.), xlix— Specimens of Xanthium chinense Miller (Syn. X. occidentale Berto- line), xlvi—Specimens of the com- mon ‘Sea-side Barley Grass” (Hor- deum maritimum With.), xlvi—(For Dr. G. P. Darnell Smith) Live plants of Sarracenia Drummondii from North Carolina, U.S.A., xlvi. INDEX. Exhibits (continued) :— Froggatt, W. W., A five months old seedling of Acacia stenophylla show- ing the bipinnate leaves at the tips of the petioles, xliv—An adult and two larval specimens of an Homop-. terous insect, Achilus flammeus, found in the nest of the common termite, Coptotermes lacteus, 1—A pair of Sawflies (Perga sp.), collected in the larval state feeding upon the foliage of a Mallee (Hucalyptus oleosa), xliv—Brachyscelid galls de- scribed in his paper, read at that meeting, 28th August, 1929, xlviii— Damaged foliage of the Tasmanian Blue Gum (Hucalyptus globulus) from Canberra, infested by the Blue Gum foliage moth (Mnesampla_ privata Gn.), xlviii. Goldfinch, G. M., a large collection of species of the Geometridae, dealt with in his paper read at that meeting, 25th September, 1929, xlix. Le Souef, A. S., A skin of a Rock Wallaby (Petrogale penicillata), that - had been acclimatized on Kawau Island, N.Z., li—Skin of a Tree Kangaroo (Dendrolagus) from Upper Strickland River, Papua, probably a new species, xly—Skin of a Tree Kangaroo (Dendrolagus dorianus Ramsay) from Hdie Creek Gold Field, New Guinea, xliv. Musgrave, A., Paired male and female examples of a wingless grasshopper of the subfamily Pyromorphinae, liii. Newman, I. V., Branches from two specimens of Acacia continua growing at Broken Hill, showing a distinct difference in general appearance. xlviii. Raggatt, H. G., Concretions from the Crinoidal Stage of the Upper Marine Series, Permian System, xlvii. Smith, G. P. Darnell, see under Cheel, H. Stead, D. G., Photograph of a specimen of the rarely seen ‘‘Lesser Killer’, Pseudorca crassidens, li. Walkom, A. B., Coloured plates of species of South African Proteaceae, liii—Perspective drawing of the pro- posed Science House, li. Waterhouse, G. A., An almost complete fossil insect from . Beacon Hill Quarry, Brookvale, near Sydney, xlvi —Several Australian species of moths belonging to the genus Charagia, xlvii. Waterhouse, W. L., Living specimens of Berberis vulgaris infected with Puccinia graminis, xlv—Specimens of INDEX. Bremia Lactucae L., the causal fungus of the Downy Mildew of lettuce, xlvi—Specimens of Federa- tion and Webster wheats showing a striking difference in regard to flag smut susceptibility, 1—Specimens of oat seedlings infected by Puccinia graminis avenae, xlviii. Exoprosopinae, a List of the Australian Bombyliidae of the Subfamily, in the German Entomological Museum, Berlin, 517. Exchange relations, iv. Fijian Insects, Food Plants or Hosts of some, Pt. iii, 344. Fishes from Ongtong Java, Melanesia, 91. Fletcher, the late J. J., List of Papers of, 686—The Society’s Heritage from the Macleays, Pt. ii, 185. Flora of N.S.W., a Further Contribution to our Knowledge of, 681. Flora, popular names of local, announce- ment re lists being prepared by Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, xliii. Food Plants or Hosts of some Fijian In- sects, Pt. iii, 344. Fossil Wood from Central Australia, 147. Froggatt, W. W., Notes on Gall-making Coeccids, with Descriptions of new Species, 375—see Exhibits. Geology, structural and tectonic, of the Hunter Valley between Greta and Mus- wellbrook, 273—structural, of the Car- boniferous Rocks in the Hunter River District, 436. Geometridae, Australian, revision, 379. Goldfinch, G. M., Revision of Australian Geometridae (Lepidoptera), containing a Revision of the Archaic Types of the Family with Notes and Descriptions of New Species, 379—see Exhibits. Great Barrier Reef Expedition, ii. Greenwood, W., Food Plants or Hosts of some Fijian Insects. Pt. iii, 344. Hale, H. M., congratulations to, iv. Hamilton, A. A., reference to death, xliii, xlv. Hardy, G. H., Fourth Contribution to- wards a New Classification of the Aus- tralian Asilidae, 353—-Notes on the Identity of described Australian Flies of the Genus Cerdistus (Asilidae), 80 —Type Locality of certain Flies described by Macquart in ‘“‘Diptéres exotiques” Supplement Four, 61. Hitchcock, A. S., Papuan Grasses col- lected by L. J. Brass, 145. Hopson, J. Jr., obituary notice, vi. 1xxix. Hull, A. F. B., appointed a member of Committee to take action re area to be set apart for the cultivation, preserva- tion and exhibition of native flora, lii —elected a Vice-President, xliii. Igneous Action in N.S.W. till the Close of the Palaeozoic Era, Outline of the History of, ix. Index to First Fifty Volumes of the Pro- ceedings issued, iii. Iredale, T., elected a member, xliii. Jensen, H. L., appointed Macleay Bac- teriologist to the Society, iii—arrival in Australia, xlvii—welcome to, xlix— elected a member, 1. King, Miss Georgina, communication on volcanoes forwarded by, lii. Kinghorn, J. R., New Species of Lygosoma from N.S.W., 32. Lea, A. M., Descriptions of New Species of Australian Coleoptera, Pt. xx, 519. Le Souef, A. S., see Exhibits. Linnean Macleay Fellows, announcement re possibility of supplementing pay- ment made to, xliii. Linnean Macleay Fellowships, applica- tions invited, xlix, li—reappoint- ments, 1929-30, viii—reappointment and appointment, 1930-31, lii. Lucas, A. H. S., appointed a member of Committee to take action re area to be set apart for the cultivation, preserva- tion and exhibition of native flora, lii. Lygosoma, New Species of, from N.S.W., oer Mackerras, I. M., congratulations to, iv— elected a member of Council, iv. Macleays, the Society’s Heritage from the, Jeb Tl, JUSS, Malloch, J. R., Appendix to “Australian Pyrgotidae (Diptera)”, by M. Bezzi, 1 —Notes on Australian Diptera, No. xix, ae No. xx, 283; No. xxi, 408; No. xxii, 05. Mammals, On some Recent New Light on the Origin of, 688. Mann, J., elected a member, xlv. Martin, Bertha M., elected a member, lii. Mawson, Sir D., Antarctic Expedition under leadership of, ii—congratula- tions to, iv. Memorial Series instituted, v. Molophilus (Tipulidae, Diptera), Notes on the Australian Species, Pt. i, 137. Musgrave, A., see Exhibits. Musson, C. T., obituary notice, vii. exeKexe Mycetophilidae, Australian. Synopsis of the Genera, 584. National Park Trust, representative of scientific Societies to be appointed to fill one of the vacancies on, xlix. Newman, I. V., congratulations to, iv— Life-history of Doryanthes excelsa, Pt. ii. The Gametophytes, Seed Production, Chromosome Number and General Con- clusions, 411—see Exhibits. Nicholls, G. E., Some New Species of Stenetrium from Western Australia, 361. Nicholson, A. J., congratulations to, xlv, li. Obituary Notices, B. Bertram, v—R. H. Cambage, v—J. Hopson, Jr., vi—C. T. Musson, vii—W. Welch, vii. Oenochromidae, Australian, Revision of, TRAE, th, 44RY. Oliver, W. R. B., congratulations to, iv. Orchids, Variations in Certain, 550. Osborn, T. G. B., appointed a member of Committee to take action re area to be set apart for the cultivation, preserva- tion and exhibition of native flora, lii —elected a member of Council, iv— nominated to represent scientific Societies on National Park Trust, xlix. Osborne, G. D., congratulations to, xlv— Some Aspects of the Structural Geology of the Carboniferous Rocks in the Hunter River District between Ray- mond Terrace and Scone, 436. Outline of the History of Igneous Action ITN SAE cl leataic a Closemmoneuuhe Palaeozoic Era, ix. _ Papuan Grasses collected by L. J. Brass, 145. Phoracanthini (Fam. Cerambycidae), Revision of the Australian, with Notes, and Descriptions of New Species of this Group and of Allied Genera, 118. Presidential Address, i. Puccinia graminis tritici, a Preliminary Account of the Origin of two New Aus- tralian Physiologic Forms of, 96. Pyrgotidae (Diptera), Australian, 1. Raggatt, H. G., elected a member, xliii— Calcareous Concretions in the Upper Marine Series, Singleton District, N.S.W., 149—Note on the Structural and Tectonic Geology of the Hunter Valley between Greta and Muswell- brook, with Special Reference to the Age of the Diastrophism, 273—see Exhibits. Reptiles, on Placentation in, No. i, 34. INDEX. Resolution carried, protesting against the contemplated action of the Water Board to drain overflow sewage matter into Vaucluse Bay and Parsley Bay, lii —that the State Government be urged to set apart an area of Crown land for the purpose of cultivating, preserving and exhibiting the native flora, lii. Roberts, F. H. S., A List of the Aus- tralian Bombyliidae of the Subfamilies Exoprosopinae, Anthracinae and Bom- byliinae, in the German Entomological Museum, Berlin, 517—A Revision of the Australian Bombyliidae (Diptera). Pt. iii, 553. Rocks of Mount Dromedary, N.S.W., Monzonitic and Nepheline-bearing, Pre- liminary Note on, 89. Rupp, Rev. H. M. R., Variations in certain Orchids, 550. Rust Studies, Australian, Pt. i, 615. Science House, announcement that the Council had agreed to join with the Royal Society of N.S.W., and the In- stitution of Engineers in erecting, xlv —scheme, i. Sherrard, Mrs. member, 1. : Smith, G. P. Darnell, see Exhibits. Spencer, Sir Baldwin, reference to death, xIvii. Standard Typography Committee, ii. Stead, D. G., reference to efforts that were being made by the Wild Life Preservation Society to bring the native bear back to suitable districts around Sydney, xliv—see Exhibits. Stenetrium from Western Australia, Some New Species of, 361. Kathleen M., elected a Taylor, Prof. Griffith, congratulations to, iv. Tonnoir, A. L., Australian Mycetophilidae. Synopsis of the Genera, 584. Turner, A. J., Revision of Australian Oenochromidae (Lepidoptera). Pt. i, 463. Type Locality of certain Flies described by Macquart in “Diptéres exotiques”’ Supplement Four, 61. Walkom, A. B., appointed a member of Committee to take action re area to be set apart for the cultivation, preserva- tion and exhibition of native flora, lii —invitation to British Association for the Advancement of Science Meeting in South Africa and leave of absence’ granted, iv—best wishes for trip to South Africa, xly—announcement of safe arrival in South Africa, xlix—a INDEX. short account of the National Botanic Garden at Kirstenbosch, Cape Town, lii —Note on .a Fossil Wood from Central Australia, 147—see Exhibits. Walter Burfitt Prize, announcement of its award to Dr. N. D. Royle, xlv. Ward, M., elected a member, lii. Wardlaw, H. S. H., appointed a member of Committee to take action re area to be set apart for the cultivation, preservation and exhibition of native flora, lii. Waterhouse, G. A., congratulations to, iv —elected a Vice-President, xliii—resig- nation as Hon. Treasurer, iv—see Ex- Australian Rust 615—Preliminary Ixxxi. Account of the Origin of two new Aus- tralian Physiologic Forms of Puccinia graminis tritici, 96—see Exhibits. Weekes, H. Claire, Linnean Macleay Fellow in Zoology, reappointed, 1929-30, viili—summary of year’s work, viii—On Placentation in Reptiles. No. i, 34— congratulations to, xlvii—resignation from Fellowship, xlvii. Welch, W., obituary notice, vii. Whitley, G. P., Fishes from Ongtong Java, Melanesia, 91—notes on the identity of some little known fishes, 1. Wild flowers, proclamation issued by Government extending protection of, announced, xlvi. Wright, G. H., elected a member, xliii. (b) BIOLOGICAL INDEX. New names are printed in SMALL CAPITALS. hibits. Waterhouse, W. L., Studies, No. 11, Absala aS 5 Acacia Baileyana xIviii continua xIviii decurrens xlvili discolor .. xIvili stenophylla 50 2allihy Achaea janata .. . 345 Achilus flammeus .. .. 1 Acidalia truncataria . 402 Acnemia 5 66 Acreotrichus 568-9, 574 fuscicornis 5 OUD gibbicornis 574-6 inappendiculatus Res 03) Acrocercops sarcocrossa.. 347 Acrodicrania 586-7, 593, 610-1 Acropyrgota 4,15, 22-3 CRIBRIPENNIS 15, 24 flavescens 2,15 Actenochroma ochrea .. 396 turneri Wem SOOO Actia ~ 115,334, 339 anomala Papelalizy bicolor 5 deals) erassicornis 5 lal DARWINI .. .. 304 eucosmae . 116, 334 fergusoni > duke fissicornis 5 alalis) frontalis 5 ail nigrohalterata 5 dLalb) NORMA 6 ale nudibasis so 1a pilipennis Alas Actia striglinae .. 352 Aegilops comosa . 663 valida 5 ALIS , divaricata 663-4 Acyrusa 118-9 ovata 663-4 tasmanica ~ tie triticoides oo +7: ventricosa a 663- Soa a mee te: a ey : Aeoliscus strigatus 92 angustifrons 3 Aeolochroma . 380, 398 armipes .. 3 hypochromaria so et brahma 3 metarhodata So SANS caffra 3 quadrilinea 56 OS coarctata 9 saturataria se Oe! flavopilosa 2,16 subrubescens 55 axe! fusca So Se a turneri .. 399 ILLINGWORTHANA .. 16,31 unitaria . 394 latipennis 3 viridicata oc) os longina 3 . 662 Anellobia melivora 55 8 Aneristus ceroplastae .. 348 fumosipennis ee ROL S Aneura 586-7, 591, 602 fusca SD cree ssc | keener Angophora BaP cesta foes pic] ite) ANI SOGESWAe wr se pti 4'G9. Anobium paniceum .. 048 Anomalomyia 586, 610- 1 Petapients) TGA) “Ey Ae 345 vitiensis iG. iin OLED Anous meee bn Ae PAD: melanops ie 232 Antasia ara 495- 7 flavicapitata 496-7 Antechinus MS eer er A UT ANTHeKCaAe?. .) 2: HE mec Anthistiria ciliata .. So.dhb-< Anthoxanthum odoratum 663 INDEX. JNIMB ORES 2 a5) aes oil 10m) saul kes angularis Peis eee te UR DS CONCISA EE OILS Anthrenum Seed st 385 Anthrenus : 222, 232 pimpinellae .. .. .. 347 Antictenia .. . 465, 472 Antlemon . 173,590, 595 Antriadophila .. 585,589,595 APALPUS 317-8, 339 DORSALIS Boy Weenies writs) Apanteles platyedrae 7 O48 Apemon . 165, 590, 597 Aphelomera 586-7, 592, 605-6 sydneyensis .. .. .. 606 Aphis gossypii 349-50 Apiochaeta xanthina ao ONNLt Apiomorpha fletcheri .. 375 WHNGOOPHOINIE 6 56 56 GD Apluda mutica Seno dl 45 ? Apocampta subcana .. 62 Apolephthisa .. .. .. 592 ApProOthecarees sae sean ae og Apyreota ees ia cs wie bee 4 alienata .. 3 marshalli Citra gh 3 BIGOSOMANA, bo oo oe eye! pictiventris .. .. .. 3 pubiseta .. see 3 scioida 3 WHEDON 55. oo sa bo 3 Arachnocampa .. .. 162, 584-5, 589-90, 596 tasmaniensis oo 66 1 BOO Araecerus fasciculatus .. 348 Araucaria sp. .. .. .. 148 Archaeopseustes th EO Oy AT CHY taste ce ee ae olen Arcina . 471, 503 fulsornicerae ee eee oe 04: Arctoneura LOW 162 Arctophyto WEY VAS | oiaee Ia 5) Areca Catechu.. .. .. 348 Argyroploce illepida .. 046 lasiandra SS Ua LO: Arhodia . 463, 467, 471 Aristida behriana .. .. 662 VASATISy eee ee) errs Ole, Arrhenatherum aven- aceum 661-2 ARRHENOMYZA 322, 340-1 CONSPICUA Bice: Unaesmemay eet Arrhodia Danes .. 405 Ascaris as 5). hao) eR Asellus 364- 5, 368-9 Asilus fe Sat eg ae 22.9 australis aie" Wes Ay ahkey4 cognatus “81, 84, 87 exilis a ar St “gra Cot ferruginei- ventris resi fulvi-pubescens .. .. 81 maculatus se PS ee DS Asilus margitis BPR SOE os. ayy MATIUCUSH A> Mele eo mistipes a4 Oe 6 mutilatus BPH Bel s is yo sos mystipes Lh Wee 81 nigrinus sie 2 PUT COXACUS Ol varifemorata ‘RGR Me Siar varifemoratus 81, 85 WIttipesies. cs. cue eee Asindulum By 172-3 flavum..5 “2h ose nigrum 172-3 rostratum Meweretra «ioc Juas Aspidiotiphagus citrinus 348 Aspidiotus destructor var. transparens OL Om pangoensis .. .. .. 349 simmondsi 348-9 Asyndulum te SO) Atamosco texana .. 418-9, 421, 423, 426-7 Ateleia . 586, 593, 610 spadicithorax on. GONG) Atesta 119, 131-3 angvasi !).5 ee ee eat angasi var. UNICOLOR .. 132 balteata .. 131-2 besti 5 131-2 bifasciata eS dis Spee my | Lay dixoni 131-2, 135 eremita 131-2 tatei 131-2 Atherigona excisa .. .. 352 excisa var. trilineata 352 poecilopoda .. .. .. 352 Atherina: ase ee eZGS Athyreocis SEMICIRCULARIS 549 TRIANGULIFER Ane eS Atomosia 354-5 puella sei sist PP hole ha eae) Austrophasia 108-10 Austrosciara . 586, 590, 599 termitophila . 584,599 AUSTROSCIOPHILA 586, 592, 604 SOLITARIA ae .. 604 AUSTROSYNAPHA 586, 592, 607 HIRTA Rie ioe Lk OOS AUSTROTERPNA .. . 380, 385 IDIOGRAPHA 385-6 paratorna ne 385-6 Autanepsia .. 399, 469 Wo, 55 oo) oe oe ALO) Avena wR, (Tere. ee TE OG elatior : 663-4 fatua : 419, 666 Averrhoa Carambola so SHI Axiagasta .. . 465, 470 Azana ERECT hah aig) Dts Balistapus aculeatus oe WA TECtane US! v1.) lee 2 Balistes australis .. .. 1 Basella alba Lit REA eee OOO) Bathypogon 88, 359 Batrachus dubius .... 242 Bauria nits 689 Bechmannia erucaeformis 663 Belenois clarissa .. .. 344 Bembidium BN i ieee Bengalia .. .. poke 1 Berberis Georgiana ae Oil: ILjGnChbt og wee 621 vulgaris j xlv, 99, 621- 2 vulgaris var. sanguine- lendatcne eet an un Ooi Bertya OBLONGA ae 681-2 rosmarinifolia ON gigs MOSZ4 Beryx ae We ieneee ae 2 Oil} Beschorneria superba Be LAr Beskia Me tiaiaenatt. cranes 2.9 () ReSsseniace sae eae. e290 Bethelium ore tiereaao # ep itd MS) spinicorne .. .. 118-9 1BIGN@) 56. oc jo! Foo Be Bipalium Kewense 56. 40% 2S Blastophaga greenwoodi 348 Boarmia nigraria .. .. 392 ocultaria joann ea TA Os Bolbophanes (?) PALLID- IPES Se Nene ee eee oe TERE (Cs varicolor ers ae TREES ee tL ROlEHME, G4 os -ce> ou bY Bolitophila Bee EAs 588-9 Bomaria Caldesii . 426, 427 Bombylius peel ilies 6 beta) F315) fe) altus Ree PAN hh Seen DIOS. australianus 56 06) DIL erassilabris :. 580, 582 hybridus ee Mee hart KOS) pulicarius ot alias kalecan eta RSS (74 sucecandidus .. .. .. 518 Bonelliagwese ose) ee oOLG BonMettiay sen ae sc 316-7 comta regi ceri Se Pen! cate iLr(| Brachyacma epiochra .. 346 Brachydicrania . 586, 612 Brachypeza Sahat Brachyplatys pacificus .. 349 Brachyrrhopala Be LIES A PoE Bradyctena Eee i yeatst ae rfl Brassica campestris var. chinensis .. .. .. 345 juncea var. 5 BG BO Bremia Lactucae .. .. xlvi Brephos Ni on RMON o Mra ree tg Pana H 5s) Briza major et Rea 663-4 minor 663-4, 667-8 Bromus arenarius 663-4, 667-8 CROCUS oo bo oo oo hon hordeaceusm 22) see 00S INES ee eno maximus Sie ee 663-4 TIONS eae rey ars 662-3 INDEX. Bromus racemosus .. 662-4 tectorum LL: AOS unioloides ae 663-4 Bruchus chinensis .. .. 348 Bruguiera rheedii .. .. 346 Bulimus Brazieri .. .. 232 Grosset. ee ee oo Mastersi See 25 Burmacrocera .. .. .. 167 Cabasa pulchella .. .. 81 Cadrema bilineata .. .. 351 Caladium bicolor .. .. 345 Calamagrostis aemula 667-8 Calanthe veratrifolia .. 350 Calcager . 338, 342 apertum Ne Ske etal eats A, turbidum fe eee ee Calcageria oe ae BO Oe incidens SAPO ey e615: OL Calla aethiopica Meee icto, (Oe) Calleremites te .. o92 Callicanthus litur atus So Callidium intorta .. .. 133 Calliphora Aaya) Seats a O nigrithorax .. .. .. 63 ochracea 3 Gib ae Calliplatyura 107, 171-2 Calloodess ee) ee eco Callostemma purpureum 423 Calophyllum Inophyllum 350 Calornis metallica .. .. 255 Campylocera Lb ALL, ZA 5 OU) angustigenis feet thite 3 IDreCoMs Be - so. By It, Bil GAUGING) Go 00 oo os 3 CURVINERVIS 17, 30-1 fernuzinea 9264 meee 3 LISCIDES = ace ee Bi ILA SMACTITUS Ty teste) oe oar mes 3 IMTAS) ae es oo | oo OD) HY ALIPENNIS Sra etea ee () latigenis Tice hanes 3, 20 longicornis maculifer myiopina myopa nigriventris F oculata Bo} piceiventris pleuralis robusta rufina 5 thoracalis unicolor .. wi Canavalia eladiata Bh 34 Cantherines australis Caranx 249 forsteri eet diy ® din aga Cardiospermum halicaca- DU ey ee ee eee EES 45 Carenidium 5 200,209 mm Sd CO OO CO CO CO CO © CO Co CO CO GO iXXXill. Carenum . 233, 260 nitescens 219 Carica Papaya so (OL Carthaea Feapec are Casa eu 55 Uy Cassia occidentalis | . 346 Tora ; .. 044 Castiarina deutaneula Bn (72 cicerini Le ee Oe DUARINGAE 68 gebhardti 72 odewahni 72 semenovi 72 SEXUALIS ‘ 69 stigmaticollis 72 tasmani .. 2 yorkensis be PND Lies Casuarina Cambagei Pee BUT Luehmanni 5 BU SD eee Site eae Olena Catadromus Elseyi Ae ee CATHAEMACTA . 471, 497 LOXOMOCHLA 498 thermistis 497- 8 Cawthronia . 593, 610 Celerena . 464, 470 Celetor 5) caerulea 505-6 dentipes 505-6 Centotheca latifolia 5g eS Centrocnemis 584-5, 589,495 aculeata .. . 594 fuscinervis . 594 Ceratodus .. 5 2 Forsteri .. . 240 miolepis a6 Se 240 Cerdistus .. 80-1, 83, 86-8, 359 armatus .. 87 australis 82, 88 brunneus 87 calliginosus 87 claripes .. . 86-8 cognatus 83-4, 87 conformis a BS constictus 88 constrictus 81 flavicinctus 7 flavipubescens 83-4 fraternus 87 fulvipubescens 86, 88 fuscipennis 81, 88 gibbonsi 82-3, 87-8 graminis 81, 84, 87 grandis 88 hyalipennis 87 laticornis 86-7 lautus 83- luctificus TU maculatus Be bicey4 margitis 81, 82, 87-8 maricus .. : 82 mistipes “83. 4, 86-7 1XXXiv. Cerdistus neoclaripes 86-7 rudis ay Sic) Sal Ua a aes rusticanoides 83-4, 86 USGL CANS igen ne SA setifemorata Sil aes Ons SCLOSUSH che a Se Sees STDaace Joe ean PRA OOF ? varifemoratus aba. 83 vittipes 5 tla ee 4, 87-8 volaticus 80, 82-6 vulgatus mah Coc 83, 87 Cernia 465-6, 468, 471 Ceroplastes rubens .. .. 348 Ceroplatus . 162-3, 166, 173- 5, 585, 590, 595-6 belihwhuss sae. 174 lnboneRenNGS so os oo We! LUG SOUE Si |) 58s eae ke! leucoceras EUS rier: Woy toy Se et INC ACIS erty Ice orale ormesieneiMS oc oe oo IS MANGALORENSIS .. .. 174 mastersi Bee Cotten is pel eres! KOVAC, 66 os. oo lee quadripunctatus .. .. 174 CADECYVA Arce ne Le le Cerotelion 173-4, 596 DIMACUIAUSH) eae aealal 4. Inuokyont 65 - Boe seh gs 5 Tae leucoceras a Memeicn ee cuy make! major OLE Te Pn ee ote GApLeS VA ee ee ys ene: VSSOMIO MOONS Ge 65 oo l7fAal Cestracion ie Macon Ce 260) @ethosiae’ dave) eke) Dae eee Ay, Cetonia ee so EMA Chaelothrips idoliceps 56 BAX) Chaetodon setifer .. .. 92 Chaetogaster . d14, 338 ViIOIACCA ra Ml) cept mee silly CHAETOGASTRINA 313-4, 337 STOLIDA .. Se em Ble Chaetophthalmus 317, 319, 339 DreVvisastery 4 ee EeOLS Chalcides . 58-9 tridactylus 34, 57-9 Charagia xlvii, 213 daphnandrae xlvii ramsayi .. xlvii, 213 scripta xlvii, 212-3 Chasmina tibialis .. .. 345 Cheilinus fasciatus .. 5 lhe Wye Chelepteryx Collesi 5 a ZBL Chilodactylus’ -2 2.4) 2.5267 Chiloscyllimnim: = 2) yes io 42 CHITOCEHETUSiR 12) etn). ] GOray VOLTA ee eee ] Chironectes Bn eR NY) Chlorichthys purpureum 92 trilobatim, =.) eile e292 Chlorodexia 324, 326 Chlororhinia viridis AiN28O INDEX. Chlorotachina 323-4, 326, 340 flaviceps Bead tN ites yA froggatti . 324, 326 NIGROCAERULEA oe ree ae Chrysobothris .. .. ..: 72 ChrySODOthisnio ce aan Chrysogaster cuprea so (83 Chrysomphalus dictyo- spermi Ea ee NRG 4) Chrysomyia rufifacies .. 352 Chrysopa sanvitoresi .. 350 Chrysopasta .. 294, 307, 338 versicolor naar eo Oil ZV TING See hen MeN ck eal cie RO IG) Chrysopogon aciculatus 349 Chrysops testaceus bo Wes Chrysosoma flaviceps .. 324 Cicada : . xlvi Cicer arietinum vee eet Cicind clay aetna O WUOSMIOS 55 oo Se go ADD Circopetes . 465, 472 Citrus Aurantium .. 349-50 decumana So OA, Bal medica var. limonum.. 347 Clastobasis . 586, 593, 610 tryoni.. Pig eo alee (Oi1() Cleora ? Hy oc hnonnerd he o as Clerodendron amicorum 346 Clinopogon Pec atbiseee wate POO: Clupea sundaica 267-8 Cocos nucifera 349-50 Codiaeum variegatum .. 345 Codula fenestrata .. .. 81 enloyhoeyolss G5 65 a5 wl Coeloprosopa nitida 55 (B Coelosia .. aa DOA Coenonica puncticollis no att Coix lacryma-jobi .. .. 146 Coleocoptus Sree ap JLatg) Coleotichus sordidus oo eel) ColeuseBlumeiaee oD) Colutoceras cheramota.. 345 Comatiwlayeeaee 248 Congomuraena habenata 265 Conopterum Sa So CABO Cooperia Druninondit 418-9, 423, 426 Coptocerecus 119, 125, 129, 133 aberrans eM jteiotael allapsus oe, BE ees assimilis 130-1 biguttatus 129-31 erucigerus 130-1 decorus .. . Ae oO decorus var. tr uncatus 131 fraternus 5 alze alsa nigritulus 129-30 pedator > 129,131 POMS eee eee sv bail pubescens "129, 130-1 roel .. 5 PAs) aia Coptocercus rubripes 130-1 rugicollis een) Gs dlaxd) savesi ae 1 eal eo trimaculatus . - LS, 125, Ao! truncatus Sen ees 0) undulatus . 129, 130 NEVGGWIS [50 br) oo 55 el) vicinus 130-1 vittatus . 130-1 Coptotermes lacteus we ] Corcyra cephalonica ROA Cordyla eee ao aye! Corizoneura chrysopila ae 162 Correa Lawrenciana 2. 682 MUNGIYOXUNENOS Go 965 o5 (ell speciosa var. virens .. 682 Cosmos caudatus .. .. 351 Cossyphus i), eae ee ON Crataeva religiosa .. .. 344 Crinum Asiaticum .. .. 419 latifolium ae int Beat Crocidosema plebeiana .. 346 Crotalaria retusa .. .. 345 striata 344, 346, 349- 50 Crypsiphona . 380, 403 amMauray 22) Sere ees: eremnopsis 403-4 melanosema .. .. .. 408 occultaria 403-4 Cryptiodusi.. Ee eaOC Cry ptopozont)) sale oo Ctenocephalus felis 56 ON Cucurbita Pepo bos) HeeOLO Cuphocera.. . searoulen Curculigo recurvata a Cizall Cuscus aa Ae ela eek Seem) Cyanonedys BW, il) IDIOOM ONAN 56) go oc 507 tomentosa AN NET Rainy imtly (Df Duranta Plumieri .. .. 348 Dynatosoma . 586, 593, 613 AVCIMEVEMOIS 556 Ga oo, Hls3 Dysdercus sidae SAA 285 Spies. ee er hie MULES) Dysmachus SEES eT ESS SpDeee SEEM AR FRE O88 Dziedzickia aa 925609 IDEAS WIE, 55 6 tio BMS Echineis naucrates 5.0. ZANT Echinomyia Q 317, 330 IXXXV. Echinopogon ovatus 662, 667-8 eden og exiti- OSUS Pee = AREAS Echthromorpha diversor 348 Eclimus 559, 568-9, 576 FURVICOSTATUS 5 PAG. F703 longipalpis 576-7 lotus lee thn ones! kts i!) NIGRAPICALIS ee as MIO ECPHYAS 471, 498-9 HOLOPSARA SCE e499 Ectophasia eM A al De§ Ectrepesthoneura .. .. 593 Egernia cunninghami .. 43 striolata i OSA EELS whitei : : 43,55 Ehrharta longiflora 663-4 HiChonnilag a | oe eELO. Elacete nigra .. . Lenede Elagatis bipinnulatus oe OS eterno pay ee Ste) Eleusis apicipennis oo Okt Elionurus citreus .. .. 145 TOMY Ta cl ee el OS Enchocrana ee Meee 471 Encryphia 5 468, 471 Hnsina sororeula. 35 2. abl! Enterolobium Saman .. 345 Epicerella .. 4, 7,10, 22-4 cribripennis .. .. 25-6 guttipennis 5 Me UD A MACULIPENNIS 4a 25 miliacea 2,10, 13-16, 25-6 MINOR Ibs as} 245 MULTIPUNCTATA . PAA PLAGIATA 2 ky LOS tae 24-5 punctulata 5 He Als SETOSA 10, 12, 24-5 STRUMOSA 11, 13, 25-6 TRIANGULARIS 25-6, 28 THONWGOUWNE, oo on bo oo Shoe Epicypta .. Bre Rome OOS Epidesmia 467. 8, 471, 497, 499,500 brachygrammella 501-2 chilonaria P 500-1 CYSNACA en aT eS hypenaria Sah ee Oi oxyderces — 500-1 pachygramma 5 DIL, OR Dertabricatass ee OO phaecdropaw eee Ol PHOENICINA 5 501-2 replicataria » 50503 reservata ae 501-2 thermistis de ADO KRII eCh ni Rss transcissata 5 Ol; XB} tricolor Be 500-1 tryxaria ioe Naot eye MAL: Epinephelus merra ee D2, Epipristis .. . 380, 402 AUSTRALIS BEND bent ts AOD Ixxxvi. Epipristis minimaria .. 402 oxycyma . 402 Epithora toe apomeee ILO borg te Shad | Mio ak yaeHl AOE oo oo oo ul asiloides cea ean a esters Ib fuscipenmis --\)e4 1. ol! Erchomus atomus .. .. 347 Brechroposoni see OL Erigeron albidum .. .. 352 bonariense Bt gre Ree Ota] Hriopus maillardi .. . 345 Erysiphe graminis .. .. 105 Erythrina indica . 346 Euamphibolia 56. Gulby Euarestus .. . 399 nobilitans 2.399 patrocinatus .. oo Ot) Eublemma cochylioides.. 345 Eucalyptus eelaliSrelt25 bicolor . 375, 378 globulus .. xIviii macrorrhyncha 5 BAG melliodora 6 BUT oleosa 5 Sd uy pilligaensis 58305) populifolia 5 OU siderophloia . 5 oo SUE SD) Gececcitccccy Sucks 376-7 EXUCEROPLATUS ao alge! Eucharis amazonica 5 AAT Eucyclodes dentata . 406 fascinans . 406 Eudalia Macleayi .. 218 Eudicrana ane 591, 600 obumbrata . . 600 Eugenia malaccensis 346, 349, 351 Eumelea 464, 468, 470-1 Eumolphris 5 ZAILS Eumorphomyia _ tripunc- tata Sere eT ee eee 3 Euops . 540 clavigera DAS CONTACTA . bAS corrugata 540-1 COXALIS . 542 EPISTERN ALIS ee Red DAS eucalypti 540, 543-4 falcata 540 MICANS io PICS PARVOARMATA Aa nya postocularis .. . 542 puncticollis .. 540 QUADRIFASCICULATA 5 gal SPISSUS.. .. 540 strigiventris 540, 543 suturalis 540 tuberculata Poy al Euphania . 290 Euphorbia pilulifera 345 INDEX. Euprosopia ey DO Garaie2 BIARMATA Biamiile2: conjuncta 60 DILy macrotegularia 3 HiIl; miliaria : 512-3 punctifacies .. bo) DLA separata 512-3 tegularia oo DIls tigrina 50 lle Eurychirus alleni .. Dod bituberculatus 56 Hav! OBTUSATUS . 5384 Eurycus .. 246 EKuryscaphus 233- 4 Eustacomyia - 338 EUSURBUS .. Ae byt!) crassilabris 581-2 NIGRACINCTUS . 581 HKuterpe Be fom COS EKuthera 332-3, 339 skusei 5 aes tentatrix eooS Eutheropsis 5 8333} Eutochia pulla . 348 Hvania appendigaster .. 348 Exechia . 586, 593, 612 Exxocarpus 5 OD Exoprosopa 5 Ler adelaidica A ee ACHES G| Exorista 329-31, 336, 340 Fannia glabella 2 3b2 Fenestella .. 158-9, 273 Feronia ; : + 233 Festuca bromoides 663-4, 666-8, 676 Hookeriana . 662 ovina ay . 663 Ficus Benjamina . 350 obliqua . 3848, 350 Formosia 293, 308-9, 338 atribasis 309, 311-2 callipygus 5 a6, oY) CONFUSA . 301, 309 flavipennis ‘ 308-9 FRONTOSA 308, 310-1 mirabilis 308-9 moneta 7009 smaragdifera so oulal SMARAGDIN A . 309, 312 speciosa .. 308-9 Fourcroya aC ee ate 0 altissima . 418, 421, 423 andina . 418, 430 cubensis . 418, 426 Fregetta melanogaster .. 246 Dacor reas pe MOO TOOS hirta 5 Osea FRONTALIA .. 23, 28 GENALIS et Metra ieee) Frontina 329-30, 340 laeta . 330 Frontinella ao Gal) Furcraea andina . 418 Gadopsis marmoratus .. 260 Gaillardia pulchella . 350 Galanthus nivalus .. ANZ Galaxias . 269 Gallaba : 470 Gampsocera decussata var. lissoxantha 351 Gastrophilus intestinalis 352 salutaris ae 352 Gastrophora t 463, 465, 472 Geloemyia stylata .. F 3 Germalus pacificus . 349 Geron .. 568-9 australis 570-1 cothurnatus .. . 570 dispar oo OY hilaris 570-1 NIGRALIS 570-1 Gerres ‘Na . 260 argyreus BYR ca aunts a A) Gerusia . 465, 471 Girella » 2Gi Glabellula 6 aa DS) Glaphyropyga australasiae 88 Glossopteris Xxix Glyciphila fulvifrons e228 Glyphipteryx isoclista .. 346 Glyphisodon bengalensis 92 Gnoriste . 592 Gomphocarpus 2229) Gonarthus Pee ie 568-9 Gonia ~1n8), 320-3, 341 heterocera 5» 1133 Goniophania tile} heterocera 55 dlils: Gonyptes geniculatus 81 Goodenia barbata . 685 Chisholmi . 681, 684 Gorgonia aos Gorgonops 1, SSPe689 Gossypium barbadense 347, 351 Greenomyia » 593 Gristes to. Se aa Gymnosoma 5 alts}, alalz4, aiaks Habranthes . 427 Hadroneura D2 Haemanthus Catharinae 419, 427 SDit he. . 427 Haliaetus ‘eucosternum 247 Hapalotis .. 250 arboricola bo. PAS Haplogonatopus vitiensis 348 Haplothrips soror .. 5 Grail) Harpobittacus .. ODD Helephorus 5 alla) Helicopage . 405 cinerea . 405 Helicopage velata . 405 Helina howei .. aso Heliomystis . 379-80, 382-3 electrica 55. Sxeul Heliothis assulta . 845 obsoleta .. 3845 Helix one op CO Ae Helladipichoria 173 Hellula undalis 7. 347 Hemagalma chilonaris .. 501 inspersa . 5OL Hemichloreis 405 exoterica '405- 6 theata ‘ . 405 Hemicyeclus reaumuri .. 75 SPHAEROIDES .... .. 75 Hemiergis decresiensis 43 Hemiramphus dussumieri 92 Hemitelia oe Ee li Henica 'B59- 60, 569 Herse convolvuli . 045 Hesperodes . 590 Heterodontus galeatus .. 267, 269 Heteropogon contortus .. 662 Heteropterna 173-4, 590, 596 Heterotricha . 589 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis .. 346 tiliaceus St BUM OD HILLiIAa . 328, 339 POLITA Fo URE ee pete tes Hinulia quoyi .. 34, 36, 40-2 Hippeastrum aulicum .. 419 Hippocampus OS Hippopus : seen oAy, Hippotion celerio . 845 EVO CEINTAUN le se etre) ee 92 filamentosus .. . 92-4 Holeus lanatus 663-4 Holophygdon melanesica 349 Homalota pectinans . 847 Homospora WEL oricyey way RA Hoplocephalus pallidiceps 266 Hordeum bulbosum 663-4 deficiens . 646 deficiens deficiens typica 646 deficiens steudelli typica 646 distichon , 646 distichon angustispica- tum typica 646 distichon nudum typica 646 intermedium 646 intermedium haxtoni typica seen ne O46 intermedium mortoni typica . 646 jubatum 633 maritimum xlvi, 661-4, 667- 8 murinum 661-4, 667, 676 nodosum . xivi seculinum . xivi vulgare . 646 INDEX, Hordeum vulgare aethiops typica . 647 vulgare atrum typica.. 646 vulgare horsfordiana typica . 647 vulgare nigrum typica 646 Huttonobesseria .. 290 Hyalomyia .. 108-9, 284-5, 338 COSTALIS 284-5 LATIVENTRIS 109-10 LEPIDOFERA 110-2 NIGRIHIRTA ss 110-2 NIGRISQUAMA 109-10, 285 pusilla so JOY rufiventris 109-10 SDicisc Se a ZOD Hyalureus — 3 5 Bee) lahWenreinng, oo 66 s60 oo Ue angustata hattey Vest aS angusticollis i IG DENTIPES 76, 78 elongata 76, 78 femorata hep kee 78 STANGIS a os ees eS: horni Sate) EGE Sirs ene WbiiGlerss) se be de oS laticollis Sa. ae ees nitida Std aR Le 78 nitidior a 7-8 occidentalis .. .. .. 78 Dalliday ane oc eae eS pilosa eR acy. ke) pimeloides .. .. .. 77 planatawes ae os sc sate eS rugicollis fs, Oe ae sublaevis Mo eom substriata bee ee me subsuleata .... T7 TIBLALIS ; _17- 8 torridas:.. ° 20) aes: Witbatas. 5. beers meee mendu dt yeppoonensis seem se BUS Hyleorus . 334, 338 Hypeneichthys US Cee en) Hypeneoides .. .. .. 95 Hypeneus filamentosus .. 93 Hyperalonia oo le bombyliformis > ly cingulata 5 Ulyey doryca 5 lee inquinita 50 obey satyrus oo Bley septentrionis 5 le sinuatifascia oo BLY Hyperion so ZRBIL Schroeteri . 235 Hyperoedesipus 6 ole BED Hypobapta . 380, 383 BARNARDI 383-5 diffundens SiO SD eugramma . 380, 383-5 percomptaria 383-4 Ixxxvii. Hypobapta xenomorpha.. 385 Hypochroma pero acanthina .. 3o94 assidens bo Cte) aurantiacea 56. Gre) cetraria .. 090 communicans so. OT commutata 55 Steir conspurcata bo Bey deteriorata .. 392 diffundens Bo GND) emiliaria 56 Ox) erebata a5 OY erebusata bo Oy eugramma . 384 grandidieri > Gt horridata So. ON hypochromaria eogS metarhodata 56 OE minimaria st 402 multicolor 58 BS) munita Be oxexs: muscosaria 55 BW) nyctemerata Bo eet occultaria .. 404 ochrea 56 ORG paratorna co Otel parvula .. 402 percomptaria 50 ONS perfectaria 65 Ose perfulvata so OM! purpurifera 56 Oo) purpurissata so OR) quadrilinea so OE ruginaria 5) BxeHT saturataria 394 saturataria ab. perviri. i- data PO OA: squamata eo) subornata 30. Gx) turneri vo oe viridicata so OB; wilsoni .. 400 Hypodoxa deteriorate so ae emiliaria Hee REN ATS erebusata 5 Oy multicolor 389 Hypographa 463- o 471 Hypotyphla loewi 3 Hypoxis decumbens 426-7 villosa 426-7 Hystricia 55 Ot lupina BG oo ots pachyprocta .. . 342 Ibacus P2266 Icerya purchasi 50 OF) seychellarum nig Oe) Ichneumonops .. ear O0 Impatiens Balsamina .. 349 Imperator arundinacea .. 662 Ixxxviii. Indigofera Anil . 345, 349 Inocarpus edulis .. .. 352 Iodis exoterica a btaeeieaee 4 Uys) Ipomoea tuberculata .. 345 Iridotaenia bellicosa so YD) terrae-reginae of eo ita ae (CU) Isachne BRASSII 5 6u, ood ZA Ischaemum digitatum .. 145 * muticum RST PA Ischnura aurora so. Neipa GO) Isoneuromyia .. .. 107, 163-6, 170-1, 596 anna nd ail Cleaner BOO rufescens ea eee a MLO Exaolinionweeaee ee eet to 0) montanum . 419, 426 Jatropha Cureas .. .. 347 AUN Sots ae lee) ES EPE2.60 Juniperinus communis .. 148 Karoomys 5s Moca O A browni .. a 692 Koehleria cristata 663- 4, 667-8 Koonunga 35 A ERS 65 Kuhlia taeniura an end! Kunzea bracteata .. .. 684 RUPESTRIS 26 (sl, G33 Key phosusg. eee ames iL GINEELASCENS) ae eee abdiacaliday as se eO+o rationalis Fey SEO AG Lactuca sativa LEER SOLD Lagenaria vulgaris so CS Lagerstroemia indica .. 347 Lamarckia aurea 662-3 Lamprides baetica .. .. 344 Lamprogaster - DOH, Bile apicalis Peree mar ea CTs Lia lz bicolor ot oe ee eee DLS elongata ee 514-6 AaAVvADEHUMISe |) oe eee DIL Hilaristwek fs wl Beeb MNIGIStINetay, ea a Ls: jucunda Ais 514 laeta : Ai 514, 516 lepida : 415-6 maculipennis aR Hs OE: DOCCIAM Ny ak oe a DLA pumicata oh ieee Se 513- Stenoparia: vce os. 514-5 unimacula Bast Whee oP NES A vella PEW hes hot BOSSA UA VIOLA Ate Mes sean a 514-5 xanthoptera .. 514-5 zelotypa SP Fo 514-5 Lantana Camara .. 344, 349 Laphria Bsn: 354-5, 357 bancrofti Be oy BA by) calopogon 358 clavata 356-7 INDEX. Laphria comata 56 BO Bi flavifemorata . 81, 356-8 fulviceps ‘ 81, 359 fulvipes .. 50 BOG, atDY) hirta Bis Nears «4S cara feats) niveifacies ; 81, 358 ornatipennis . 81, 356-7 queenslandi 356-8 rufifemorata 356-8 tectamus ! 356-7 telecles . 356, 358 varians 356, 358-9 Laphystia dad, nea) Orem yA LAPYRUTA .. 6 UGn, 1A Lasiopetalum JOYCEAE 681-2 TEBE SOD ist dink wr enolase (ties Latyrupa .. Be tioto. bys) LAURYPTA .. 164- Bs UB r ILCIL Lecanium elongatum .. 349 viride ne Uist eo OAS Leia 586, 592- 3, 610-1 fulva . 584, 610, 612 Leiella LON MME gen TASH EERO OO Lemna his DP ee eh26 Lenzites repanda fo hi ds OLE Lepidosaphes beckii 50 BX!) Leptalis Be oe MSAD eLe PSX 5 Leptaspis ur ceolata ... 146 Leptocera ferruginata .. 351 puerula .. bo | oo al Leptochloa scabra Sete tithe MAG Wie, 66 bo =Bo oo L4G Leptogaster ps ARR INS TERRE TER TL Leptogastrus cyaneus .. 76 SOPEINOINI Gs ot) alg Mipinn oot) HAO Leptoglossus australis .. 349 Leptomorphus .. 591, 600, 603 Leptops. gladiator .. .. 534 Leptopyrgota amplipennis 3 sahlbergiana Ed Ae 3 Leptospermum ee epilaltS 2 212, 288, 320 Leptotarsis Bel nace et eINO Lernea sp. SPA Spree 46 Lespinus impressicollis. . 347 TemOlol 6h Jon cal oo Oil Leucesthes 3. | cele neDeS Mandalotus FIMBRIATUS .. 530 foveatus 56. DEY funereus Ur ib 8 hypulus 2 29) 538i! interocularis no) BK) nodipennis so Dal norfolcensis .. 5 oo, DIL PENTAGONODERES .. 528, 531 prosternalis ee 29 setosus 55 8 tibialis oo Bax transversus 56, (ate TUBERIPENNIS so Dax) VILLOSIPES Seat Mase: OE Mangifera indica . 349, 351 Manota . 586, 588, 599 Marasmia venilialis . 3846 Marchantia a ee ally, Margaronia indica .. 346 Marmasoma 559; 568- 9, 579 sumptuosa 579 Marsilia ce BDL Maruca testulalis . 345 WMasicera as) 555 55 330336 Maskellia so BUS globosa AAP da tane ten rey ea Mecynognathus Damelii 260, 263 Megalopelma a) ool we Megapodius 2 253; 255 Brazieri 5 ES tumulus 5 ee Megaptera : Scoot Megophthalmidia 5 D833 Melaleuca so le leucadendron so awe Melanacanthus margine- guttatus - a 349 Melanagromyza alysicarpi 351 leguminum one phaseoli 56 Bl Melanippe teliferata . 500 Melanitis leda .. .. 044 Meliornis . 228 Melithreptus sp. ae 233 Mesembriomintho .. 315, 340 compressa 3 alli) Mesolita ALTERNATA epee WS ARTTNMATNS 56.965 oo — 1) inermis ein Cer LES myrmecophila ee ES transversalis Oe ES Mesotitan scullyi . xivi Mesotomotoma camphorae 349 Metallea illingworthii .. 283 Metrosideros polymorpha 346 Micrapemon 5 GS Microcalliphora varipes 352 Microcephalothrips abdom- inalis > axa!) Mierochrysa maxima 5 Kl) Microloena stipoides . 662 E INDEX. Micropalpis Micropalpus Microperca yarrae .. Seo LG 5 aly) 260 Microtropeza 284, 286, 294, 337 FLAVITARSIS 287-8 LATIMANA 287-8 OCHRIVENTRIS 287-8 ruficornis 5 BR sinuata 287-8 Mictis profana .. . 349 Milichiella lacteipennis. . 351 Miltogramma se o42 Mimeta viridis 5.0, LAS Mimosa pudica nid cos Miscanthus japonicus .. 145 Mixochroa seas LY) Mnesampla privata xlviii Molophilus 137-8 annulipes : 138-9 bipectinatus .. > 14oL canus 138-9 evanidus Eb diag claw) femoratus . 138, 140 filistylus : 5 BY flavonotatus 138-9 forceps Uh a eee, froggatti . 138; 42 gracillimus Aa rere elta'3 gracilis 137- 8, 141-3 helmsi . 138 indivisus 5 LY longicornis ; ov 38 14 lucidipennis .. 138, 141-2 mackerrasi 5 NBS montivagus . 138 notatipennis . 138 persimilis Bis, 138-9 pervagatus 137-8, 1438-4 plagiatus 137-41 pulchripes . 138, 143 ruficollis 137-8, 141-2 translucens 137-8, 140-1 verticalis 137-8 Monacanthus ». 267 rudis 1 setosus 1 Monistria grossa . lili vinosa aie . lili Monocentrota > IL, aal Monoctenia .. 463, 465, 472 ?xanthastis .. . 499 Mordella . 519 calodema 5 AF caloptera 521-3 humeralis ye DZe leucosticta 50 IR MESOLEUCA =. b22 POECILOPTERA 50 783 TETRASTICTOPTERA . 523 TRILOBIBASA se Dae y-aurea 2 523 1XxXXix. Mordellistena 66. BAR ALTERNIZONA a5 BAD atronitens 56 Gly) austrina 6 VAD) CAIRNSENSIS Bo ly) castigata no Al) coelioxys Bo Al) concinna Bo Yes concolor 50 aly) dodoneae .. 348 fusca ao BLY longipes alo. HY MEGACERA 56 Al MEGALOPS 50, zal NITIDICOMA SED LY) pulcherrima 50 zal PURPUREOTINCTA 50 WAY SUBPELLUCIDA So al) TORRESENSIS 56 PA) _Monoclona Sea YO Morganiella . 592, 603, 606 Morinda citrifolia .. . 849 Mucuna aterrima 5 OEE Mulloides sti. 3) Chay Stes a OA: samoensis Sl SOREL AIST e Mullus EGS ner onl anion nee bifasciatus ee OD Muraena 50 PART Murdockiana ao all Murex .. 246 Murrayia ». 205 jenkinsi . 205 Musca domestica .. 352 Mycetophila 586-7, 594, 613 aequalis any . 584 Mycodrosophila gratiosa 351 Mycomyia . 586,590, 599 Myllocerus aphthosus ..523 armipectus 5525 armipes . 528 brachyrhynchus 525-6 canalicornis . dad castor . 526 ceratorhinus 525-6 chaunoderus op OAD confinis Ao AS coxalis 50. BAS} foveifrons 50 DAE fugitivus : 50 fNAt/ fuscomaculatus . 528 griseus ; .. 524 HOPLOSTERNUS 50 OAD INERMIPES . 526 latibasis 525 laticollis vi " 524- 5 melvillensis pao 528 mirabilis Bo ay! OBLIQUICOLLIS DZD obseurus 5b. HALT PERARMATUS > ba PTERODERES me 524 rugicollis ? 524, 528 XC. Myllocerus speciosus 5 D5 suturalis 56 DAT tibialis ae DZ8 torridus +. D24 TRISINUATUS 2.0 TRIVITTICOLLIS so AT varius = 528 villosipennis ALL MyYoNEMA 559- 60, 563 HUMILIS 563-4 Myxus 5. ARE Nacoleia diemenalis . 345 octosema Se Narcissus so. 2ULS) cyclamineus 5.5 GAT minimus ~. 427 minor so AAT nanus 50 Bae poeticus on 426 poeticus poetarum 5 Fae SDite euler we oe eh Areenerme aah Naupoda ; so Ils regina ; 513 Nearcha 471- 2, 497 agnata . 474 anemodes . 478 aridaria 472-3, 476 atyla ve 472-3, 479 benecristata .. 472-4 buffalaria 472-3, 475 caronia 472-3, 478 _curtaria 472-3, 479 dasyzona 472-5 didymochroa .. 486 nephrocrossa a 476-7 nullata 472-3, 478-9 ophla 472-3, 478 oxyptera . 473 prosedra 5 AS PLOLOPHACSH ee ee ee Ae pseudophaes .. 473, oe 478 pyrosema . 478 recisa 5 Be LAO staurotis "472-8, 476, 478 subcelata net AeA T'S tristificata 472-3, 475 uncta . 476 ursaria 472-3 | Nectris . 269 Nemoraea . 339, 342 NEOALLOCOTOCERA 586, 591, 601 FUSCA .. 601 NEOANTLEMON 85, 590, 595 APICALIS 56, ES Neoaratus 81, 355 Neocerdistus 80, 88 ? ombrabatus Fe eee IOS INeocunis’. |. . Seaman! STL auvaticollis | sneer nigricans SNE OL INDEX. Neoempheria . 586, 590, 599 Neoitamus ae 88 australis 86, 88 brunneus AER Gl AEE OS Calicinosusini aes SS gibbonsi 83, 88 graminis $6, 88 graminis var. ein eee hyalipennis=iss0 sees maculatus ate Bem Renee f\to374 MEOCIALIDESIE ee ERT SD arene eh menay acre ioielhs 88 varius Be 83, 88 Vitti peste ete sae samo + vulgatus var. Beales A su cto} Neophnyxia Bian. Sows OSU) Neoplatyura 107, 164-5, 167, 169, 171, 173, 596 FIDELIS . 167 richmondensis . 169 TASMANICA . 168 NEOSARDUS 559-60 CIRCUMDATUS 560-1 LEPIDUS 560-1 NIGRATUS . 560, 563 PRINCIPIUS . 560, 562 Neoscotia ae 5 BOs Neosudis vorax a tbbace 1 INeGotornesitaye nc aee ee acharditi via, cee il microphaenops .. .. 72 NEOTOXURA .. 22-3 discoidalis ; 23, 26 lonzipal pists: Neotrizygia ; . 592, 605 Neptunus pelagicus 233, 242 Nereis ; vo BOO Nerine cur vifolia . 419 filifolia . 419 rosea ey 2it undulata . 419 Nervicincta Malcmaie hae SOM Nervijuncta .. 162,589, 598 Nesosteles sanguinescens 350 Neuratelia 5 Ml NIOHOLSONIA 23, 30-1 NICHOLSONOMYIA 585, 588, 590, 596 VESPIFORMIS 5 ail Nomalonia 559-60, 569 Noreia . 464, 468, 471 Notasellus 5 axXail Novakia > 593 Nusa : 5 Bate queenslandi 4 BIN tectamus , » odD6 Nycticorax Caledonicus. . 228 Oceanites oceanica .. .. 246 Oceanops latovittatus .. 92 Ochromyia hyalipennis.. 62-3 Ochthebius ae 5 PALS Ocyptera .. 289, 290 Ocypteropsis . 289, 290 Oedamasoma 5 oo AaXD Oenochlora . 3880, 399 imperialis Peers 5.5. Cy) Oenochroma 463-4, 467-8, 472, 499 Ohakunea .. . 590, 609 Omma Stanleyi_ 50 Ommatius .. 81, 355, 408 angustiventris 0 wil chinensis joleet OS dimidiatus 81, 409-10 distinctus 408-9 FLAVICAUDUS . 409 queenslandi 2. 409 Onychodes by n4d2 Oodes .. oh so ARO Ophyra nigra .. Beta 8 GO Opisthoscelis CONVEXA .. 376 GLOBOSA .. oo RU maskelli so BUT RECURVA .. oo BT Oplismenus hirtellus . 146 Opsophagus . 342 Orca : ohne SLi Organopoda . 469 Ornithoptera seek Sa as Cassandra . 230, 240 Ornithorhynchus . 240, 694 Orthagoriscus mola 2225 Oryza sativa . 347 Osca ao. (BA Ostracion 50 OS Othreis fullonica eee danhetin ay) Ozola . . 464, 468, 470 Pachygenelus .. 694 monus sad eee 92 Pachyneres ». bbb. b67 australis . 565, 568 crassicornis 50 BOT Pachyodes so OM Pachyrhynchus a3 a8 Palaeoempalia .. 5592 Paleoplatyura .. 590 Palia 56 BOND aureocauda ORD) Paliana so Bet) basalis co BD Palpina on CULT Palpostoma eS Panagra areniferata .. 486 aurinaria 4 . 501 bijugata .. 500 buffalaria 50 2st corrogata ea4AT9 curtaria Bere ates) egenata .. 486 explicataria .. 486 exsectaria .. 491 hypenaria - 501 Panagra inconcisata . 481 intermixtaria . 484 intextata bo Gull nullata sa CMS perfabricata .. oo al perlinearia .. 486 promelanaria .. 484 reserata ~. 485 reservata ao HY resignata RAT subcelata ee AS subvelaria y. 485 transactaria eS tryxaria ao. BOIL ursaria aiceerrad(3: ]PRMSOMIe, oo. oo oo pee 2 kn ANOIIOEKCUONB, Ga Ga do 874 dorsomaculata ROSE AIO HUOWAELaLIS se) Ge 62 subappendiculata no (O24 WHOLACCANs fot) .e ee 62 Panicum maximum . 344 pilipes .. 146 sanguinale 662 Papilio aa. Sarpedon oo Cel sthenelus S229 Paracupta Chai eer ee sree (l) Paracycloneura ; 593 Paradoxa i 593, 610 PARALEIA .. 586, 593, 611 FULVESCENS . 611 Paramacrocera .. 589 Paramenia 5 ENT PARAMORGANIELLA . 586, 592, 606, 614 ADVENTUROSA Be 606-7 Paramphibolia 293, 312-4, 337 assimilis 313-4 Paraneuratelia oo Heil Parasponia velutina . 345 PARATERPNA . 380, 401, 404 HARRISONLI . 401 Paratinia 28 6 ao. fagal PARATRIZYGIA : 586, 592, 605 CONFORMIS . 605 Pareiasaurus . OSS PAREUDICRANA .. 586, 591,599 MONTICOLA . 600 NICHOLSONI . 600 Parinarium insularum .. 347 Paritamus pidbad ty eatin ey Eidatoye) australis aD reese en SB Sp ce: etait SOO Parupeneus — . 94-5 DIPASCIATUSH a eee OD Parvicellula + ght Paspalum cartilagineum 145 orbiculare peli’ vaginatum . 145 Passiflora quadrangularis 351 Regonmylasscee ta aareias. 9 INDEX. Peleteria 317-8 Pelor an . 245 Pennisetum macrosta- chyum , L46 Penthiosoma . 290 Penthosia hehe bt paca OW) Peremptor . 309, 842 vittata 342-3 Perga sp. 5 wally Periplaneta americana .. 350 australasiae 55 OES Perissops ABACETUS . BAT brevicollis 55 eet ochreonotatus oo BAS parvus .. 548 PICTIPENNIS oo BAe semicalvus .. D46 SQUAMIVARIUS .. 546 variegatus . 546 Petrogale penicillata eee Phalaena chlora no BOS occultaria cate O4 Phalaris minor . 667, 676 Phallaria . 463, 472 Phania verecunda 290 Phaseolus calcaratus 347, Bie vulgaris .. 344 Phasia bo SLE hemipterus .. 108 Phellus : so BOS Philonthus ‘discoideus . 347 Phleum pratense . 663 Bhiniysxci aaa 590 Phoracantha 119- 21, 125, 129- 30 acanthocera 5 Ue ALTERNATA 125-6, 129 concolor 5 1A UY elegans . 125,128 fallax et 29 flavopicta . 126,129 gigas . 120, 129 hospita el) hospita var. " posticalis 129 impavida » £25,028 imperialis . 124 inscripta 5 Lg) laetabilis fe AD lata 5 IPAS, 2LPAS porosa 128-9 punctata so ALZAY) quinaria 129-30 recurva 29 robusta le2.9) savesi me 5 aL PASS semipunctata Sas nod akisye 120, 124-5, 128-30 synonyma 124-5, 128-9 tricuspis 120-1, 125, 128-9 tunicata 124-5 uncinata . 124 Phorantha 198-9 Phorocera 327, 329-30, Sous 340 xci. PHOROCEROSOMA - ofl, 009 SETIVENTRIS 5 BYVAT Phrataria replicataria .. 503 transcissata ~ OR Phreatoicoides 7 OOD Phreatoicus soo Phrixocomes Pet rine! {dl Phronia a ee 94608 Phthinia 586-7, 591, 603 Phthiria 568-9, 572 ALBOCAPITIS ; 572-3 hilaris » 512, 574 lineifera 5 wre pallipes 6 Phyllanthus niruri . 3d0 Phyllocladus sp. . 148 Phyllophaga ee tes ne if Physetostege . 464, 468, 471 Phytometra chalcites .. 345 Piletocera signiferalis .. 346 Pinaspis buxi W050 Pingasa 380, 386 acutangula Sa Oveks) angulifera .. 388 AUIS CID tae eee 387-8 blanda Bred hoc 387-8 IIRVOWISIEWA 54 oc 389-91 calligiaucaly =. 45 -389).-392 chlora 387-8 cinerea 387-8 conspureata 389, 392 decristata eee ee 387 deteriorata .. .. 389,392 emiliaria 388-9 erebata 389, 392 minimaria 402 multicolor 388-9 muscosaria . 389, 390, 392 paroptila . 386, 388,391 ruginaria 3387 viridicata 393 Pinus pinea ; . 228 Pisonia brunoniana S522 Pistia . ae . 426 Placoceratias 174-5 Placoceriates 6 DEN Plagiomyia 5 co Ow Plastosciara flavibasis 5 Plateroptylon . 589 Platurocypta . 594 Platycilibem biEevilsee ene IML LTT COMMS seen WILES ONT ce, cpaueec beens 204: Platydema aries Pay see anti) deplanatim eee 4: ELE RON Le So. Cee. “UO laticolle St Psat: DASCOCINAs Leta eo striatum ee ss WTA: sulcato- -punctatum cain (! PAH ORTemacu: bork bebe eaaesek Hilo xecii. Platyedra gossypiella .. 348 Platylytron amplipenne.. 213 Platyprosthiogyne so ge! Platyroptilon peel Goselavall talaroceroides » algal Platyura 107, 162-3, 165, 167, 172-3, 585, 590, 595-7, 600 affinis agricolae apicipennis atriceps axillariger biumbrata brevis brookesi campbelli carbonaria chiltoni conformis contingens curtisi diluta discoloria DODDI dorsalis . elegans elegantula fasciata .. fascipennis fasciventris fenestralis FIDELIS flava FLAVIPENNIS flaviventris fulva fumipes funerea fuscocostata gracilis grandis graphica harrisi hawaliensis hopkinsi ignobilis indistincta insularis juxta laevis lamellata leptura longejuncta .. longifurcata lundstroemi lunifrons macrocera maculipennis magna marginata marshalli _. 167, oS: _ 166, 5 Wa . 166 4 kg . 169 5 UOT 5 LSA + UO? , Los 6 AGE . 166 GG 169-70 . 596 . 166 5 eH 5 4 . 169 5 GY) Selgiall . 166 163, 172 , ie . 166 ne al6r 167-8 .. 166 iii? y 110, 172 170 og I 4. 1, 596 . 166 596 597 bo no) LOY) eer vo algal 50 WY so UI ao ALTal 44 MOY creep lial: oo, alley) 5a) UY) so ak¢al gn UG, . 169 166 -. 166, 584 597 "467, 169 INDEX. Platyura mendosa .. 167,169 minuta > ilei7 modesta .. 167-8 moerens 5 Ae, moesta ath pee ea eA al LPL} monticola 4 167, 169, 596 nemoralis 5 LAA nigricauda 167-8 nigricornis 5) 74 novae-zealandiae . 166 ochracea 5 5, 1a) octosegmentata A l69 ohakunensis . 166 pallida o ALAA pectinifera 5 Weal pendleburyi 5 lal penrissenensis a aka perpusilla eae vaeey at AOI philpotti . 166, 597 pictipennis geal proxima eG punctifusa SN ec Kae) richmondensis . 167, 169 ruficauda 6 GO ruficornis ale dale rufipectus . 166 rutila LOG: schineri 169-70 semirufa . 166 setiger elon subbrevis a Ale subterminalis qin dees TASMANICA 168-9 tjibodensis 5 ae tripunctata Toss proese wdal venusta .. . 166,170 vespiformis Proklrial vicina 50 Jt@y) WESTRALIS .. 166 zonata ao doe Plectropoma Seellatinl .. 242 Plesiothrips perplexus .. 350 Plestia marginata .. 349 Plumeria acutifolia 346- 7, 351 Plutella maculipennis .. 347 Poa annua 663-4 pratensis 5 oo (G3 Podargus Hameranis . 240 Podotachina : 332 Pogonatherum paniceum 145 Poinciana regia . 3846 Polanisia viscosa . d47 Polistes 50 Dee Polistiops ; .. 290 Polychrosis rhipidoma 56 BAS Polydesma umbricola 345, 348 Polylepta des 50 Beil Polytoca macrophylla . 146 Polytrichum Mie secon ie Pongamia glabra . 345 Pontederia . 418 Porithea 133-4 intorta oc dats obliqua LAAs Porithodes 119, 133-4 fasciata ea dla obliqua no lla! plagiata ao lease SPINIPENNIS oo alas! Porphyrio 5 BBS Potamogeton 418 Prasophyllum intricatum 551-2 nigricans 5 DHA Pristiophorus cirratus .. 266 Proceroplatus .. 107, 165, 171, 173, 596 Procissio » 842 Procolophon 1) LOSS PRODALMANNIA 4, 5, 18, 23, 30 VARIABILIS Be 19, 30 Prodenia litura . 845, 348 Prodiaphania 291, 293-4, 338 echinomides .. , 29 GEORGEL 291-3 testacea .. 291-3 testacea var. CLARI- PENNIS e292 testacea var. testacea.. 292 Productus . 150 Prorocrania argyritis . 504 Prosena : ‘ . 315, 339 Prostanthera HoOWELLAE 681, 684 marifolia . 684 Prosyrogaster chelionotus 3 PROTOHYSTRICIA 5 aval pachyprocta . 342 Protomeigenia . 020, a08 aurea OS Protophyta 0 OUD castanea . 380 Prototypa dryina . 493 Psalidura 5B, 283Tl subvittata Pn a ale) PSEUDALYSIINIA 586, 592, 608-9, 614 MIMICANS 609-10 Pseudanilara 70 cupripes rot 63.0 al purpureicollis var. nigra 72 Pseudococcus bromeliae 350 longispinosus 5 10) Pseudonapomyza atra .. 352 Pseudonarcissus cyclam- ineus OR LEA Pseudopenthes og Bullies) fenestrata Bre sig talkie) Pseudoplatyura 171,585, 589, 596 dux . 596 Pseudorea cr assidens li IERGUCGIONE OME, So) oo ds St DPEVAPASONS co 56 bo Gt lola og og oe. a Cxexe) pDuyophanesi=.. 0s. 24 oo castanea Maat Lahs MOO imMlaaNeiene, oo oo oo CAO MVACORNCIEY “Ga= oo oo Ours paroptila Ve Caameh oor percomptaria Sa oo BHD quadnrilimeay 2. -25) 9. 396 SA UARENIENENE, 555 56) oo OMe! singularis Nie Se Rees OO xenomorpha 5 Bo OO) Pseudupeneus 92, 94-5 logos 55 06) oo ws) filamentosus ~. Biles) jefii oa Rete wee Say eh hiss ae Oy DOROGWS 66 oo) oo oo ow prayensis Bieta oan Pant pReoRbItalis =. sa se 9O PUN OROMUNEEE 55 905 oo wD Psidium Guayava .. 345, 351 Psilostagma Usenet eats OID: Psilota cuprea.. 2. =. 63 nitida aN aRe Ca) oe MEGS Pterodroma macroptera.. 246 Pterogenia Siedler eo erone tata. U3 latericia re dani enl oars Le nubecula See A rats Dili Pterostylis ophioglossa .. 552 ophioglossa var. COLLINA 552 pedunculata =~. :. +. 5d2 Ptilotis Sn Bt ee eRe YM Cockerelli Boe see biiaako ore Mealcleayana a2, 4.0 sa-2o02 versicolor am are AS Victoriae rennet ans ANT} Ptychopoda Rien caer EOS, Puccinia coronata .. .. 664 dispersa . 618, 664 glumarum Sh ere ieee EOS graminis.. xlv, 99,105, 615, 619, 623, 628, 661, 675 graminis avenae 5 xlviii, 615, 618, 622, 627, 629, 633, 643-4, 661-7, 674-6 graminis secalis .. .. 676 graminis tritici .. 96-7, 102, 104-5, 615, 618, 622, 624, 627-30, 635, 637, 639, 640, 647-8, 650, 659, 661-3, 668, 672-3, 675-6 simplex 618, 645-6, 664, 676 triticina 615, 618, 628, 630, 644-5, 663, 668-71, 674, 676-7 Pyenarmon cribrata so (Ov) Pycreus Pe. =o BN) Pygaera Sal 5 oo aK8S3 PYRATULA 164-5, 167 INDEX. Pyrgota ee Sed = chagnoni fenestrata 5 filiola 2 longipes 2 lugens 2 maculipennis 2 pterophorina 2 undata 2 valida 2 vespertilio . 2 PYRTAULA .. 164: q, 169, 596 TEMA 55 oo 65 LOO FLAVIPENNIS .. .. .. 166 WESTRALIS eles Oh ee GG QUADRA . 320, 323, 340 ORINDA I OO) RALYTUPRA .. 164-5, 171 Rastrelliger chrysozonus 92 Rhabdotoitamus 80, 83 claripes he ear el ga eS lewis Ss". & eae tae oe volaticus 83, 85 Rhamnus vitiensis .. .. 346 Rhaphidophora Merrillii 349 RMN, 4g be Eterna o4 aberrans 23) EEO bisulcata LAVA ts) MERE Fy 4 caliginosa 535-6 CARINIROSTRIS 5 avs BIT caudata BAe ue hp wae eyes GAVATOSELISH 4) erin OOe concavirostris ee ARIS 4. convexirostris so. oo Oe) COSI, Se ae co oo Wold GIGI, o6 bo o6 ca BaD Gebilisiaaee) = Oo GUEVETS@r 6 oe uehe 535 elegans san! 6 excavata 535-6 faceta iL ah ea O O fasciata BART i Ee oa aK S TAWORE: og co, oo oo WeXd Oem orevoNTUISY “G6 65. ow ex aramGMS oo ce o6 oo Wot: granulosa Be ade: aoe wOID grisea Me eects) UENO OS interrupta sal Tis Soke ROUT. longirostris ies earay 34. lopha ate et OOD: maculiventris sa) ae BaD maculosa ae 535 myrrhata "534- 3, 537 NIGRIVITTA 535-6 DERGUXSE OT Peay» sep i yo t OOD pulicosa ee tee OD rugosa j 535-6 signifera pigee) Ge ee aay simulans SNe PPNS DOD stellio FEL AM Ms, Oe xclii. Rhinaria sulcirostris .. 534 tessellata 2S Se aD 3 5 tibialis 535-6 tragocephala Je ED OD. transversa 534-5, 537 variegata ASM ARE etd. Day Rhinomyiobia . 316, 340 plumifera 4) ara eto Rhinotia parva WMP oi DLO Rhizopertha dominica .. 347 Rhodostrophia ae 469 Rhombotides troughtoni 92 Rhopaea vestita Sidy, | ke meets Rhuma 2 5 OY), axel subaurata 4 LO OU Rhymosia . 586, 593, 612-3 annuliventris ota, Late} Rhynchoplatyura . 589,595 Rhynchospora aurea 50 OS Rhyssonotus costatus 65, 118 politus .. OO Rhytiphora polymita fo eS Rhytiphorus.. eA: Rivellia connata .. .. 351 Rondaniella Me en 592 Rottboellia ophiuroides 145 Rutilia .. 283-4, 293-4, 305, 307-8, 312, 314-5, 323-4, 335, 338 albopicta ts 5 oo eR: ALBOVIRIDA f 295, 305, 307 analoga sok bce Re argentifera . 295, 297 assimilis » 2935, 312 chersipho Sed aire feist 7 desvoidyi .. 294-5, 297-8, 301-2, 310 DUBITATA 5 CM, BOIL, BX0B: elegans ... 5 oy 7B erichsoni ; " 293, 295, 297 ethoda 295, 301-4 flavipes 295, 305-6 formosa .. 293-7, 299, 305 formosa var. Bhs Anorak formosa var. SUBVIT- TUATORG I tee ae teak BeOS) HIRTICEPS 295, 305-6 idessa .. 5 ao 2008 imperialis 293, 295, 297, 301 inornata . 295, 300, 302 lepida ; 295, 300-1 leucosticta 293, 295, 296-7 media .. sai owe MICANS .. 295, 299, 300, 305 MICROPALPIS 295, 298-300 minor LOAN i ee Rte kD OS nigriceps 295, 305-6 pellucens > 295, 3011 potina . 295, 301, 304 pubicollis ENE IS Sauer ae} regalis 295, 300-3 XCiv. Rutilia ruficornis 295, 305-6 SOMOS 55 oo oo AS splendida 293, 295, 297, 299, 300 uzita Aan Pe aia AOR} viridinigra 293, 295, 201-2 vivipara 294-5, 298-301, 303, 305, 309 RUTYLAPA .. 164-5, 167,171 Ruvettus .. so al RYPATULA .. 164-5, 167, 596 Saccharum officinarum .. 347, 350; 352 Sagitta » 265 Sagittaria . 418 Saissetia nigra 5a oo AD) Sarcinodes 463-4, 466, 468, 470-1 Sarcophaga fuscicauda .. 352 Saronotum australiae . 348 Saropogon dissimulans.. 359 SUA SMe ey anette ee OL Sarracenia Drummondii xlvi Satraparchis . 470, 499, 500 bijugata 00: Sceptonia .. . 586, 594, 614 ornatithorax 614 Schizactiana no dats) fergusoni oo als valida so dls Schizotachina ecealalléy fergusoni 5) lal) Scholastes 505 Sciara ; 584, 586, 590, 599 - Scilla .. eee 743 () Sciophila 586, 592, 599, 603-4 par 5 . 584 Scolia manilae 348 Scomberoides sanctipetri 92 Scopula .. 469 Scorpaena 5 CBS Scorpis , 50 PABA Scotosia metarhodata > 096 Sceythroprochroa . 590 Sechium edule .. pee Semisuturia 33 32,3 33 Senostoma 294-5, 305, 33 ALBOVIRIDA . 295, 305, 307 flavipes 295, 305-6 HIRTICEPS sick 295, 305-6 NIGRICEPS 295, 305-6 ruficornis 293, 295, 305-6 variegata . 291 Sesbania aniiiora . 344 Sida retusa WiPMOled) ries ME Ie DS Silubosaurus 240 Silurus SPS thy VAL Simulium laciniatum INDEX. Sisyrium oo Ail) ANTENNALE 134-6 APICALE 135-6 BIFASCIATUM .. 135-6 fraternum 5 lst) _ ibidionoides .. oo. tlax4) TROPICALE > LRG Sisyromyia so Olt SkKeletodes 5 IL) Skorpisthes . 386 unda-scripta . 388 Sorghum halepense so BOF Sparus bandatus aot 1 Spatangus ‘ 5 CA Sphaeria Robertsii .. . 258 Sphaerococcus leai a0 BUY Sphenarches caffer .. .. 346 Sphenodon . 688, 689, 693 Spilonota holotephras .. 346 Spioletta . 592 Spirula AULA Rae Ay 7A G)5) Spondias dulcis MOAT OOD: Spreklia Formosissima .. 426 Stathmopoda trichrysa .. 347 Stenetrium 361, 365-6, 368-9, 373 antillense 366-7, 372 armatum . d61, 369, 372 chiltoni 366-7, 372, 374 crassimanus .. 366-7, 372 dagama .. fo MUS fractum .. 5 BUA GLAUERTI 5s oo AS haswelli . 365, 302 inerme . 361 longicorne 5 Us MACROCHIRIUM 363-4, 369, 371-3 serratum . 3874 siamense : Aiea BisaeOMl74 SPINIROSTRUM 361, 363, 369, 373 stebbingi OOD Moet suldhana 5 BUA TRUNCATUM 361, 371-3 Stenophragma .. 586,592, 603 meridionalis 56 (h0)B3 Stenopogon WA mare rieillt, aie) Stenopora .. . paca be 8) Sterictopsis 379, 381- 2, 385 argyraspis . 382 DIVERGENS 382-3 inconsequens 382 paratorna 5 bxey Stigmodera Tl, 7B acutangula mete affabilis .. 69 affinis 5 23 assimilis 69 cara 69, 70 cicerini 72 cruenta 69 Stigmodera cupreoflava var. equina Sc ae ieee! donovani PE aig). 1 DUARINGAE 3h) ict O'S erythromelas 1 Seaman 2, WEN OXCINCH o5 45 oo OM gebhardti 6) eee es hopei gee (is aie > eo Om LI INCONS PICA POO jakovlevi Pee cio) C4 jansoni) 2.05% A eee eerie, TeKeL Ty a! bl OO) jubatan wee oes eee: MARGINALIS ‘ 66, 68 moribunda var. dispar 72 mrazi a he eaeics octospilota var. rufipes 72 odewahni eh 7 oleata-caroli is de ON PARTICOLLIS ele OT pictipes Peele 68 ? placens 69, 70 placida: 325 eae, TUpPeS > 2c). Via Ga eee sagittaria PRET 5's 74 sanguineocincta .. .. 72 SanleuinOSay eee OM semenovi shes 72 SEXUALIS 69, 70 Simplex): 2) (i Soeee eeO9 stigmaticollis Rat eee tasmani Pa Rta Colin "7/0 yorkensis bei su 74 Stilbomyia te 294, 337 Stipa flavescens . 662 pubescens . 662 Stolephorus delicatulus 92 Stomoxys calcitrans 352 Storeus .. 544 acutidens 545-6 fasciculatus .. D544 hystricosus .. 546 MAGNUS .. .. 544 PREAPICALIS aD AD specularis . 544 SQUAMIPICTUS 544 Strepera graculina 228, 420 Striglina superior .. 5 BO Sturmia 329-30, 340 elzneri 330-1 sericariae 5 Baill Stylogaster Les Ay LS) Styphelia longifolia . 418 Sula cyanops on 2D5 fiber . 247, 255 Symmerus . 589,594 Symphylistis ote A To Symplasta . 586, 612 annuliventris 612-3 Synapha 586, 592, 601, 607-8 Syndocosia lee DoS Syngnathus . 2308, 240 Syntemna .. 55 mil Syrphus corollae var. viti- ENSISMM ie) eam Pee hontno 0 Systatica . 470, 499 RAMNINAGMS oo ool o6 Ch) Systoechus om Mie OLS albiceps fan Se aay) kts} australis Sip eB, a OHS) sericans AST Re ehe Maaie MI y ee) Systropus aN ODO clavifemoratus -.. .. 556 DODDI 554-5 FLAVO-ORNATUS 554-5 TMACUINIAUIS ~~ 56° oe oc iN0 Raw aAMUSis ei. cc owe ee iG 62 cyaneus es NEUEN pathic eR ly HO eyano-viridis Ma (tr OS fraternus renee ae OO SHG GG oo so OB Tachina ‘ 329- 30, 336 Taeniothrips longistylus 350 Tagetes patula Lt Sea L Talaurinus WEES ZOO Glahmm@iliti 65 66. on oo Zila IRAWONe se co os o6 AO Tapinogyna 471, 497-8 perichroa ties Ace AO TASMANINA 3 586, 591, 602 GRACILIS aes 300o TAULYRPA . iy Bee Gea Taxeotis 464, 469, 471, 480 acrothecta . 481, 487 adelia 50 CKD, 483, 493 AOIINE, se on on oo Casts AENIGM ATODES . 481, 494 ALLOCEROS 481, 494-5 anthracopa 480, 484-5, 489 bigeminata . 481, 490 BLECHRA . 480, 483 calypsis Ree pa eee 4 ill collineata Bi Mie aA OO COMPAR a oo Gael, GG dasyzona ER rst ems AN delogramma .. .. ..481 egenata . 481, 486 endela 481, 493-4 epigaea 481, 495-6 epigypsa 2 480-1 EREMOPHILA . 481, 490 eugenestera .. .. .. 491 EXAERETA .. 481, 492 exsectaria . 481, 491 goniogramma .. 481, 488 holoscia . 481, 489 inconcisata .. 482-3 intermixtaria . 481, 484 intextata 480-4, 486, 488, 492 isomeris ‘ie ne pre eo isophanes SINS aD mimela . 481, 491 OCHROSTICTA .. . 480, 485 oraula . 481, 488 INDEX. Taxeotis orphnina .. 481, 495 ? pelopa 3 eee 44 perlinearia 481-2, 486 phaeopa .. 481, 490 philodora Rae vehi g, Wi xeie PHRICOCYMA . 480, 482 Y Semarbnwiyee: “G6 650 oo Bed stereospila 481, 492-3 subvelaria . 480, 485, 489 xanthogramma 481, 489-90 Taxicnemis as 591 TAXIS DLE VAILOlIA meen eS Telenomus nawaii .. .. 348 Telostylinus linealatus 351 Temnodon int, gather eee OG Tephrina aridaria .. .. 476 capitata Mr cie te 6. 0) flavicapitata eee coke PIERO, 56 co oo 4th Tephritopyrgota abjecta 2 belzebuth 5 2 carbonaria 2 ?ferruginea .. 2 hirsuta 2 ? microcera 2 nubilipennis 2 passerina 2 stylata 2 tenuis 2 vesicatoria 2 Tephrosia unitaria 394 Terastia meticulosalis .. 346 Teretrura flaveola .. .. 2 Terias sulphurata .. .. 344 Terpna 380, 385- 6, 392 acanthina Arne 394 GUE, So. Vos 66) oo BSS CINEREA ty en eae Fe OOS deterionataye a ee o 2 emiliaria Loe tea ROOD GIN 66> 00 obo oo oy haemataria .. .. 393 hypochromaria 399- 4 MELALEUCAE 55 SB, BOY metarhodata . 398, 396 MNIARIA 6) oo OB aXo TONARIOSENOG, oo of co Hy paroptila Bee COL percomptaria 383-4 quadrilinea .. 393, 396, 398 RHODOCHLORA 5 B85 ae)a saturataria hi 393-4 subrubescens | 393-4, 396 unitaria 393-4 viridicata eT tera, Waar RCO SG Tetracha 220, 231 crucigera 235 Tetragoneura ” 586- 7, 593, 611 MMSAROCKOIN 55 oo ov oo ABD Tetrodymon cucullatum 229 Teuthis troughtoni 56 We Thalassodes pilaria .. 045 XCV. Thalassoma purpureum.. 92 avo NGON 55 oo -o BH Thamiaraea insigniventris 347 Thecla We Bie 0) St EOS agra oh ee Le Themeda australis ae 5 adiib:< gigantea ote oe. UI a ee 55 oditb SDei 2: meee hoe hao. dU triandra 5 es Themognatha jakovlevi.. 72 MVIVAUR GOON PANTS) aes OO mrazi BE ci gies ties IOATMACOMIIS Go co bo OL AD OKIREH ONY Go oe .. 264 Thereutria amaricus .. 80 Thespesia populnea OL Thoris 5 bali). afBtil 11238 eburifera Sa a eo moerens : ist rarytltos septemeuttata sh PeRelos STOCCMMONEA, 56 o6 an JSR IMareioepOelON 55 oo oo Wh Thrycolyga 5 moll, ako) sorbillans a’, vic Ditcemoo ll Thryptocera BEL. eS Ree LOLS Thunbergia erecta 50. OtaKl) Tiliqua scincoides 34, 43, 53, 55 Tipula nigrithorax .. .. 63 Tithonia diversifolia 346-8 Toxophora SP ameN he patie DENS COMPTA 558-9 Toxopyrgota inclinata .. 3 Toxura 4-6, 10, 15, 22-4 angustifrons 2, 7,11,12, 23 DISCOIDALIS ; We Qe aliZ, lone MOIS 65 65 2h Wp 283 maculipennis Bo Pp Ug Bry 2 OPIN, 66 oo on 8 microps Pop te PABA ROBUS TAGE een bi Suan: variegata Pap Un ry dls PREY Trachypora pitew. Gone. 0.0.< Tranes INSIGNIPES .. 537,539 insularis sHomateese OOOO internatus Ae Pst ee OOO, MONOPtICUSH a ee Doo PROSTERNALIS 538-9 roei So WS LAStae PRD OO, SORES) 66 oo 6a oo Be) SUBOPACUS 538-9 vigorsi sete ts. 438-9 xanthorrhoeae Se on ey) Trichellopsis muiri oh 2 tephritoides! ss 95): 2 tipuloides Bo. eye “Ae 2 Tricholyga on 5 Sil Trichonta .. : 586, 594, 613 Trichosia . 586, 590, 599 Trichoterga Sie ey ty ore: MBRIGEKONE: (55. ole roo oo He! gigas RPP MEN rors ae Xevi. Tridax procumbens 5 350 Trigonia .. Leh A th 224-5 Tritaxys F 113, 320, 323, 341 australis LIL} heterocera oo JLae Tritheledon .. 694 riconoi . 692 Triticum 629 compactum 97, 629 dicoccum 97, 629 durum 97, 629 monococcum 97, 629 sphaerococcum . 633 vulgare 97, 629 vulgare erythr osper- mum ae 630-1 spp. : Ae Sh eae ()'4. Trizygia B86, 592, 604-5 dux . 604 Truneatella Se 223 TRUPLAYA . 164-5, 170 Trygon 5) PAO Tryphocaria 119-21 frenchi 5 AAD, ale! hamata 119-22, 124 IMMACULATA .. 121-2, 124 longipennis . 120, 124 mastersi 55 IAD, ales mitchelli Bes 123-4 odewahni 120-2, 124 PLACENTA : 123-4 princeps 5 WAL, Wet punctipennis 120-1, 124 solida 5 Le! superans 5 Lae! TRIANGULARIS 123-4 DPSULa SDS ie ae . 148 Turnix varius .. 5 2B INDEX. Tylotrypes immsi .. .. 3 TYLPARUA 165, 172 Typha 418 Tyrtaeosus 538 Ugimeigenia 4 330 Uliocnemis cassidara 406 elegans 406 Ulysses 247 Upeneichthys 94-5 Upeneoides . 94-5 trace Coe eee Ge ce eran Upeneus ane . 94-5 filamentosus . 93-5 DOLOSUSH see ee Cae ee 5 TUONO. sh no oo OB vittatus SU Ee hd bah ue) vlamingii PAGE AM hE NOm Urena lobata 5 aE Urophora testacea .. .. 8 WIRARAIOPA 66 oc 164-5, 173 Utetheisa pulchella . 345 Vallota purpurea , 419 Venus 5 5 225) Vermicella annulata . 240 Vigna Catiang 347, "849, 351-2 Villa a DIY aprica 5. DILe commista 517-8 fuscicostata 517-8 Obscura sae a lize Vinsonia stellifera .. . 350 Vitex trifolia .. 045 Voria 5 BRB, BAZ Winthemia . oo2, o00, o41 quadripustulata oo Xanthium chinense . xlvi occidentale eexdavall strumarium .. Bin dll Xanthomelaena >. 290 Xenochlaena .. 404 porphyropa . 405 Xenogenes 464, 466-7, 471 Xenomusa Armee. 400 Xenoplatyura 107, 164-5, 169-70, 596 DODDI ; 169 Xylopsocus castanoptera 347 Xylotrupes australinus .. 232 Xypeta 120-1 grallaria 120-1 Xysta .. EllOs Yorkeica 5 daly) Zea Mays .. BAS, ob2 ZEBROMYIA . 321, 340 OBESA 5 Bel Zelmira calogastra ue 5 17) flavioralis Fy ieee) Zenillia 329- 31, 340 Zephyranthes . 427, rosea ae . 419 Zeuctophlebia .. 464, 468, 470 Zita Po) aureopyga : 5 Zizera labradus . 3044 Zosteromeigenia . 315, 340 mima bo ells Zosterops . 247 Zuphium 200 Zygomyia , 586-7, 613 Zygoneura . 586, 590, 599 Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1929. PLATE A, Rivertree Wilsons Downfall; wy ¥ ' eae te SSCuyra : Armidale | @ Rockvale S] ManillaQ \ Ma \Mdo ; \Attunga so) : ., t ‘anglemah Girilambone AN iy Kootingal Cobarg». js See | aerinigate ulnalRects Canbelego AUSTRALIA _ A ANymagee . ae ATottenham: Shuttleton ABobadahy, ce CobkéGap i Gulgong " a B eel none A Sundy| Corner Ma iducama Dark Corner Drury Oa coarr Gewleys N\. . ‘\ mt P t) Valgogrinyg Ae L on Hee ie. é ‘ Miburn BSurraga | a neaitthar * @pfrogmore ‘i am poelgee BGrookwell , ae acne CANBERRAG, AD) Geanb: ‘ cia pialeandeyan Ve ango is y; Captain's flat & MBraidwood Nr aan ‘ Lobb's Holle @aAral Z @ Anti Molybdeni ul ; . wen antimony ® Molybdenite ena £ iOS F wa ji ® Arsenic Platinum 4) Sia Fah mdm ® Bismuth @ Scheelite 5 : hee Ble Nog oR H C | ape oe A Copper @ Silver-Lead Approxvmate bowndary of Willyama Series: -----~>~ Bee aN j O Chromite @ Silver, Lead, Zinc and @ Cold Cadmium Approximate boundary of area withim which Lambian @ /ron OTin strata and Kanunbla granites, etc., outcrop: —.—-—:—— (Note: In the W., N.W. and N.E. parts of area outcrops are largely obscured by post- Palaeozoic deposits.) Approximate boundary of area within which Upper Palaeozoic Miles 49.36 24 12 9 Bs 144 Miles strata are appreciably folded and Upper Palaeozove plutone “1 = = intrusions outcrop: —"—%— #—1— : Bi Manganese © Wolfram ea Railways shown thus x (Sees eee ens - . Ps yetee 4i4 4 heAiwc a MUTE LR Maes Pas ey “ ia Gs dier* ee {. hail "tis! ren heal *< dye WV. fics ‘ he | \ ‘ 7 . Lae ¢- “ aa. 7 meh tan he - Y < =} tia eee af - AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE (DIPTERA). L. (AS? ¢ By Mario Bezz1,* Italy. Cy, ae With an Appendix by J. R. MALLocH. < * (Fourteen Text-figures. ) [Read 27th March, 1929.] The Pyrgotidae, formerly regarded as a subfamily of the Ortalidae, are now separated as a distinct family of the Ortalidiformes series, or of the Tephrito- morphae group. This last group is distinguished chiefly by the divergent, never convergent, postvertical bristles, and the strongly chitinized, and well developed, ovipositor of the females. The principal characters of the Pyrgotidae are as follows: Ocelli often lacking; lunule not exposed; prelabrum small; no propleural bristle, but prothoracic hairs or bristles usually present; only three supra-alar bristles; squamulae small; penis spiral; tibiae without preapical dorsal bristle; first longitudinal wing vein hairy or bristly; third vein as a rule bare at base; lower angle of anal cell acute, and usually produced. The most conspicuous feature is the exceptionally developed ovipositor, which is conical or cylindrical, greatly swollen at base, very often as long as the remainder of abdomen, which in the female has six visible segments. The Pyrgotidae are conspicuous flies, of large or medium size, rarely small; they are always of pale yellowish colour, or reddish, and very often have variegated wings. These pale colours are certainly related to the nocturnal habits of most of the species. Specimens caught at light are frequently met with in collections, as has been several times recorded, and Mr. H. K. Munro of East London, Trans- vaal, informs me that in South Africa Pyrgotidae are almost exclusively taken at light. The reduction of the eyes and lack of ocelli in many species are perhaps due to these habits. The food of the adult flies is unknown, but they certainly do not feed on flowers; some species may be predacious, like the equally yellow and nocturnal Bengalia, etc., but they have more fleshy soft proboscides. Where the larvae are known they are endoparasitic upon lamellicorn beetles of nocturnal habits, first discovered in North America, where they parasitize the genus Phyllophaga, and more recently they have been recorded as attacking the Javanese species Adoretus compressus, by Dr. de Meijere. The well developed, and often tuberculate, ovipositor is apparently adapted to the peculiar method of oviposition, or possibly of larviposition, in the host, and the coxae sometimes bear tufts of small spines, similar to those present in some Tachinidae. The Pyrgotidae are evidently allied to the Conopidae, as evidenced by the shape of the head, abdomen, and legs, ete., and by the endophagous habits of the larvae, living in the bodies of living insects, those of the former in Coleoptera, and those of the latter in Hymenoptera. This affinity was pointed out by de Meijere, and more recently by Malloch. * At the time of Professor Bezzi’s death the manuscript of this paper was not in shape to send to the press and it was prepared by Mr. J. R. Malloch so that the work of the author might not be lost. A 2 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, The family is not a large one in point of number of species, but is present in all the zoological regions. ‘The flies are very rare in Europe (I have never met with them in more than 30 years’ collecting), but they are rather frequently met with in North America, and seem to be rather plentiful in tropical and subtropical countries. I present below a complete list of the described species, but there are a number of new species (14) not in this list, which I have included in a paper dealing with the Ethiopian fauna. List of Described Species. Toxura microps Hendel, 1914, Sydney, N.S.W. longipalpis Hendel, 1908, Australia. maculipennis Macquart, 1850, Tasmania. 5 angustifrons Hendel, 1914, Queensland. variegata Hendel, 1908, Australia. Epicerella guttipennis Macquart, 1850, Tasmania. 6 miliacea Hendel, 1914, Queensland. 3 punctulata Hendel, 1914, W. Australia. Acropyrgota flavescens Hendel, 1914, Australia. 5 SG Go Sa gS OS |= 10. Trichellopsis tipuloides Hendel, 1914, S. Africa. it, Ff muiri Hendel, 1914, S. Africa. 12. a tephritoides Hendel, 1914, Cape of Good Hope. 13. Tephritopyrgota vesicatoria Hendel, EK. Africa. 14. 5 stylata Hendel, 1914, E. Africa. ilsy, 3 belzebuth, Hendel, 1914, H. Africa. 16. Z carbonaria Hendel, 1914, S. Africa. Yl 33 nubilipennis van der Wulp, 1885, Central Africa. 18. Fy passerina Hendel, 1914, S. Africa. il) S abjecta Adams, 1905, S. Africa. 20. ts hirsuta Hendel, 1914, S. Africa. 21. s . tenuis Hendel, 1914, S. Africa. 22. 55 2? microcera Portchinsky, 1892, Amur. 23. BS ? ferruginea Walker, 1853, India. bo bo th Pyrgota valida Harris, 1867, N. America. maculipennis Macquart, 1846, N. America. 26. 53 undata Wiedemann, 1830, N. America. 27. y pterophorina Gerstaecker, 1860, N. America. 28. i vespertilio Gerstaecker, 1860, N. America. 29. is filiola Loew, 1876, N. America. 30. a chagnoni Johnson, 1900, N. America. sill > fenestrata Macquart, 1850, America. 31a. - lugens van der Wulp, 1898, Guatemala. 32. oy longipes Henadel, 1908, Brazil. 33. Teretrura flaveola Bigot, 1885, Chile. 34. Adapsilia coarctata Waga, 1842, Europe. oD: wagae Bigot, 1880, Persia, Caucasus. 36. 3 fusca Hendel, 1914, Japan. is os luteola Coquillett, 1898, Japan. 38. PP omorii Matsumura, 1916, Japan. 39. Bs flavopilosa Hendel, 1914, Japan. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44, 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 5b. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. Tak 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. ies 78. U9: 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. BY M. BEZZI. Adapsilia vulpina Hendel, 1914, Sikkim. % armipes Hendel, 1914, Sikkim. en opaca Bezzi, 1914, Sikkim. ey nocturna Bezzi, 1914, Sikkim. 5% brahma Hendel, 1914, S. India. a scutellata Hendel, 1914, N.W. India. a trinotata de Meijere, 1914, Java. % magnicornis Hendel, 1914, Ceylon. 45 amplipennis Bezzi, 1914, China. PA angustifrons Bezzi, 1914, India. x longina Hendel, 1914, HE. Africa. 53 caffra Hendel, 1914, Natal. i ypsilon Hendel, 1914, Sierra Leone. a latipennis Walker, 1849, W. Africa. Apyrgota scioida Hendel, 1908, Molucca. rH pictiventris Hendel, 1914, Ceylon, India. rf unicolor Hendel, 1914, Ceylon. Ee pubiseta Hendel, 1914, Oriental Region. os alienata Walker, 1861, Ceram. F marshalli Hendel, 1914, Nyasaland. a ? personata Lutz and Lima, 1918, Brazil. Leptopyrgota amplipennis Hendel, 1914, Bolivia. y sahlbergiana Frey, 1918, Brazil. Hypotyphia loewi Hendel, 1908, S. Africa. Campylocera gracilis Hendel, 1914, W. Africa. caudata Hendel, 1914, W. Africa. [As a Hypotyphlia.] piceiventris Hendel, 1914, H. Africa. 5 pleuralis Hendel, 1914, EH. Africa. 5 myopa Hendel, 1914, Nyasaland. nigriventris Hendel, 1914, S. Africa. unicolor Becker, 1909, E. Africa. 3 maculifer Hendel, 1914, S. Africa. % angustigenis Hendel, 1914, S. Africa. Bs latigenis Hendel, 1914, E. Africa. aA oculata Hendel, 1914, E. Africa. 5p ferruginea Macquart, 1843, S. Africa. be robusta van der Wulp, 1880, Java, Sumatra. A longicornis van der Wulp, 1885, Java. = myiopina van der Wulp, 1880, Java. 3 fuscipes van der Wulp, 1885, Java. i thoracalis Hendel, 1914, Philippines. 3 rufina Bezzi, 1917, Philippines. ae brevicornis Hendel, 1908, New Guinea. Prosyrogaster chelionotus Rondani, 1875, Borneo. Diasteneura laticeps Hendel, 1908, S. Africa. Tylotrypes immsi Bezzi, 1914, India. Eumorphomyia tripunctata Doleschall, 1859, Amboina. Geloemyia stylata Hendel, 1908, Tonkin. Toxopyrgota inclinata Hendel, 1917, E. Africa. 4 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, As will be seen from the preceding enumeration, the genera have a clearly limited geographical distribution; only one genus is common to the Old and New Worlds, that is Apyrgota, but the neotropical species (personata) may belong to a distinct genus. The few genera with a wide range are Pyrgota (nearctic and neotropical) and Adapsilia and Campylocera (all regions of the Old World). The Australian Pyrgotidae are very peculiar. There are amongst them forms with ocelli and with broad pterostigma (Toxura and Epicerella), and forms with pointed third antennal segment (both the above-named genera and Acropyrgota). To these forms are added here some very aberrant species which are closely allied to the Myopine flies.* The material for the present monograph was received from the late Dr. E. W. Ferguson, Dr. J. F. Illingworth, and Mr. G. F. Hill, to whom my thanks are due. The Australian genera may be distinguished as in the following key. Key to the Genera. 1 (6). Ocelli well developed, and three in number; ocellar bristles lacking or rudi- mentary; third antennal segment usually with a sharp point at apex; ptero- stigma broad and long. 2 (3). Facial keel broad and flat, the antennae being concealed in the facial grooves; sternopleural and pteropleural bristles not distinct; mid tibiae without GISHINEEGSDULS i ssasciers iene eid eue eRe Oou eres oneal encase 1. Maenomenus, nov. gen. 3 (2). Facial keel narrow and sharp, the antennae being free and exserted; sterno- pleural and pteropleural bristles well developed, sometimes very strong; mid tibiae with the usual terminal spurs. 4 (5). Three notopleural bristles present (1:2); basal abdominal segment not longer than second; face not prominent below the apices of antennae; ovipositor clothed with slender sparse hairs; wings banded or entirely hyaline, always destitukeroLsmallyclearsSpOLS more ee eckson nenetieneclensnette 2. Toxura Macquart (4). Only two notopleurals present (1:1); basal abdominal segment at least twice as long as second; face distinctly produced just below apices of antennae; ovipositor clothed with dense rigid hairs; wings with more or less numerous QU GOOUS cocodaosccssvodoobocudocunooudonoNdooN! 3. Epicerella Macquart 6 (1). Ocelli entirely lacking, but the ocellar bristles more or less developed ; pterostigma very narrow, and usually short. (12). Proboscis short and simple, shorter than the palpi; frons in both sexes as broad as, or only a little narrower than, one eye; apical section of fourth vein curved downward at end, the first posterior cell being thus widened at apex. 8 (11). Wings with the costal vein extending to apex of fourth vein, the latter complete to margin of wing; second vein with a strong stump. 9 (10). Third antennal segment pointed at apex; vertex without transverse keel; discal ol -l cell narrowed at base .....5.....-.2+%s. 2.25550 - 4. Acropyrgota Hendel 10 (9). Third antennal segment rounded at apex; vertex with a prominent transverse keel; discal cell not narrowed at base ............++++-- 5. Adapsilia Waga 11 (8). Costal vein ending at third vein, and the fourth evanescent apically, or at least less distinct apically than basally; second Nisvia WHORE Kuibbooe) Goocaucoooa0c eS ARE ee tne oma o OI n ad DOR Oo mapa e Omid 6. Campylocera Macquart 12 (7). Proboscis longer than the palpi, and distinctly geniculated ; frons of the male much narrower than one eye; apical section of fourth vein straight, the first posterior cell with parallel sides ........-.---- 7. Prodalmannia, nov. gen. 1. MAENOMENUS, nov. gen. This genus is the most aberrant of those provided with distinct ocelli; all the three genera with ocelli are peculiar to Australia, and are evidently the most ancestral forms in the entire family. This genus is likewise aberrant in possessing * In this connection it may be mentioned that in Krober’s monograph of the Conopidae there are no Myopinae, Dalmanniinae, or Stylogasterinae, recorded from Australia. BY M. BEZZI. 5 a short basal abdominal segment, a character which it shares with Tozura, but differs from that genus, as well as from all others in the family, by lacking the terminal spurs on the mid tibia. The form of the head is very like that of the Myopinae, thus this genus and Prodalmannia represent two very evident connecting links between the Conopidae and Pyrgotidae. The general shape of the present genus is also not unlike that of some Chloropidae. Body slender and elongate, with short bristles and sparse hairs; colour testaceous, with black stripes and spots. Head greatly developed, subquadrate in profile, shaped not unlike that of some Myopinae, occiput convex and rather swollen, with distinct lower swellings. Vertex slightly carinate, but the keel not prominent. Frons equally wide in both sexes, more than twice as wide as one’eye, flat, in profile bluntly prominent in front; the middle stripe is extended to the eyes, the parafrontals being distinguishable only on sides of anterior half. Lunule small, concealed. Three well developed and approximated ocelli present. Eyes small, rounded, placed somewhat obliquely, bare, with small facets. Parafacials and peristomalia broad. Antennae short, widely separated at bases, inserted at level of the upper border of the eyes, rather concealed in the facial grooves; second segment with sparse hairs; third segment rounded at apex, without upper terminal point; arista basal, short, bare, thickened at base. Face broad, with a very broad and flat middle keel, the oral grooves widely separated, extending to lower level of eyes; mouth opening long and broad. Palpi dilated at apices, longer than the mouth, nearly bare; proboscis short and simple, concealed in the mouth. Cephalic bristles reduced to a single pair of rather short verticals, the other bristles not distinguishable, but traces of a short orbital on each side; hairs very scarce, even in front of middle stripe. Mesonotum elongate, with the transverse suture broadly interrupted in middle; bristles rather weak, one humeral, two notopleurals, one presutural, two posterior supra-alars, one pair of dorsocentrals, one mesopleural, and the propleural tuft well developed. Scutellum small, short, convex, with four to six marginal bristles. Abdomen slender, parallel-sided, not at all constricted at base, a little longer than thorax; in the male there are five visible segments, and in the female six; basal segment not at all elongated, shorter than the second; male genitalia rounded, not visible from above; ovipositor very long, about as long as entire body, much swollen at base. Legs stouter in the male than in the female, in both sexes nearly bare, with very short hairs even on the femora; mid tibia without distinct apical spurs; preapical bristle present only en fore tibia, but inconspicuous; tibiae not longer than their femora, only those of the hind pair being a little elongate in the female; tarsi short in the male, longer in the female, rather broad at apices. Wings long and narrow; costa produced to apex of fourth vein and nearly bare, even at base. Auxiliary vein thick and entire, ending at an acute angle with costa; first vein ciliated throughout its length, ending beyond middle of wing, but slightly before level of inner cross-vein, the latter placed very close to the outer cross-vein; second vein straight and without stump; third vein straight, bare at base, ending near the tip of wing; apical section of fourth vein complete, slightly curved to the middle; discal cell long, its lower terminal angle being very near the hind border of the wing; outer cross-vein straight, perpen- dicular, considerably longer than its distance from inner one; anal cell broad out- wardly, its lower angle small, acute, distinctly but not very much produced; sixth vein strong, extending to margin of wing, subobsolete at apex. Axillary lobe and alula well developed, much longer than broad; spurious axillary vein long. Type, the following species. 6 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, MAENOMENUS ENSIFER, N. SD. A strikingly characterized species, with a brown costal border and a broadly infuscated outer cross-vein to the wings. Type, male, and allotype, in Health Dept. collection, the male from Manly, 6.xii.1923, the female from Sydney, 20.xi.1921, EH. W. Ferguson. Male and female.—Length of body and wing, 7 mm., of ovipositor, 6 mm. Head entirely testaceous, opaque, shining only on sides of occiput and near the vertex. The occiput has four oblique black stripes above, two on each side, radiating from the centre, but not reaching the sides, the outer ones ending near middle of eyes, the inner ones near upper angle of eyes. There is also a rounded black ocellar spot. Frons dull reddish, with a narrow black middle line extending from the ocellar spot to lunule; parafacials and cheeks reddish, unspotted, with sericeous reflections. Antennae entirely reddish-yellow. Face reddish, with a broad deep black rounded spot on the middle of supraoral plate. Palpi and pro- boscis yellowish. Vertical bristles black; the very sparse hairs are dark, but on lower part of head there are a few longer pale hairs. Mesonotum testaceous, slightly shining, with four narrow black stripes which are abbreviated in front and confluent behind, but the two middle ones are often linear or wanting in the male; a narrow black stripe runs along the notopleural suture from the humeri to the base of wing, and just above the root of the wing there is also a short black stripe, while behind the root there is a rounded black spot. Pleura more yellowish, and rather shining; a narrow black stripe running parallel to the notopleural suture and extending from the propleural tuft to the middle of mesopleura; sterno- pleura shining black; a rounded shining black hypopleural spot, and below this a deep black spot just above the hind coxa; mesophragma shining black, with a reddish line along the middle in the male. Bristles black; hairs black, very sparse and short, even on the pleura. Scutellum shining reddish, with two black stripes above in continuation of those on mesonotum. Halteres pale yellowish. Abdomen testaceous, rather shining, with two narrow parallel black stripes on middle of back extending from the second segment to the tip in the female, but present only on second and third segment in the male; in addition the side margins are each marked with a narrow line; venter reddish-yellow, unspotted; hairs and bristles black. Male genitalia shining reddish; ovipositor shining black, quite bare. Legs entirely yellowish to apices of tarsi, unspotted; the very short and sparse hairs are all black, being longer and more numerous in the male. Wings whitish hyaline, with black, rather thick, veins which are reddish towards the base. The brown pattern is formed by a broad costal border, which does not extend below the third vein except at apex, where it reaches the middle of the first posterior cell; this dark border is more yellowish in the costal cells and along the sub- marginal cell, but is darker at the apex; the stigma is black in the male and pale in the female. In addition the outer cross-vein is broadly margined with fuscous, forming an oblique band extending from hind margin of wing to the fourth vein. The inner cross-vein is not, or very slightly, margined with fuscous, and is situated near the apex of discal cell, being about as long as, or longer than, its distance from hind one. 2. Toxura Macquart, 1850. This is a typical Australian genus. It is very distinct from all the other known genera of the family on account of the three notopleural bristles, the two posterior ones being of about equal size and placed one above the other; in addition the ~l BY M. BEZZI. short basal segment of abdomen is also characteristic. I nave seen only two species, and therefore I can not say if these characters are also present in all the known species; but as the three notopleurals were specifically mentioned by Hendel in his generic description in 1908, I think that the character is common to all the species described by him, notwithstanding that he differentiated the genus from Epicerella only by the wing pattern in his paper in 1914. The species known to me may be distinguished as follows: (4). Wings wholly hyaline, quite unspotted. 2 (3). No postvertical bristles; cheek broader than the vertical diameter of eye; wings greyish only at base, and yellowish near costa ............ microps Hendel 3 (2). Postvertical bristles present; cheek only one-half as broad as the vertical diameter of eye; wings wholly yellowish, more intensely so on costa ...... Se iS epi) ee pooh tr Great oNie] Tesces uss (av cay bial ce We hia. nas Phe CCVeL sire, ile) wages Rome aLe my eel are tens longipalpis Hendel 4 (1). Wings with fuscous bands or with fuscous spots. 5 (6). Frons only one-half as broad as one eye; no postverticals; antennae black; wings banded, with two fuscous bands and two or three hyaline spots .... Aa @oadeoodogoovasoUDUOU GO OUD HOUIUNO Ooo GU FOO OOE aD Doo ON angustifrons Hendel (5). Frons as broad as, or broader than, one eye. (10). Wings with two broad dark bands, which are not interrupted by hyaline spots. (9). No postverticals; third antennal segment reddish-yellow; mesonotum pale brown; intermediate pair of scutellar bristles sometimes wanting; only one strong mesopleural bristle present ...................-24- variegata Hendel 9 (8). Postverticals present; third antennal segment black; mesonotum largely black ; scutellum with six strong bristles; two strong mesopleurals present ...... BIE DERE CRERE: CoO OOO CLE CROL IG OLN OTE CEI sone Oper ch OrOro-a OCD I0 Cre Onn CFNCED robusta, n. sp. 10 (7). Wings not banded, with fuscous spots only. 11 (12). Inner cross-vein not margined with fuscous ........... maculipennis Macquart 12 (11). Inner cross-vein broadly margined with fuscous ............ discoidalis, n. sp. a aonaartoan ToxurRA Microrps Hendel. Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1914, p. 115, fig. 15. ; A smallish species (5 mm.), very distinct from the other known species on account of its very small eyes. Described in both sexes from Sydney, N.S.W., and from Moreton Bay. Types in the British Museum; not seen. -ToXURA LONGIPALPIS Hendel. Wien. entom. Zeit., 1908, p. 147; Gen. Ins., 1908, pl. 1, fig. 24, 25. A little larger than the preceding species (7:-5 mm.), and distinguished by the larger eyes and long palpi. : Described from the female. Locality, Sydney. Type in Vienna Museum. Not seen. TOXURA ANGUSTIFRONS Hendel. Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1914, p. 116. Close to the following species and with a similar wing pattern, but dis- tinguished by the narrower frons, and the black antennae. The fuscous bands on the wings have some hyaline spots in them as in Epicerella plagiata, and the species may belong to that genus. Described from the female only. Locality Burpengary, S. Queensland. Type in the British Museum. Not seen. TOXURA VARIEGATA Hendel. Wien entom. Zeit., 1908, p. 148; Gen. Ins., 1908, pl. 1, fig. 22, 23. A very distinct species on account of the two broad dark bands on the wing, which are not at all interrupted by hyaline spots; antennae reddish. 8 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, Described from a male taken in North Queensland. Type in Vienna Museum. I have seen one male specimen from New South Wales, Overland Corner, December 2, 1913 (EK. W. Ferguson). This specimen has only four scutellar bristles, the intermediate pair being indistinguishable. In addition the ocellar bristles are not evident, the eyes seem to be more rounded, but in other respects it agrees with the description. TOXURA ROBUSTA, N. SD. Closely related to the preceding species, but more robust, much darker in colour, and having better developed bristles. Type male, a specimen from Victoria, Warburton, January 13, 1924 (F. E. Wilson). Male.—Length of body and wing about 10 mm. Head as described and figured by Hendel for variegata. The occiput is, however, darker, being blackened on its upper portion; the chaetotaxy is the same, but there is a well developed pair ot postvertical bristles present; the ocellars are short and fine; median frontal stripe very dark reddish-brown, almost blackened on anterior portion; eyes rounded, about as high as long; third antennal segment black, rounded at apex, without prominent acute point; parafacials narrower than in variegata, reddish-brown below; peristomalia a little narrower, unspotted, but narrowly reddish-brown along lower border of eyes; supraoral plate shorter, margined with black above; face whitish. Mesonotum almost entirely black on disc, reddish-brown in front, with pale yellowish humeri; notopleural region and supra-alar stripe yellowish; on centre of mesonotum there is a greyish vitta, but there is no distinct division of the black portion into four vittae; pleura reddish or yellowish, with broad blackish- brown patches; the mesopleura is black, with yellowish upper border. Scutellum black above, pale yellowish on sides and below; postscutellum and mesophragma shining reddish-brown. Hairs and bristles black; chaetotaxy as in marginata, but better developed, the intermediate pair of scutellar bristles as strong as the others; scutellum more haired above; two strong bristles and a series of bristly hairs on the mesopleura; pteropleural and sternopleural hairs very strong. MHalteres pale yellowish. Abdomen dark reddish-brown, the tergites blackened centrally or basally; all the segments of about equal length, only the apical segment being evidently elongated; hairs and bristles black; venter opaque blackish, the dorsum rather shining. Legs as in variegata, but all femora more broadly and intensely blackened. Wings with venation and pattern as in variegata, the whitish hyaline band between the two dark bands on fore border is broad, and without dark clouds or stripes, and the hind cross-vein is broadly margined with fuscous. TOxURA MACULIPENNIS Macquart. Mem. Soc. Sci. Lille, 1851, p. 263, pl. 26, fig. 18 (p. 289 of reprint). Distinguished by the simple wing pattern, which consists only of an abbre- viated narrow dark band below the stigma extending to the inner cross-vein, and another narrow preapical dark band from costa at apex of second vein extending to middle of apical section of fourth vein. Described from a female specimen taken in Tasmania. Type in Paris Museum. Not seen. Urophora testacea Macquart (1.c., 1851, p. 260 (286) pl. 26, fig. 12) seems to be a Toxvura very like maculipennis, differing only in having a black stripe on the BY M. BEZZI. 9 sides of mesonotum, and a somewhat different wing pattern, which latter is, how- ever, of the same type. TOXURA DISCOIDALIS, N. Sp. Allied to the preceding species, but distinguished from it by having the inner cross-vein of wing broadly margined with fuscous. Type female, in the Health Dept. collection, from Milson Is., October 31, 1914. Female.—Length of body, including ovipositor, 10 mm., of wing, 9-5 mm.; wing spread, 22 mm. Occiput flat above, with less prominent lateral swellings below, reddish on upper half, blackened towards the upper border of eyes and vertex, and pale yellowish below on sides, and there clothed with scattered fine pale hairs. Frons comparatively narrow, distinctly narrower than one eye, and about twice as long as wide; at vertex there is no prominent keel, opaque reddish-brown on central stripe which is clothed with rather long dark hairs, and is whitish-yellow on sides; in profile the frons is protruded in front not more than as far as width of third antennal segment, and on the projecting portion clothed with short dark hairs. Three distinct ocelli present, placed very close together on a small triangle which bears two pairs of short black bristles. Antennae short, reddish, with the third segment darkened; second segment a little shorter than third, with short black hairs, third segment oval, attenuated at apex, but not exactly pointed; arista twice as long as antenna, slender, bare, thickened at base, with distinct basal segment. Face entirely flat, narrower than one eye, not at all prominent above the mouth border, antennal grooves separated by a keel extending to lower margin of eyes, entirely yellowish, shining only in the grooves; parafacials opaque yellowish, narrow, half as wide as third antennal segment, haired only above; peristomalia opaque yellowish, unspotted, bare, about one-third as high as vertical diameter of eye. Eyes bare, oval, their vertical diameter twice as great as their horizontal, the middle anterior facets enlarged. Palpi broad, spatulate, reddish, devoid of bristles and hairs; proboscis shorter than the palpi, dirty yellowish, comparatively small, even the mouth opening being rather small. Bristles black, two pairs of verticals, and some short bristles along the upper eye border; postverticals and ocellars small; two pairs of orbitals which are long and erect, curved outwardly. Thorax shining reddish-brown, with pale yellowish humeri and sides of mesonotum, dorsum clothed with short black pubescence, with faint whitish dust, and with four faint dark vittae. Bristles long and strong, black, one humeral, three noto- pleurals (1:2), one presutural, one anterior supra-alar, two posterior supra-alars, one dorsocentral, two prescutellars, two mesopleural, one pteropleural, and one sternopleural amongst long rigid hairs; propleural bristles numerous; mesopleura clothed with black hairs. Scutellum reddish, less shining than mesonotum, with short black hairs and six strong bristles. Below the postalar ridge, near the base of wing, there is a small rounded black spot; mesophragma shining reddish-brown; halteres pale yellowish; squamulae whitish, with short fringe of soft pale hairs. Abdomen reddish, slightly shining, with short black pubescence and black bristles at sides and behind; first segment not at all narrowed at base, short, but little longer than second segment; ovipositor about as long as the remainder of abdomen, conical, shining reddish-brown, clothed with very few fine black hairs, and provided below towards the middle with a tuft of six or seven strong short black spines. 10 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, Venter blackish, opaque, nearly bare. Legs short and stout, entirely reddish, un- spotted; coxae with black bristles; femora with distinct rows of bristles; tibiae simple; apical segment of all tarsi dilated. Wings comparatively narrow and long; auxiliary vein broken at right angles at apex; stigma broad, about three times as long as wide, yellowish, unspotted; second vein straight, devoid of stump; third vein with two or three short bristles at extreme base, its apical section gently curved downward, ending a little before wing tip; costa ending at fourth vein; apical section very fine; last portion of fourth vein complete, regularly curved, the second posterior cell dilated above towards middle; inner cross-vein placed beyond the middle of discal cell; outer cross-vein straight and perpendicular, a little shorter than its distance from inner cross-vein; lower angle of anal cell acute, and considerably produced; sixth vein distinct only at extreme base, sub- obsolete apically, but extending to margin of wing. The wings are greyish hyaline, a little yellowish at base and along costa; the most conspicuous dark mark is the broad clouding over the inner cross-vein in the middle of the wing; there is a dark spot at base of third vein, a less distinct fuscous cloud in the apices of marginal, sub-marginal, and first posterior cells beyond the outer cross-vein, the latter very faintly infuscated. 3. HPICERELLA Macquart, 1850. Hendel, Gen. Ins., Pyrgotinae, 1908, p. 25. This genus is also characteristic of the Australian fauna. It is less aberrant than the last preceding one, having but two notopleural bristles, and the basal abdominal segment more elongate, and distinctly constricted at base. The third antennal segment may, or may not, be acute at apex. The wings of the several species are as narrow as in Toxura, and have a very similar pattern, but always have rounded hyaline spots in the dark portions. The species with the more punctate wings have also the wings very broad. The second wing vein has often a stump, which is absent in all the species of Toxura. The facial prominence just below the tips of antennae is also characteristic. The species may be distinguished as in the following key: 1 (4). Wings comparatively narrow, more banded than spotted; pterostigma fuscous, always destitute of hyaline spots; second vein without stump. (3). Two pairs of dorsocentrals; one upper orbital; wings with an extensive dark LENKA Ao, rvoymaavha¥=s CROHNS IITOIS 5 5000ccc0ccnnoencncnucucen plagiata, n. sp. Four pairs of dorsocentrals; two upper orbitals; wings with more reduced dark pattern; ‘Nol; Lascia te! sss cava se cies ae iene SE setosa, Nn. sp. 4 (1). Wings broader, not distinctly banded, with numerous hyaline spots; pterostigma with 1-3 hyaline spots; second vein usually with a stump. Species of very large size (19 mm.), with 10-12 bristles on hind margin of scutellum; third antennal segment pointed at apex; second vein with stump Saha tava tale\vehie ’eloi.ae~ei a:lanie taxayisy t.lalistl aol Sueno keh omsio enero Ae ROLE EI punctulata Hendel 6 (5). Smaller species, not more than 11 mm. in length; scutellum with but four bo eo ~ bo — ol ~ for) ss bristles. 7 (8). Pterostigma with only one hyaline spot in the middle; second vein without a A\ithiyy Gao agasdovmmsO Op AUD adnUOdoO OO Guo OO OOO AO dU BONN guttipennis Macquart 8 (7). Stigma with more than one hyaline spot. 9 (10). Peristomalia barbate; pterostigma with three hyaline spots; third antennal segment attenuated at apex; no yellow hypopleural spot; second vein with ra. thi sh PEA PE RO ETO CECE CR A RTO Or Toc AO como OU co UOeD miliacea Hendel 10 (9). Peristomalia not barbate, or with very few short hairs at border; pterostigma with only two hyaline spots as a rule; third antennal segment parallel-sided, with or without a point at upper apex; a vellow hypopleural spot present. BY M. BEZZI. 11 11 (12). Face without black central stripe; peristomalia unspotted; no postverticals evident; third antennal segment with upper apex pointed; ovipositor with SVATSSW MNS VMAS areycseersuce renee cache each ca eeele CTR Retatoh ereRaw yo) Sicielioiove: c strumosa, nN. Sp. 12 (11). Face with a black central stripe; peristomalia with dark spot; postverticals well developed; ovipositor with dense spinose hairs. 13 (14). Third antennal segment with a prominent point at apex above; second wing vein with a stump; ocellars distinct; black costal spots rather distinct .... GHC OO CROCCO OECCL CHENOT CREAT CuChONc) CCR CRAIER I MEHR DIC ION DGG. O lo. OOO Dison maculipennis, n. sp. 14 (13). Third antennal segment less pointed; no stump on second wing vein; ocellars notdistinet black costale spots) less distinCGtawerireeies tices tele « minor, nN. sp. EIPICERELLA PLAGIATA, Nl. SDP. Very like Toxura angustifrons Hendel, which species may possibly belong to this genus, although the chaetotaxy is described as ‘wie bei den anderen Arten’, but very readily distinguished by the broader frons. Type male, in the Health Dept. collection, from Sydney, N.S.W., November 12, 1923. Male.—Length of body and wing 9 mm. Occiput reddish-brown above, blackened near the vertex and the upper border of the eyes, whitish on the lower swellings, with a few scattered dark hairs. Frons parallel-sided, as broad as one eye, about twice as long as broad, the median stripe reddish-brown, the sides whitish and rather broad, both clothed with short dark hairs, those of the anterior part longer; ocellar spot black, with three approximated ocelli, but without ocellar bristles; an elongated blackish spot at insertion of superior orbital; in profile the frons is produced forward about one-third of the length of the eye, the latter rather small, twice as high as long, with small facets and with the lower margin much above mouth level. Antennae short, entirely reddish, second segment considerably shorter than the third, with a few black hairs, third segment parallel-sided, with the upper terminal angle distinctly produced but not acute; arista bare, twice as long as antenna, inserted basally. Face as broad as one eye, parallel-sided, antennal grooves extending to the lower level of eyes, almost coalescent, the central keel very slight; parafacials a little narrower than third antennal segment; supraoral plate darkened, blackish on sides and at base of central keel. Peristomalia opaque yellowish, unspotted, one-third as broad as the vertical diameter of head, bare, with only a few dark hairs at border; palpi small, not dilated, yellowish, with black bristly hairs; proboscis thick, dirty reddish; cephalic bristles black, two pairs of verticals, the inner pair very long, postverticals very small; only one superior orbital, strong but short, and directed outwardly. Thorax yellowish, slightly shining, dorsum with four broad reddish-brown vittae, the laterals interrupted at the suture and divided posteriorly, the vittae on hind portion thus being six in number; pleura blackish-brown, except a broad pale patch on upper part; pubescence short, blackish, very sparse on pleura; scutellum dark reddish-brown, pale yellowish on sides and below; mesophragma reddish, with a whitish hypo- pleural spot; bristles black, long and strong, propleural series well developed, one humeral, two notopleurals, one presutural, one anterior supra-alar, two posterior supra-alars, two dorsocentrals, one prescutellar, two mesopleurals, one pteropleural, one sternopleural, and four scutellars, the scutellum without additional hairs. Halteres whitish. Abdomen reddish, yellowish on sides and hind margins of median segments; basal segment constricted at base, and there with a black central vitta, as long as the two following segments combined; fourth segment a little shorter than basal one; pubescence and bristles black. Legs yellowish, with the fore femora blackened outwardly, and the four posterior femora almost entirely 12 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, black; pubescence and bristles black, but the latter not strongly developed, forming series only on the posterodorsal surface of fore femora; coxae simple; tarsi short. Wings with the veins as in Toxura variegata Hendel, and the pattern very similar, with the black stigma, which is pale yellowish at base; the first dark fascia is broader than in variegata, beginning before the stigma, and having in the middle a hyaline streak in the base of the submarginal cell as in angustifrons Hendel; the apical fascia has a rounded hyaline spot at apex of the submarginal cell, and two or three similar spots in the first posterior cell; in addition, the second and third posterior cells and the apex of the discoidal cell have 12-14 rounded hyaline spots, which are quite faint; there is also a hyaline spot in the middle of the axillary lobe. EIPICERELLA SETOSA, Nn. Sp. Very similar to the preceding species, but distinguished by the stronger bristles, and the less well marked wing pattern. Type female, in the Health Dept. collection; locality, Milson Is., October ail, Gite Female.—Length of body and wing 10 mm. Head, its pubescence, and bristles as described for the preceding species; but the frons is distinctly shorter, projecting only as far as width of third antennal segment; the antennae are distinctly longer, with the third segment more rounded at apex; there are two superior orbitals and a pair of short ocellars. Thorax as in preceding species, with the dorsal hairs longer; four dorsocentrals; mesopleura more hairy above. Abdomen opaque reddish, with narrow yellowish hind border to the tergites, and with long black bristles on sides; basal segment as long as the next three combined; ovipositor shining reddish-brown, blackened on sides, broadly conical, clothed with numerous thick black bristles and hairs which are longer ventrally. Legs reddish, the four posterior femora very little darkened; fore pair with a long rigid bristle at base ventrally. Wings as in the preceding species, but with the dark pattern more reduced; the anterior fascia is composed only of the stigma and a spot in the submarginal cell, the inner cross-vein is distinctly clouded, the apical fascia is not extended beyond the third vein; the first posterior cell has four hyaline spots at apex; the remainder is spotted as in the preceding species, but the infuscation is very faint. N.B.—Curiously enough the wing pattern of the present species is like that of Tozura discoidalis, caught at the same time and in the same locality; but the latter has no trace of hyaline spots on the posterior half of the wing; and in addition it has the two characteristic notopleural bristles of Toxura, and has the first abdominal segment short. EIPICERELLA PUNCTULATA Hendel. Archiv. f. Naturgesch., 1914, p. 114, fig. 14. Very distinct from all the other known species on account of its larger size and of the numerous bristles on hind margin of the scutellum. Described from the female. Locality, W. Australia. Type in British Museum. Not seen. EPICERELLA GUTTIPENNIS Macquart. Mem. Soc. Sci. Lille, 1851, p. 267, pl. 27, fig. 9 (p. 294 of the reprint). Apparently distinct in having but one hyaline spot in the pterostigma. Described from Tasmania. Type in Paris Museum. Not seen. BY M. BEZZI. 13 EPICERELLA MILIACEA Hendel. Archiv. f. Naturgesch., 1914, p. 112, fig. 13. Distinguished by the peculiar wing pattern, with three hyaline spots in the pterostigma, and the barbate peristomalia. Described in both sexes from Burpengary and Townsville, Queensland. Types in British Museum. I have seen one male from Mt. Kosciusko, December 7, 1922 (Goldfinch), and one female from Dorrigo, February, 1920 (Wright). The peristomalia bears along the anterior border a row of long numerous dark hairs, very characteristic of the species, but not recorded in the original description. The third antennal segment is attenuated at apex, but has no prominent upper apical angle. The three hyaline spots in the stigma are typically present, but they may occasionally be absent in one or both wings. EPICERELLA STRUMOSA, Nl. SD. This and the following two species belong to a group of allied species dis- tinguished by their smaller size, the yellow hypopleural spot, and their variegated wings. The present species is distinguished from the other two by the gibbous ovipositor, which is clothed with sparse thin hairs instead of the bristly thick hairs of the other two. Type female, a poorly preserved specimen in the collection of the Health Dept. Locality, Mosman, Sydney, N.S.W. Female.—Length of body and wing 7:55 mm. Occiput opaque yellowish, darkened above, and clothed with dark pubescence, lower swellings broad, but not very prominent. Frons parallel-sided, a little narrower than one eye, about twice as long as broad, and not very prominent, in profile projecting about as far as width of third antennal segment, opaque reddish on central stripe, greyish on sides, with a black ocellar spot, on which are three approximated ocelli, the dark hairs are sparse, the central stripe being almost bare; parafacial narrow, linear below, greyish; face short, pale yellowish, with almost coalescent grooves, the median keel being faintly developed above; eye oval, bare, with small facets, twice as high as long, the lower margin almost level with mouth border, supraoral plate very long, narrow, entirely opaque yellowish; peristomalia comparatively narrow, as broad as one-fourth the vertical diameter of eye, unspotted, with short hairs along anterior margin. Antennae short, extending very little below middle of eyes, the basal segments yellowish, second with very sparse and short hairs, third segment reddish, infuscated, about as long as second, with rather prominent upper apical angle; arista a little longer than the antenna, yellowish, bare, thickened basally; palpi and proboscis yellowish, the former with a few black bristly hairs. All cephalic hairs and bristles black, two verticals, the inner much longer than the outer, ocellars and postverticals very short, orbitals apparently rubbed off. Thorax opaque reddish, a little grey dusted on the dorsum, and there with rather indistinct darker vittae; pleura yellowish below the notopleural line, with blackish spots in middle, the hairs very sparse and short even on the pleura, chaetotaxy complete, one humeral, two notopleurals, one presutural, one anterior supra-alar, two posterior supra-alars, two or three dorsocentrals close together, one prescutellar, one mesopleural, one pteropleural, and one sternopleural, all the bristles black; propleural series well developed; scutellum yellowish, with two dark dorsal stripes, almost bare, with four bristles. Mesophragma reddish-brown, slightly shining, on each side with a striking pale yellowish hypopleural spot. Halteres pale yellowish. Abdomen opaque reddish, unspotted, with black pubes- 14 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, cence and bristles; first segment longer than all the others combined; ovipositor a little longer than the whole abdomen and broader than it, swollen, gibbous beyond middle, constricted posteriorly, shining reddish, with sparse fine dark hairs above and below. Legs entirely opaque reddish, unspotted,.comparatively slender, almost bare, without series of bristles; fore femora below with one rigid bristle near the base; tibiae slender and straight; tarsi long. Wings normal, second vein straight, without stump, third vein bare at base, straight, apical section of fourth vein complete, and curved downward apically; inner cross-vein at middle of discal cell; outer cross-vein straight, long, perpendicular, shorter than its distance from inner; anal cell broad at apex, with the lower apical angle acute, but not much produced. The pattern of wing is less pronounced than and similar to that of miliacea; no distinct black patches on costal margin; stigma with a basal hyaline spot and another rounded median spot, a third spot being present only on one wing; the remainder of the wing is slightly infuscated, with large rounded, in- distinct hyaline spots disposed in two series in the submarginal and first posterior cell and in three irregular series in the second and third posterior cells, and also in the distal half of discal cell. Inner cross-vein broadly margined with fuscous, but the darkest part of wing is the stigma. EPICERELLA MACULIPENNIS, N. SDP. Characterized by the black facial stripe and by the wings having distinct black patches along the costal margin. Type female, in the Health Dept. collection, from Gisborne, Victoria, December 18, 1921 (G. Lyell). Two specimens taken in copula, Lakes Entrance, Victoria, October, 1919 (F. E. Wilson, sent by H. G. Hill). Female.—Length of body and wing, 7:5-8 mm. Head and its appendages as described for the preceding species; frontal stripe narrower and clothed with longer and more numerous hairs, principally on anterior part, even the short orbital plates are black like the ocellar spot; third antennal segment with a well developed upper apical point, face with a black stripe along the central keel and the supraoral plate in part black; peristomalia with a blackish elongate mark below eyes; postverticals rather long and diverging, two orbitals, the upper one shorter, ocellars small but distinct, genal bristles strong. Mesonotum with a distinct pattern, consisting of four blackish vittae, the outer pair broadest and beyond the suture an additional supra-alar vitta; humeri and notopleural region pale yellowish; pleura with large black spots; scutellum, mesophragma, and the hypopleural spots as in preceding species; chaetotaxy similar, but the dorsocentrals extending to the suture; three strong mesopleurals. Halteres whitish. Abdomen subopaque reddish, with black pubescence and bristles; in the male the first segment is as long as the two succeeding segments combined, the fourth is as long as the third; in the female the first segment is as long as the four following segments combined, the ovipositor is longer than the abdomen and broader than it, shining reddish, clothed above with rather numerous short and thick bristly black hairs which are longer below, gently convex above, and blunt at apex. Legs as in preceding species, the femora sometimes slightly infuscated, and more bristly, the fore pair being provided below with a series of short bristles besides the long rigid basal bristle. Wing venation as in preceding species, but a stump present on second vein; the stigma has also a basal and a middle hyaline spot, and sometimes a small round dot is present at apex. Characteristic of the species are the black patches on costal margin forming almost bands, one before stigma and origin of BY M. BEZZI. 15 second vein, one on the inner cross-vein, one over the outer part of all but end of marginal cell, continued below in apex of submarginal and first posterior cell. The hyaline spots are uneven and well defined, but those in middle of submarginal cell and base of first posterior cell are confluent. The darker apices of submarginal and first posterior cells have two series of irregular hyaline spots, in the second posterior, third posterior, and terminal half of discoidal cells, the rows are three but always irregular. EXPICERELLA MINOR, Nl. Sp. Differs from the preceding species in being smaller, and in the different antennae and wing markings. Type male, a specimen from Mt. Kosciusko, December 7, 1922 (Goldfinch) in the Health Dept. collection. A poorly preserved female specimen from South Australia is placed doubtfully here. Male.—Body and wing 6 mm. Head as in the preceding species and with the same chaetotaxy, but the ocellars are not distinct and there is but one orbital. The frontal stripe is narrower, being only a little wider than one parafrontal. Third antennal segment reddish, rounded at apex, with a prominent, more acute, upper apical angle. Black facial stripe and dark peristomial spots as in preceding species. Thorax as in that species, the three dorsocentrals extending to suture. Abdomen similar, with shining blackish stripes on sides of third and fourth segments; the ovipositor of the supposed female is very like that of the preceding species both in form and vestiture. Legs as in that species, extremities of femora and tibiae of hind pair infuscated. Wings with same venation and very similar pattern, no stump on second vein, the hyaline spots are less numerous but disposed in the same way, the blackish spots along the costa are not distinct, being limited to the second vein and not extending below, thus there is no distinct spotting of the costa. 4. Acropyrcora Hendel. This peculiar Australian genus was compared with Joxrura by Hendel, but I think it is more closely related to Adapsilia. The basal abdominal segment is longer than in Toxura, though not so long as in the other genera, but the absence of ocelli and the presence of but two notopleurals (1:1) distinguish it from Toxura. From Adapsilia and all other genera it is distinguished by the pointed third antennal segment. The second wing-vein never has a stump of a vein as in Adapsilia, and the fourth vein is curved down before inner cross-vein. The species may be distinguished as follows: 1 (2). Head distinctly swollen; abdomen reddish; wings hyaline .... flavescens Hendel 2 (1). Head not swollen; abdomen black; wings infuscated, with numerous hyaline dots AVS Bb GIRSO IG DIEU DEES nO Ons etaid RECO eae 8 Oro emiolo. fd taa1d. do DoS O10 eee cribripennis, n. sp. ACROPYRGOTA FLAVESCENS Hendel. Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1913 (1922 in Bezzi’s ms.), p. 112, fig. 12. Described from a female, without locality, but listed by Hendel as from Australia. Type in British Museum. Not seen. ACROPYRGOTA CRIBRIPENNIS, DN. SD. A robust fly, distinguished by its pointed third antennal segment, and its wings very like those of Hpicerella miliacea Hendel, from which it is distinguished by the black abdomen, different antennae, and lack of ocelli. 16 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, Type male, Bright, Victoria (H. V. Davey); allotype, Singleton, December 30, 1923 (Nicholson). Male and. female—Length of body and wings 11-13 mm. Occiput opaque reddish, pale yellowish on the lower swelling, and with four black stripes radiating from the neck to the eyes; the scattered hairs are black. Frons about as wide as one eye, or a little narrower; no vertical keel, but the ocellar triangle is prominent, bearing however no distinct ocelli, the central stripe is opaque reddish and bare, the parafrontals are whitish, with sparse black hairs, and a short black stripe at insertion of orbital bristle; ocellar spot whitish; in profile the frons is projected about as far as width of antenna. Eyes oval; parafacials whitish, as broad as antenna, with some white hairs; cheek about one-third as high as vertical diameter of eye; facial grooves about half as long as face, separated by a narrow yellowish keel; antennae short, dusky yellowish at bases, blackish at apices, second segment as broad as, and a little longer than, third, with short pale hairs, third segment triangular, very sharp at apex; arista short, yellowish at base, bare, a little longer than antenna, thickened at base, slender apically. Bristles black; two verticals, postverticals long and diverging, two orbitals, but the basal (sic) one often indistinct. Mesonotum reddish, a little shining, with faint greyish dust, and with four blackish vittae; pleura shining reddish, with blackish or brownish shading; humeral one, notopleurals two (1:1), dorsocentrals one pair; sternopleural one, scutellum blackish-brown, yellowish on sides, and ‘with 6-8 marginal bristles. Halteres pale yellowish. Abdomen entirely black even on venter, shining above, in the male the first segment is as long as fourth and the second and third are of equal length, the female has the first segment as long as second and third combined, the following very narrow; hairs and bristles black. Legs usually reddish, the femora sometimes infuscated; hairs and bristles black; claws very large. Wings with the usual venation, about as in Hendel’s figure of the wing of miliacea, with stump on second vein; the fourth vein is eurved downward into discal cell before inner cross-vein, the cell being narrowed at base. In my specimen of miliacea the fourth vein is straight, while Hendel’s figure shows the vein a little curved. Wings infuscated and with hyaline spots, differently marked in the two sexes. In the male the spots are very uneven and small, well separated, three rows in the first posterior cell, 4-5 irregular rows in the second and third posterior cells, and three rows in the apical portion of discal cell. In the female the spots are much less numerous, browner, and confluent, only two or three rows in the cells. 5. ADAPSILIA Waga. This genus is recorded here for the first time from Australia, and is one of the few genera not peculiar to the continent. The species here described is of ordinary form and is a typical member of the genus, showing a great resemblance to flavopilosa Hendel described from Japan, from which it is distinguished by the entirely hyaline wings. ADAPSILIA ILLINGWORTHANA, Nl. SD. A reddish fly of large size, with entirely yellowish hairs and bristles and immaculate wings. Type, a single male specimen from Cairns, N. Queensland, collected at light by Dr. J. F. Illingworth and named in his honour. Male.—Length of body and wing 12 mm. Occiput opaque reddish, without black markings, and with reddish pubescence, lower swelling much developed, BY M. BEZZI. 17 darker than the surrounding parts; vertical keel high, the ocellar region dark behind, and pale before keel. Frons short, twice as wide as one eye, opaque reddish, with a dark spot at base of each orbital bristle; it is flat above, and in profile projects as far as horizontal diameter of the very narrow eyes, the latter have their hind corner at level of ends of grooves; the very broad parafrontals are glistening, with sparse scattered yellowish hairs above, the hairs on anterior part of frontal stripe longer. Antennae proportionately long, entirely reddish, second segment rather slender, twice as long as first, with short reddish hairs, third segment distinctly longer than second, not much attenuated on its apical half, truncate at tip; arista basal, longer than whole antenna, thickened basally. Antennal grooves shining reddish, elongate, with a sharp keel between them, terminal plates below the grooves opaque yellowish, darkened above, a little prominent in profile; cheeks broad, two-fifths of antennal length, shining on upper half, opaque on lower half, with a blackish elongate spot below lower corner of eye, bare at border. Palpi yellowish, with yellowish bristles; proboscis thick and short, with pale hairs. Bristles reddish, usually only one pair of postverticals and one pair of orbitals, and a smaller outer pair present. Mesonotum entirely reddish, slightly shining, with short reddish pubescence, humeri paler than surrounding parts; pleura and mesophragma reddish-yellow, shining, without paler or darker parts; one humeral, three notopleurals, one pair of dorsocentrals, one sternopleural, and 1-2 mesopleurals. Scutellum coloured as mesonotum, with four yellowish bristles. Halteres pale yellowish. Abdomen entirely reddish, slightly shining, immaculate, with reddish hairs and bristles; first segment constricted on basal half, scarcely as long as rest of abdomen. Legs entirely reddish, with reddish bristles and hairs, last segment of all tarsi dilated. Wings greyish hyaline, un- spotted, veins entirely reddish, normal; stump of second vein strong, but not long; inner cross-vein at one-third from apex of discal cell; outer cross-vein at about its own length from inner one; lower angle of anal cell rather long and acute; fourth vein straight before inner cross-vein; third vein bare at base. 6. CAMPYLOCERA Macquart. This genus is well represented in the Ethiopian region. The species of the Oriental region are not entirely typical, having the fourth vein distinct to apex, but the costal vein is prolonged only a little beyond the FIO of third vein. There is no stump of a vein on second vein. The single species recorded from the Australian region is from New Guinea, and has the apex of fourth vein rather evident. There is a second species occur- ring in this region, the two being distinguished as below. 1 (2). Outer cross-vein of wing straight; apices of veins 2 and 3 infuscated; peristomalia broad, one-third as high as vertical diameter of eye ........ brevicornis Hendel 2 (1). Outer cross-vein of wing curved on its lower part; apices of veins not infuscated; DeErIstomaliawmuUch Marlowe eee ee eee eee curvinervis, N. Sp. CAMPYLOCERA BREVICORNIS Hendel. Wien. Ent. Zeit., 1908, p. 132. A yellowish fly, with blackish abdomen and tibiae, and with the wings marked as stated above. New Guinea. CAMPYLOCERA CURVINERVIS, 0. sp. Closely allied to the preceding species, but easily distinguished by the characters cited in the key above. Distinguished from fuscipes van der Wulp by the yellow femora and unspotted wings. | B 18 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, Numerous specimens of both sexes in Health Dept. collection from Manly,. 10-15 November, 1922, and Sydney, N.S.W., December 3, 1922. Male and female.—Length of body 7-9 mm., of wing 6-8 mm. Occiput entirely opaque reddish, unspotted, clothed with rather long and dense black hairs. Frons parallel-sided, narrower than one eye (in male as broad as), 1:5 times longer than wide, opaque reddish, clothed with black hairs, and with a dark ocellar spot; parafrontal very narrow, shining yellowish, not prominent in profile. Face very narrow in female, the parafacial being linear, broader in male, equal to eye; facial grooves long, shining reddish, extending about to mouth border, divided by a sharp central vertical keel. Eyes oval, vertical diameter twice that of longitudinal, anterior central facets much enlarged, notably in the female. Peristomalia and grooves reddish, in male equal to width of third antennal segment, in female much narrower, in both with blackish subocular spot. Antennae entirely reddish, long and porrect, second segment attenuated at base and little shorter than third, with black hairs, the third segment oval, little attenuated apically; arista a little longer than antenna, yellowish; palpi yellowish, with short black bristly hairs; proboscis dusky yellowish. Head bristles black, two verticals, one postvertical, one orbital, and four or five short ocellars, the anterior pair longest. Mesonotum shining reddish-yellow, with distinct dusting and dense black pubescence, pleura paler than mesonotum, with longer rigid hairs; humeri pale; scutellum convex, paler than mesonotum, with black hairs and four marginal bristles; mesophragma shining reddish-yellow; all thoracic bristles black; one humeral, two notopleurals, one or two dorsocentrals, one or two mesopleurals, and one sternopleural, all parts with some rigid black hairs. Halteres pale yellowish. Abdomen black above and below, shining above, the first segment is, however, almost entirely reddish-yellow; hairs and bristles black; first segment in female longer than rest of abdomen, about as long as it is in male, in which the apical segment is longer than the pre- ceding segments, about as long as second and third segments combined; genitalia of male reddish; ovipositor of female shining reddish, longer than the entire abdomen, with dense and long, but not strong, black hairs; it is conical, swollen on basal half, suddenly attenuated on terminal half. Legs rather short and stout, with thickened femora, coxae and femora entirely reddish, only the four posterior femora sometimes darkened at apices, hairs and bristles black, all tibiae shining black, with more or less broad reddish bases, all tarsi entirely pale yellowish, or even whitish, all short. Wings broad, greyish hyaline, yellowish at bases and along costa, with no trace of fuscous markings, the veins all yellowish, second vein perfectly straight, without a stump, third bare at base, almost straight, ending at wing tip, the costa produced only a little beyond it, fourth curved downward - before inner cross-vein, its apical section complete to tip, or cnly extreme apex evanescent, rather straight, directed backward, the first posterior cell being thus gradually widened outwardly; inner cross-vein oblique, beyond middle of discal cell, about at apical third; outer cross-vein straight on upper half, strongly bent inward on lower half, the discal cell extending at lower apex almost to margin of wing, the second posterior cell being almost triangular in shape; lower apical angle of apical cell narrow and acute, much produced, sixth vein complete, distinct only at base. 7. PRODALMANNIA, n. gen. This genus contains a very striking, rather small species, which, on a super- ficial examination, might bé mistaken for an anthomyiid. It has a great resemb- BY M. BEZZI. 19 lance to some Conopidae, and has a slightly elongated and geniculated proboscis, a character unique in this family; the narrow frons is also an aberrant character. The generic name alludes to the resemblance to the conopid genus Dalmannia, which has a short anal cell, a similar strong ovipositor, and a spirally curved penis in the male. In the genus Stylogaster the face is carinate, without grooves, the ovipositor is long, but weak and retractile, etc. In the Myopinae the anal cell is elongate, the penis is not spiral, etc. All these genera have ocelli, and all have the first posterior cell of wing narrowed apically, and even closed. A rather small species, resembling some species of Anthomyiidae, but with head like that of Myopinae, and strong ovipositor as in Pyrgotidae. Occiput flat, with slightly developed lower swellings. Frons elongate, fiat, between the eyes it is much narrower in the male than in the female, while the anterior half is similarly shaped in both sexes; no vertical transverse keel and no ocelli present; in profile the frons is inclined forward and projects about as far as horizontal diameter of eye. Eyes bare, with small facets, oval in shape, quite small, being about equal in height to that of cheeks. Antennae very small and short, exserted, third segment shorter than second, rounded; arista basal, short, bare; parafacial broad and short; cheek very broad, subquadrate, bare; face short, with the grooves very short, rounded, and coalescent. Lower plate longer than face, flat, not prominent in profile. Mouth opening broad and short; palpi short and cylindrical; proboscis elongate, a little longer than head, with recurved terminal portion, this apparently geniculated, but shorter than the basal one. Cephalic bristles long and slender, two verticals, the inner decussate, one pair of divergent postverticals, and a pair of long reclinate orbitals. Thorax robust, sub- cylindrical, convex above, with the suture interrupted in neiddle, propleural tuft developed, one humeral, two notopleurals, and one pair of dorsocentrals; scutellum with three pairs of bristles, the apical ones decussate. Squamae rudimentary. Abdomen parallel-sided, rather flat, basal segment about equally long in both sexes, not constricted at base, male genitalia not visible from above, with spiral penis, female ovipositor strong, only a little shorter than abdomen, and broader than it, with some strong apical spines. Legs rather short and stout, with long hairs and bristles. Wings proportionately narrow, costa extending to apex of fourth vein, auxiliary vein thin, rather close to first vein, complete to apex, joining costa at an acute angle. First vein dilated, ending beyond middle of wing and a little beyond inner cross-vein, approaching gradually to costa, the enclosed cell at apex very narrow, second vein straight, a little backwardly curved on apical part, ending at tip of wing, and ciliated to the inner cross-vein. Fourth vein:perfectly straight on all its length before inner cross-vein and on apical section, complete to apex, parallel with third, the first posterior cell not widened at apex; inner cross-vein beyond middle of discal cell, outer one straight, near hind margin; discal cell of normal shape; anal cell long, not much produced apically, its lower angle acute and prolonged; sixth vein extending to margin of wings, alulae large. Type, the following species. PRODALMANNIA VARIABILIS, 0. SD. A testaceous, black-spotted species, not unlike some species of the genus Pegomyia Robineau-Desvoidy. Type, Health Dept., numerous specimens of both sexes from Manly, Sydney, N.S.W., November and December, 1923. 20 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, Oceciput entirely black, a little shining, and dark grey dusted in male, in female the lower swollen parts and the vertical region are reddish; hairs black. Frons opaque reddish, with a broad black band beyond middle, the narrowest part in male is about one-fifth, in female about one-half as wide as one eye, it is with- out a vertical crest, the hairs and bristles are black, and the orbital pair is rather far from vertex. Antennae entirely deep black, even the arista, which is thickened basally, is so coloured, second antennal segment a little grey dusted, with some black hairs. Parafacials reddish, a little shining; cheek opaque reddish, without a dark mark, with some sericeous reflections, and wider than vertical diameter of eye. Face entirely reddish, central plate below grooves black above, and a black line on each side which extends along lower margins of cheeks. Palpi black, with black hairs; proboscis blackish, with black hairs. Thorax testaceous, shining, with paler coloured humeri and pleura, a black central vitta ending beyond suture, and one on each side of it which is somewhat shorter, usually coalescent; in the female these markings are sometimes much paler, even lacking; pleura with two black marks, one on the sternopleura and the other just above hind coxa; metanotum shining black. In the female there is a narrow black stripe at the base of the halteres. Scutellum testaceous, unspotted. Hairs and bristles all black, unusually long. Halteres pale. yellowish. Abdomen shining testaceous, unspotted; in the darker specimens it is sometimes dark brown or blackened on parts. Male genitalia shining black, penis yellow; ovipositor of female shining black, with long sparse fine black hairs, basal spine black, terminal spines reddish. Legs variable in colour, all coxae reddish, femora reddish, more or less blackened apically, or even black with only the bases reddish, tibiae black, more or less reddish at bases, all tarsi deep black, short and thick, claws long, black; pulvilli whitish. Wings greyish hyaline, quit® evenly yellowish at bases and on costa, veins yellowish, darkened on distal half of wing. APPENDIX. By J. R. Matiocu. (Text-figs. 1-14.) About three years ago I was informed by the late Dr. M. Bezzi that he had in preparation a revision of the Australian Pyrgotidae, and some months before his death he assured me that the manuscript was practically complete. Sub- sequently the late Dr. E. W. Ferguson informed me that he had been unable to obtain any information from Dr. Bezzi as to when the manuscript would be submitted for publication, and on the death of Dr. Ferguson I undertook to obtain it if that were possible. Accordingly I wrote to Madame Bezzi regarding the manuscript and also the material upon which it was based and in due course received the former, but failed to get the specimens. I have just recently obtained the latter from Prof. B. Parisi of the Natural History Museum of Milan, where the Bezzi collection is now deposited, and am able to make a few figures and additions to the text which will better enable students to identify the species involved. My best thanks are due to Prof. Parisi for his assistance in this matter. The manuscript was in part in the form usually submitted by Dr. Bezzi for printing, but much of it was in first draft form. By dint of careful work I have compiled a typewritten copy and am confident that with the exception of a few minor grammatical changes I have succeeded in accurately transcribing the text of the paper. Without figures it would be difficult for the tyro in this BY M. BEZZI. 21 family to make use of the paper with a great degree of success so I have furnished a number showing details of the species involved. The family is a very difficult one to work with and the discovery of more species will entail comparison with types to distinguish them satisfactorily from the species included in the present paper. The genus Pyrgota in North America possesses two characters, the discovery of which caused me some years ago to publish the opinion that the genus is closely related to Conopidae, and not closely related to Ortalidae in which latter family it has generally been placed. These two outstanding characters are the absence of ocelli and of the prong-like process on outer side of mid coxa which is so conspicuous in most cyclorrhaphous Diptera, but the prong or both prong and ocelli are absent in Conopidae. These two characters hold good for all the species of Pyrgotidae occurring in the Nearctic region, and for the greater part for those genera in Central and South America which have been placed in the family by other authors. In Australia, however, we find that if all the species placed in the family belong therein either or both of the characters fail, a number of the genera possessing both ocelli and mid coxal prong. In fact some of the genera in the foregoing paper are more evidently related to Ortalidae than they are to Conopidae, and the isolation of the family on structural grounds becomes difficult indeed, almost the oniy means of separation then consisting of the peculiar cylindrical or subcylindrical, and more or less conical, sheath of the female ovipositor. This portion of the abdomen is not the true ovipositor as one would infer from descriptions that have appeared, but is a horny container for the true Ovipositor, which is lance-like and not very different from that of many Ortalidae and Lonchaeidae. In his introductory remarks in this paper Dr. Bezzi enumerates the principal characters of the family. Taking these characters in order, and using as a basis the species of the two hemispheres, we find that the ocelli are invariably lacking in those species which have no mid coxal prong, though some species which have a rudimentary prong lack the ocelli also, and rarely there are only two rudimentary ocelli present; the lunule is not always concealed; the prelabrum is variable in size; there is never a well developed propleural bristle present, but this is frequently lacking in Ortalidae; the tibiae have sometimes a weak dorsal bristle close to apex; the first vein is invariably setulose above, but it is so also in many Ortalidae, etc., and the third vein is frequently setulose at base above; lower apical angle of anal cell with or without an acute production; penis spiral, but frequently so in Ortalidae and some other families. It must be apparent from a perusal of the foregoing list of characters that the segregation of genera into families is attended with considerable uncertainty if those are the only characters available. But if one takes the two characters which are invariably indices to the Pyrgotidae of the New World, and in addition to these the lack of any longitudinal dorsal cleft in the second antennal segment, I believe the problem will be solved for the Australian region. We will then have in Pyrgotidae only species which have the second antennal segment entire (Text-fig. 1), the ocelli lacking or rudimentary, and the mid coxae without a well developed prong. In addition the empodium is without a fringe of fine hairs. The species resembling Pyrgotidae most closely belong either to Platystomidae or Ortalidae. The former is generally considered a subfamily of Ortalidae, and contains a few genera that may be confused with Pyrgotidae, 22 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, but they have the second antennal segment deeply cleft above, and the lower calypter very large, in fgct as large as in many Tachinidae, besides possessing a distinct mid coxal prong. The lower calypter is shorter than upper in Pyrgotidae, usually very rudimentary. The other genera, including Tozura Macquart, I would assign to the Ortalidae on account of the presence of ocelli, a well developed mid coxal prong, or a cleft second antennal segment. In most Ortalidae and related families likely to be confused with Pyrgotidae the empodium is fringed to, or almost to, apex. I hope shortly to be able to publish a paper on the Pyrgotidae of the New World in which the status of the family will be more thoroughly discussed, but in the meantime present the data given above that they may be available to Australian students. It is not proper that I should alter the main part of this paper in any manner, but below I present a key to the genera available to me, using for their separation a different set of characters from those used by Dr. Bezzi, and dividing his concept of Torura into two segregates. This is done at the present time so that the matter will the more readily be available to students than if I embodied my system in a separate contribution. Generic concepts are variable with authors and it is very probable that in one or two cases the Australian genera as now accepted will be further divided, and particularly is this likely with Hpicerella Macquart which appears to me to be composite, as herein included. However, the matter is one for future consideration by some worker to whom more material is available. Key to the Genera. 1. Subcostal vein rectangularly bent forward at apex which is well removed from apex of first vein, the latter not swollen at apex, and distinct to tip (Text-fig. 2); ocelli normally ,evident; second antennal segment almost invariably distinctly cleft above at apex; mid coxal prong well developed (Towurinii) .......... 2 Subcostal vein not rectangularly bent forward at apex; if the extreme apex is poorly developed, it lies close to apex of first vein and the latter is almost invariably swollen apically and more or less fused with costal vein (Text-fig. 13); if the first vein is distinct to apex, the second antennal segment is cleft and the mid coxa prong MS PRESEN: Mes y Meee skin Koeeabe, sts dre city sc ch MEL AP A se a 6 2. Notopleural bristles 1 + 2 or 3; base of third wing vein setulose above; first vein bent forward at extreme apex; each frontal orbit with two bristles above; Scutellum hainedWon wale Weasels tcirasas nee eee eee ee Neotoxura, n. gen. Notopleural bristles 1 + 1; base of third wing vein usually bare above .......... 3 Scutellum haired on disc; cheek about two-thirds as high as eye ................ slehs bait ide yMietionaw alates eMebar ah alvanel GR ts aunlic Uasetn deta shioMe aie w cha ey ataieiate tere romeles Acropyrgota Hendel* Seutellum) baArerOnadiSc mwithionly.manreinallpriStleSirmvrni eral lene tenn nemna ist acne 4 4. First wing vein ending at or before level of inner cross-vein; cheek almost as high eo NIE uesennoheeyl jayaGioley Elaee GesapaccoboodoGopodacpadogoc Toxura Macquart First wing vein almost invariably ending distinctly beyond level of inner cross-vein ; cheek rarely more than one-half as high as eye; presutural bristle present .. 5 5. Fourth wing vein with a pronounced curve into discal cell in front of inner cross-vein, the discal cell very much narrower proximad of inner cross-vein than beyond it EOE REET TR TRE IOC LCE EID Oa Cee ele Smee OIaG ofS Epicerella Macquart, part Fourth wing vein not noticeably curved into discal cell proximad of inner cross-vein, that cell gradually and rather regularly widened from base to apex .......... Oe TAT SORE oes cake DAS ohana NAA Tho, MMe et a Sheets RICA e cee ReN sy cute ets Epicerella Macquart, part 6. Second antennal segment with a distinct longitudinal cleft at apex on upper side .. 7 Second antennal segment without a distinguishable longitudinal cleft at apex on 1613) BL 23 Gants) (0 (2 ee RAPE DES ern a APE oo eek cned jo CoC ED OOo. dod bs Gog blo DO, Bolan 9 *J have not seen the genotype of this and it may not belong to Toxurinii. f Lt BY M. BEZZI. 23. “] head width, face with a flat central carina which is narrower above, becomes wider below, and has the lateral edges sharp, antennal grooves deep, centre of face projecting beyond antennae in profile (Text-fig. 8); third wing vein setulose at base above, venation as in Text-figure 9 ................ Maenomenus Bezzi Ocelli lacking; head higher than long; facial carina not as above, without sharp lateral edges, antennae quite evident in profile (Text-fig. 12) .............. 8 Frons of male at vertex about one-seventh of the head width, that of female not one-third of head width at same point; profile of head as in Text-figure 12; oa vein closing anal cell slightly biangulate ................. Prodalmannia Bezzi Frons of male at vertex more than half of the head width; profile of head as in Text- figure 10; vein closing anal cell practically straight ......... Frontalia, n. gen. 9. Vertex distinctly elevated, almost carinate ...................... Adapsilia Waga Weeds mow ehe Gyil ClenAueel Gl vooonsoounGood oo UoNOUUU OOO dO FOO HO OUD a OUOD DOO 10 10. Fourth wing vein evanescent at apex, the costa discontinued a little beyond apex of third vein; prosternal plate elevated and haired on sides; third wing vein bare EWE 11] OPE RSTS\ ee Soe Bie Suc ER tee eitoo: Oho) Beare co: Der Sue SR Ree tech con oo d/aeana Campylocera Macquart Fourth wing vein distinct to apex, the costal vein narrowed beyond apex of third vein but quite evident to apex of fourth; prosternal plate flat and bare; third wing Wise KEwUKOTS Ele lAISS BUNK Goganooeegocoaccoso0ocuccodoodn Nicholsonia, n. gen. Tribe Toxurinii. I propose to include in this tribe the genera Toxuwra Macquart, Epicerella Macquart, and Neotorura Malloch, with possibly also Acropyrgota Hendel, the last being unknown to me except from the description. The group does not, in my opinion, belong to the family Pyrgotidae, but to Ortalidae. I base my conclusion upon the fact that the species have the second antennal segment cleft, possess a mid coxal prong, and usually also more or less well developed ocelli. A striking character which distinguishes them from most Ortalidae is the sub- apical rectangular bend of the subcostal vein of the wing. In this character the species are very similar to typical Trypetidae, but all the members of the latter family have incurved bristles on the anterior half of each frontal orbit, which are never present in either Ortalidae or Pyrgotidae. NEOTOXURA, Nl. gen. This genus contains at least four of the species placed by Bezzi in Tozxura. It differs from that genus in having the posterior notopleural bristle duplicated, the base of third wing vein setulose above, face almost vertical and without a pronounced central hump, the lower angles of facial ridges not noticeably closer than central portions and below lower margins of eyes, each orbit with two bristles on upper portion, and the scutellum haired on disc. Bezzi did not have the genotype of Jozrura in his material, hence his alignment of the species in the preceding paper. Genotype, Torura discoidalis Bezzi. (Text-fig. 2.) The other three species which I place in this genus on the basis of material in hand are Toxura robusta Bezzi, Toxura variegata Hendel, and Toxura longipalpis Hendel. I doubt whether TJorura microps Hendel can be referred here, and am almost certain that 7. angustifrons Hendel can not be. The key given in the main part of this paper will suffice for the identification of the species of the genus now generically distinguished from Tozura. NEOTOXURA LONGIPALPIS (Hendel). Readily distinguished from its congeners by ‘the deep black antennae and palpi. Ocelli well developed; head in profile quadrate, frons in both sexes about half the 24 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, Locality, Wahroonga, Sydney, N.S.W., 24.10.1926. Submitted by Dr. E. W. Ferguson, but the specimen bears no collector’s name. ToxurA Macquart. I have before me a specimen which I identify as maculipennis Macquart, the genotype, though the markings of the wings are larger than in Macquart’s figure and there is a small hyaline spot in outer apical angle of the preapical mark not shown by him (Text-fig. 3). The specimen differs from the species placed by me in the preceding genus in the following characters: Posterior notopleural bristle not duplicated, base of third wing vein bare above and below, face with a quite pronounced hump which is highest about middle of head in profile, the facial ridges convergent below, the angle situated at or above lower level of eyes, each orbit with one bristle above, postverticals lacking; first vein gradually approaching costa apically, its tip not beyond inner cross-vein; palpi strap-like; scutellum bare on disc. TOXURA MACULIPENNIS Macquart. This species would be difficult to identify by the use of the key given in the main part of this paper as the wings might as reasonably be considered banded as those of variegata and robusta, though the two prominent black marks on the costa do not pass much beyond the fourth vein on the field of the wing. Locality, National Park, Sydney, N.S.W., 21.3.1925 (Health Dept.). EPICERELLA Macquart. This genus as: accepted by Dr. Bezzi is more diversified than any other in the Australian fauna, and I am undecided upon the propriety of distinguishing the various segregates aS genera or even subgenera. Of the three previously described species only one is amongst the material now available, and that one is not the genotype. I have removed Acropyrgota cribripennis Bezzi to this genus as it agrees better with Hpicerella than with Acropyrgota, though the genotype of the latter is also unavailable to me. The key presented in the main part of this paper will suffice for the separation of the species included therein, and below I present a supplementary key which includes only the species actually available for examination, two of which were not in Dr. Bezzi’s material. Key to the Species. 1. Mesonotum with at least two pairs of well developed postsutural dorsocentral bristles ; Sccond wines vwelnwusuallyaswithoutean, appendaleiemearacc-peiele icin ieneieneicneraerem entire 2 Mesonotum with only one pair of well developed dorsocentral bristles; second wing vein always with an appendage on underside of apical section ....:....... 7 2. Lower calypter with some long hairs on margin which are mostly longer than calypter; pterostigma (i.e., section of cell between apices of auxiliary and first Ussoatsy Coye \yahokes)) sHo(oopeet Libredouhy joeykere! Eun IORI baoauoaneadondccoco oc boson UNE 3 Lower calypter densely downy or pubescent on hind margin, without outstanding hairs; pterostigma fuscous, with a well defined hyaline spot at base and another rh taro) ten gV=t-b anes] 8[ =>. eae) Pena Gites ERC Gio CROWS arena cuctO nO Nad OIDEO' cho cf Dai O.0) Guctin’ 2/0 ‘o.0 0 ose meoRot 4 Each orbit with one bristle; wing markings more extensive and darker, the dark mark over inner cross-vein extending posteriorly to fureation of second and third Raab at Pe Aen UPRERCI A. Dic Cc ROIL IONS Ohh OC HEROIC oa DAG TG aaa Oo oedoD'd. 0-80 plagiata Bezzi Each orbit with two bristles; wing markings less extensive and paler, the apical portion of first posterior cell with a dark mark at furcation of second and third veins and another over inner Cross-Vein »......-.22.52s26+ sees es setosa Bezzi w BY M. BEZZI. 25 4. No hyaline spots in the apical fuscous portion of wings between second vein and the costa, and only a hyaline streak in it on apical section of submarginal cell (Text-fig. 5); face entirely yellow; ocellar triangle deep black, shining, the ocellizentirelyalaekinesinwtype s@maile)) 7s aeeeneieieaeitiaieio aia ce triangularis, n. sp. One or more hyaline spots in the dark apical portion of wing in the submarginal, and almost invariably also in the marginal cell (Text-fig. 7) ; face partly dark brown or black except in stvwmosa; ocelli always present, sometimes small ........ 5 5. Face without a dark stripe; sheath of ovipositor of female with fine short hairs on entire surface, a few longer and stronger hairs at apex below .. strumosa Bezzi Face with a conspicuous black central stripe, very wide below; sheath of ovipositor of female with quite strong bristles on sides of dorsum and at least the apical TOE Be eee ees ocole. GubL DED Dr Onsra Docs Glo LATE oa IOSer eM ROE Ono ee ECL Coto ClO Oslo ORTON NER OC Soa emmEMP TEED eran 6 6. Fore femur of male with some well developed bristles on basal half of posterior, and apical half of posterodorsal, surface; second wing vein with an appendage SOME ase ie a aysttle Me os Blinn suck metal bie wlblg. ated Seek citantetie nee aie Men ohiete Repeat ge maculipennis Bezzi Fore femur of male without distinguishable posterior or posteroventral bristles; second) wing) vein without an waippendage: soe neice erences secre minor Bezzi 7. Third wing vein setulose at base above; hind coxae of male black haired below, the hairs very short in front, becoming denser and longer to posterior margin, the trochanters similarly but less densely haired, both coxae and trochanters in female with a ventral patch of dense black spinules .......... miliacea Hendel Third wing vein bare at base above and below; hind coxae in neither sex densely lavslibersxol ul axel OK igenighy cae cICeL Eel sy iia tc, Cea ea pa GeaNGueL AlS-5. cliolo.u bore dua chioicucrcnotc lol oan eats Nene 8 8. Large species, more than 10 mm. in length; scutellum with at least six marginal bristles; no outstanding bristles on hind femur of male, a few of moderate length on apical half of dorsal surface in female; ocelli present .... cribripennis Bezzi Smaller species, about 7 mm. in length; scutellum with four marginal bristles; two or three outstanding bristles of about the same length as diameter of femur on apical half of anteroventral and dorsal surfaces of hind femur; ocelli lacking multipunctata, n. sp. EPICERELLA PLAGIATA Bezzi. This species is very similar to setosa and the two may eventually be found to represent the sexes of one species. The character of the dorsocentral bristles cited by its describer in his key for separating it from setosa is not used by me because I think that the type specimen of the latter is abnormal in this respect, the series of bristles that is intact in the type suggesting this conclusion by their irregular arrangement. More material is essential to decide the question, but meanwhile the evidence would appear to justify them being considered as distinct. In both species there are a very few hairs on the mesosternum in front of the series of bristles on the hind margin, and this character distinguishes them from nearly all the others in the section of the key set apart by the characters cited in section 1 of caption 1 of the key presented above. The fore femur of the type of plagiata has the basal ventral bristle much longer than does that of setosa, but this is the case in the sexes of maculipennis also. EPICERELLA SETOSA Bezzi. A noteworthy feature of the female type is the exceptionally strong bristling of the sheath of the ovipositor. The bristles on the sides are quite strong and slope upward, the central portion of dorsum on basal half is less strongly and densely bristled, and there is a bare median stripe on apical half of disc, the central portion of basal half of venter is furnished with rather closely placed strong sharp-pointed bristles, and laterad and apicad of these the surface has much sparser, finer, and longer, bristles. The basal ventral bristle on fore femur is one and a half times as long as diameter of femur. 26 AUSTRALIAN PYRGOTIDAE, I can trace no similarity between the wing markings of Neotoxura discoidalis and this species, contrary to the statement of the author of both. The sheath of the ovipositor and many other characters are radically different in the two species. EIPICERELLA MILIACEA Hendel. I accept Bezzi’s identification of this species, though the examples in the collection do not agree in all particulars with Hendel’s description. It appears pertinent to state that the term “peristomalia barbate’’ may be misleading. There is a series of fine closely placed hairs along the margin of the cheek and extending upward to level of facial protuberance, but except for the fact that these hairs are longer than usual there is nothing noteworthy in their presence, as similar hairs are present in all the species of the genus. Also the pterostigma is not invariably tripunctate, the male in the collection having two spots on one wing and three on the other. In fact the variation in maculation in the species with multipunctate wings is so great that such markings can be used only in a general way for purposes of specific identification. EPICERELLA STRUMOSA Bezzi. The type specimen of this species appears to have been at one time in liquid and is slightly bleached so that the immaculate face may not be the normal condition. EPICERELLA CRIBRIPENNIS Bezzi. I have a male which appears to belong here, but a series is necessary to make clear the limits of variation in the species. Locality, Townsville, Queensland, 26.11.1926, at light (F. H. Taylor). EPICERELLA TRIANGULARIS, N. Sp. Male.—Testaceous yellow, slightly shining. Ocellar triangle shining black, quite conspicuous, anterior portion of frons orange, a dark mark below each eye on centre of cheek, face entirely pale; antennae and palpi yellow. Thorax with four brown dorsal vittae, the submedian pair abbreviated behind, the sub- lateral pair abbreviated in front, a brown supra-alar mark, a pale brown stripe on each side of disc of scutellum, and brown marks on anterior and lower margins of mesopleura, centre of pteropleura, the sternopleura above halteres, and on all of postnotum. Abdomen slightly tinged with brown on parts. Legs yellow. Wings marked with brown, most conspicuously so on costa from before apex of auxiliary to apex of first vein (the pterostigma with two pale spots), over both cross-veins, and on apical section (Text-fig. 5). Head in profile as Text-fig. 4; frons parallel-sided, more than one and a half times as long as wide, outer vertical bristles about half as long as the inner pair and quite well developed, equal in length to the pair of orbitals, the latter with a very fine hair behind each, postverticals short and hair-like, ocellar triangle well defined, extending almost to level of the orbitals, no ocelli evident; third antennal segment angulate on upper extremity; palpi strap-like. Thorax with two pairs of strong postsutural dorsocentrals, the other bristles also well developed, scutellars four in number; propleura with a vertical series of three or four bristles and some fine short hairs centrally, and a few microscopic hairs on extreme lower margin. Abdominal tergites 2 and 4 subequal in length, the BY M. BEZZI. 27 lateral bristles not very long. Hind femur with one or two outstanding preapical dorsal bristles, no other femoral bristles evident. Inner cross-vein at about two-fifths from apex of discal cell; no appendage on second vein, though there is a slight flexure where such would normally occur indicating the possibility that it may possibly be present in the species. Length, 6 mm. Type, Cairns, N. Queensland (J. F. Illingworth). Text-figure 1.— 5 Cissa Cap. Ch. ch. Text-fig. 9.—Section of elliptical allantoplacental region at Stage B, x 450. All. Cap., allantoic capillary; Ch. Ect., chorionic ectoderm; Ut. Epi., uterine epithelium. The cells of the chorionic ectoderm are still further enlarged, so that they are now as tall as they are wide and comprise about two-thirds of the thickness of the foetal tissue. They each contain a large, deeply staining nucleus at the base and a few of them are ciliated (Text-fig. 10). There is no noticeable alteration in the structure of the non-ridged region at this stage. STAGE D. PLACENTAL MATURITY. Anatomical Relations. Altogether twelve lizards were preserved from the beginning of the third week in December, 1927, to the 30th January, 1928, and each contained from three to seven young. At the beginning of this period the placentae have reached maturity and the embryos show a slight advance in development over those described at BY H. CLAIRE WEEKES. 51 Stage C, but since the advance is naturally more marked in embryos examined during January, a late stage will be described here. When one of the lizards opened on 30th January lies upon its back with the ventral body wall opened up, the yolk-sacs show as creamy yellow areas meso- lateral in position and much reduced in size, so that the underlying embryos are clearly visible. At this stage there is very little yolk left within the yolk-sac. Mar. Cap. Re OTE ENS oO ae ye S BS = Te 5 cst Wp nis pi Soares . "“Nypecrt lise sc aw DL Oe SS Se CHatiAaggguiveS Ai emcee eee A> Mus. F, Ch.éch. Qi. Cap. Text-fig. 10.—Section of elliptical allantoplacental region at Stage C, x 450. All. Cap., allantoic capillary; Ch. EHct., chorionic ectoderm; Mat. Cap., maternal capillary; Mus. F., muscle fibres; Ut. Epi., uterine epithelium. The incubatory chambers measure approximately 9 mm. by 7 mm., and the embryos, when extended, measure from 3 to 3:5 cm. The scale markings are pronounced and the embryos are capable of movement within their membranes. The embryo lies on its left side on the yolk-sac with its head overlying the posterior end of the body and directed mesially whether the embryo is in the right oviduct or in the left. The long axis of the embryo is parallel to that of the parent lizard. The Placentae. With the growth of the embryos the incubatory chambers become more closely adpressed. On the dorsal surface of each incubatory chamber the elliptical allan- toplacental area is markedly opaque and thus clearly visible. The main uterine artery and vein run longitudinally along the approximate mid-line of the placental area and with their branch vessels are also opaque and hence prominent. When the uterus is stained with haematoxylin and viewed through the binocular micro- scope the villous ridges are seen to be very numerous and small. The whole placental area has somewhat the appearance of a lanceolate leaf with its network of veins (Text-fig. 11; Plate ii, fig. 7). The netted appearance of the ridges is due to the fact that the ridges are not prominent but are simple in structure and only project a short distance below the uterine face, each containing a single blood 52 ON PLACENTATION IN REPTILES, i, vessel which does not branch. The direction of the ridges is not obvious, as it is in L. entrecasteauzxi, but there is a general tendency towards a transverse direction across the incubatory chamber, while the ridges are definitely longitudinal at the ends of the chamber where the uterus narrows into the strap-like connection. The placental area measures 9 mm. in length by 3 mm. in width. AY AY aS AY Ay)\\) ‘w YZ WY /s wy YS, QNVE ae aN ayy F WAY briny, AR YS Wy) W/5 Text-fig. 11.—BHlliptical region of allantoplacentation of uterine wall viewed as a transparent object, x 15.